Мінез-құлық кодексі

Sobald Sie angemeldet sind, können Sie unter MY LAPP > Auftragsverwaltung den Status Ihrer Bestellung einsehen und werden direkt zum Logistikdienstleister weitergeleitet.

Mithilfe Ihrer Kunden- und Auftragsnummer können Sie außerdem ohne sich anzumelden den aktuellen Lieferstatus unter Track & Trace abfragen.

Bitte setzen Sie sich hierfür mit unserem Customer Interaction Service in Verbindung.

E-Mail: communication.de.uil(at)lapp.com

Telefon: +49 (0)711 - 78 38 01

Eine Stornierung direkt im e-Shop ist leider nicht möglich.

Haben Sie bereits eine Expresslieferung platziert? Wenden Sie sich bitte an: communication.de.uil(at)lapp.com

Für eine noch nicht platzierte Expresslieferung wenden Sie sich bitte an: vertrieb.de.uil(at)lapp.com

Telefon: +49 (0)711 - 78 38 01

Eine Expressbestellung im e-Shop ist leider nicht möglich.

Im e-Shop besteht die Möglichkeit einer Teillieferung nicht. Bitte wenden Sie sich bei einer gewünschten Teillieferung vor der Bestellung an unseren Vertrieb:

E-Mail: vertrieb.de.uil(at)lapp.com
Telefon: +49 (0)711 - 78 38 01

Bitte schreiben Sie uns eine Mail an e-biz.de.uil(at)lapp.com
Wir kümmern uns umgehend um Ihr Anliegen.

Ja, das können Sie. Wählen Sie dafür im Warenkorb bei Menge das Feld „anderer Wert“ und geben dann im Feld darunter Ihre gewünschte Länge ein.

Bitte klicken Sie auf den „Passwort vergessen“ Button im Anmelde Menü. Das neue Passwort wird an Ihre e-Mail-Adresse gesendet.

Ihr CS-Vertriebsteam steht Ihnen für alle Fragen zur Verfügung. Email: info(at)lappkabel.de Telefon: 0711 – 78 38 01

A: In accordance with the revised standard VDE 0165, part 1, edition 05/2009 (EN 60079-14:2008) (the following pages ) describe the possible selection of cables for explosive atmospheres on the basis of examples of normative construction design as well as of Lapp work standard products for the various applications. This document merely represents Lapp's interpretation of the specifications contained in the German version of the standard. However, in the absence of clear formulations and distinct terminology, this standard is both open to and in need of interpretation. As a result, this document in no way constitutes a legally binding interpretation. Ultimately, the selection of suitable cables for explosive atmospheres must always be made on the basis of specific local criteria regarding use and application. In cases of doubt, we recommend that the testing engineer/certifier responsible for the technical acceptance of the individual application be involved in the product selection process from an early stage.

Nej, orderbekräftelsen mottas vanligtvis endast av användaren som har loggat in och beställt produkter på lapp.se. För vissa kunder har vi dock definierat ytterligare kontaktpersoner som mottagare.

Nej, absolut inte. Varje användare kan också ändra sitt lösenord under Mina Sidor / Mina uppgifter.

Vänligen meddela oss via e-post till e-shop.se.mse(at)lapp.com vem den nya administratören är. Vi ändrar inställningarna direkt.  

Administratör, eller så kallad admin, är vanligtvis den första kontaktpersonen på ditt företag som skapat ett konto på lapp.se.

Det kan ta en liten stund för oss för att granska din begäran om förändringar i användarhanteringen. Tack för ditt tålamod!

Vänligen e-posta oss på e-shop.se.mse(at)lapp.com så svarar vi på dina frågor direkt!

Kontakta vår kundservice på order.se.mse(at)lapp.com för att lägga din order eller gör följande åtgärder:

Lösning A
1. Logga ut
2. Rensa cache och starta om webbläsare med hjälp av kortkommando Ctrl+F5
3. Logga in 
4. Gå till Kundvagnen och fortsätt med din beställning.

Lösning B
1. Spara din kundvagn som Ordermall 
2. Logga ut 
3. Använd inkognitoläge med hjälp av kortkommando Ctrl+Shift+N för att ta bort webbhistoriken 
4. Logga in 
5. Gå till Mina Sidor – Ordermallar 
6. Gör den senaste mallen till en Aktiv kundvagn 
7. Fortsätt med din beställning.

Lösning C
Kontakta vår support på e-shop.se.mse(at)lapp.com.

> SE KORT INSTRUKTIONSFILM

Utforska produktgrupperna via menyn eller använd sökfunktionen för att hitta det du behöver. Sök på artikelnummer, produktnamn eller E-nummer för våra E-nummersatta artiklar. Chattfunktionen följer med på varje sida där vår kundservice tar emot dina frågor och guidar dig genom vårt produktutbud.

> SE KORT INSTRUKTIONSFILM

Leveranstiden för olika produkter visas som grönt, gult eller rött. Rött betyder att produkter är en beställningsvara. Du kan fortfarande beställa den i webshopen, men leveranstiden kan variera. Kontakta vår kundservice via telefon 0155-777 80 eller order.se.mse(at)lapp.com för att få mer information om leveranstiden.

> SE KORT INSTRUKTIONSFILM

Du kan enkelt lägga till fler artiklar direkt i kundvagnen. Där kan du också ändra antalet och längden på dina kablar. Vi bjuder på kapkostnaden!

> SE KORT INSTRUKTIONSFILM

> LADDA NER INSTRUKTION SOM PDF

Du som är inloggad kund kan spara din kundvagn för framtida inköp. Använd gärna vår smidiga funktion "Spara som ordermall". Du kan spara innehållet i din kundvagn för att lägga din beställning vid ett senare tillfälle, eller för smidigare beställning nästa gång. Du kan flytta innehåller i din ordermall till kundvagnen när som helst. Du kan också använda ordermallar sparade av andra personer på ditt företag.

> SE KORT INSTRUKTIONSFILM

I steget Prisinformation i kassan ser du detaljerad information om hur vi beräknar ditt pris. Dina egna rabatter kopplas på automatiskt. Har du fått en rabattkod via en av våra kampanjer anger du den i detta steg. Här kan du också ändra din order och skriva ut kundvagnens innehåll.

> SE KORT INSTRUKTIONSFILM

Du kan se status på din beställning och hela din orderhistorik under Mina sidor > Orderhistorik. Där ser du alla dina tidigare beställningar, även de som är gjorda via vår kundservice.

Om du får ett felmeddelande som säger att användaren inte är unik betyder det att din mejladress redan finns registrerad i vårt system. Kontakta vår webshopssupport på e-shop.se.mse(at)lapp.com för att få ditt kontaktpersonnummer som blir ditt nya användarnamn.

Nu kan du spåra dina sändningar inom Sverige med hjälp av vårt nya integrerade verktyg som du hittar på fliken Spåra din sändning under Mina sidor. Ange ditt ordernummer eller sändningsnummer och klicka på Sök. Ordernumret hittar du under Mina sidor > Orderhistorik när du loggar in på lapp.se, och sändningsnumret får du via e-post med din leveransbekräftelse om du lagt din order i webshopen.

All data från kundvagnen rensas automatiskt efter fyra timmar, därför rekommenderar vi att du slutför din beställning inom den tiden. Du kan också spara din kundvagn som en ordermall och fortsätta med din beställning via Mina Sidor > Ordermallar vid ett senare tillfälle.

Hur många du vill, men högst 100 olika produkter (orderrader) i en beställning.

För att hämta dina beställningar på vårt lager, ring till vår kundservice på 0155-777 80 och be dem att ändra till "Hämtas" på ditt kundkort. Klart! Nu kan du beställa i vår webshop eller via kundservice och hämta dina varor på Kungshagsvägen 7 i Nyköping. Datumet då dina varor är klara för avhämtning hittar du i orderbekräftelsen som skickas till din e-post.

Massimportera – upp till 100 artiklar! Skriv in eller kopiera artikelnummer (t ex en hel kolumn från din inköpsorder), klistra in och klicka på Fortsätt.

Klart! Nu finns alla artiklar i kundvagnen och du kan fortsätta som vanligt med din beställning.

Läs mer om alla tricks här

Inga problem!

Lägg artikeln i kundvagnen. Gå till rutan med kabellängd i kundvagnen och klicka på pilen som pekar nedåt. Välj "annat värde", skriv in önskad längd och tryck Enter. Fyll också i antal längder – vi bjuder på kapkostnaden! Fortsätt med din beställning som vanligt.

Vill du att kabeln rullas upp på trumma? Ange "Trumma" i kommentarsfältet Kabelleverans som finns under varje orderrad i steg 1 i kundvagnen.

Unter Service > Newsletter können Sie sich zu unserem Newsletter an- oder abmelden.

Um zukünftig mit Ihrer eigenen und individuelle Artikelnummer bei uns im e-Shop bestellen zu können, kann passend zu unseren LAPP Artikeln Ihre Artikelnummer hinterlegt werden.

Bitte wenden Sie sich diesbezüglich an Ihren Kundenbetreuer vertrieb.de.uil(at)lapp.com

Tullstatnummer (eng. HS-CODE) finns i kassan i steg 3 – Prisinformation.

Produktens vikt hittar du i artikeltabellen samt i dokumentet Produktinformation som finns att ladda ner i webshopen.

> LADDA NER INSTRUKTION SOM PDF

Namnge dina ordrar för enkel orderhantering! Om du anger egna ordernamn hittar du – och dina kollegor – alla ordrar smidigt och snabbt. Namnge ordern direkt i steg 1 ”Kundvagn”, under ”Din orderreferens". Du ser ordernamnet senare i steget ”Prisinformation” och i din orderbekräftelse. Nu återfinner du enkelt ordern i ditt inköpssystem, bland mejl och på lapp.se under Mina sidor i din orderhistorik.

> LADDA NER INSTRUKTION SOM PDF

> LADDA NER MALL

> LADDA NER FÖRKLARING TILL MALLEN

Vår webshop erbjuder självklart möjligheter till CSV-export/import. För att exportera din senaste beställning i tabellformat eller importera en egen ordermall i vår webshop, vänligen logga in på lapp.se och gå till Mina sidor. I det vänstra navigeringsfältet hittar du länken till ordermallarna.

1. Exportera din senaste beställning till det egna systemet

Om du vill exportera din senaste beställning så är det lämpligt att omvandla den till en ordermall redan i Kundvagnen, steg 1, ”Spara som ordermall”. Du kan också skapa en ny mall direkt i systemet under ”Mina sidor” > ”Ordermallar”.

Du kan sedan exportera alla skapade mallar som du ser under ”Mina sidor” > ”Ordermallar”. Mallarna exporteras som CSV-filer. Klicka på den tredje av de fyra ikoner som visas vid varje ordermall. Klart!

2. Importera din egen ordermall för beställning i webshopen

Låt säga att du vill beställa följande produkter:
• 250 meter ÖLFLEX® CLASSIC, artikelnummer 1119303
• 1000 meter NSSHÖU-J i 100-meterslängder, artikelnummer 16005263
• 25 stycken SKINTOP® ST, artikelnummer 53015080

I CSV-filen kommer det se ut så här:
Namn på din ordermall; Position (i steg om 10 - den första orderraden kommer att vara 10, andra raden 20 osv.); Artikelnummer - Totalt kvantitet - Enhet (ST=styck, M=meter) - Längd (för kabel per regellängd).

Korrekt inmatad data:
”Namn på din ordermall”;
10; 1119303; 250; M; 250
20; 16005263; 1000; M; 100
30; 53015080; 25; ST;

Anpassa din befintliga ordermall eller skapa en ny mall i MS Excel eller ett annat kalkylbladsprogram och följ våra instruktioner. Spara filen som ”.csv”-fil. Du kan också exportera en befintlig mall från webshopen, fylla den med nya artiklar och importera som en ny mall. Du kan alltid kontakta oss på e-shop.se.mse(at)lapp.com så kan vi skapa en mall åt dig.

3. Importera filen med hjälp av knappen ”Importera ordermall”.

För att få ut det mesta av funktionerna på lapp.se rekommenderar vi att du accepterar alla cookies.

Det gör du antingen genom att klicka på ”Acceptera alla cookies” i pop up-rutan som kommer upp första gången du besöker lapp.se, eller klicka på ”Tillåt alla” i "Inställningar för cookies" som du hittar i webbplatsens sidfot.

Där kan du ändra dina inställningar om du inte vill acceptera alla cookies; välj vilka cookies du vill tillåta genom att aktivera knappen vid respektive informationstext. Blå knapp = accepterad cookie, grå knapp = ej accepterad cookie.

Ja! Nu kan du ladda ned alla dina orderfiler som exempelvis ordererkännanden, leveransbekräftelser, fakturor och kreditnotor som PDF när du är inloggad på lapp.se.

Gör såhär:

• Logga in på lapp.se
• Gå till Mina Sidor > Orderhistorik
• Klicka på beställningen du är intresserad av, och se alla filer relaterade till beställningen direkt under Ordernummer.

Du kan ändra det mesta under Mina sidor – Användaruppgifter.

• Ändra ditt lösenord: Ange ditt gamla lösenord och sedan ditt nya  (2 ggr).
  Tips! Läs mer om lösenordssäkehet under ”?” på samma sida.
• Ändra dina personliga uppgifter som namn, efternamn, funktion, avdelning, telefonnummer eller e-postadress och klicka på ”Skicka in”. Vår kundservice godkänner din begäran och de nya uppgifterna sparas på lapp.se.
  OBS! Vill du ändra dina företagsuppgifter som du ser längst ned på Mina Sidor – Användaruppgifter?Kontakta oss på e-shop.se.mse(at)lapp.com.
• Vill du ändra din leveransadress? Ange en ny adress i steg 2 i kundvagnen under ”Alternativ leveransadress”. Hoppa över ”Godsmärke” om du vet att du kommer att använda den nya adressen i framtiden. Kom ihåg att kryssa i rutan ”Spara adressen för senare användning”. Du behöver inte genomföra en beställning för att kunna spara den nya adressen. Adressen som används mest visas alltid först i adresslistan i steg 2 ”Adress” i kundvagnen.

Ja, du kan markera din beställning med egen orderreferens eller beställningsnummer i kundvagnen i steg 1 under ”Din orderreferens”.

Under beställningen i steg 2 i kundvagnen kan du välja ”Alternativ leveransadress”. Där anger du adressen och märker godset under ”Godsmärke”.

Våra kablar med Nordamerikanskt godkännande utgår ofta från det amerikanska måttet feet. Därför ser du ibland udda längder som 76, 152, 305 och 610 meter i vår webshop.

NY KUND

1. Välkommen som ny kund hos LAPP Miltronic!

Gör följande:

• Gå till lapp.se - Registrera, välj ”Ny kund”
• Fyll i formuläret (viktigt med Organisationsnummer och en aktuell e-postadress), välj ditt lösenord och klicka på Registrera
• Du kan behöva skriva in en Captcha-kod efter att du har fyllt i formuläret – följ systemets instruktioner och klicka på Registrera.

Du får två mejl från oss – i det första mejlet bekräftar du din e-postadress, i det andra finns mer information om lapp.se.

Vi lägger upp ett nytt kundkort, gör kreditkontroll, lägger upp dig som en ny kontaktperson och kopplar dig till ditt LAPP-id.

Du kan logga in och använda lapp.se så snart vi är klara – senast inom ett dygn.

Har du frågor är du välkommen att mejla e-shop.se.mse(at)lapp.com.

BEFINTLIG KUND

2. Befintlig kund (företag), befintlig kontaktperson, har haft inloggning till lapp.se och loggat in/handlat under de senaste två åren t o m den 2 mars 2021:

Återställ ditt lösenord enligt instruktionerna här.

Kommer inget mejl med återställningslänken – se punkt 3.

3. Befintlig kund (företag), befintlig kontaktperson, har haft inloggning med kan inte återställa lösenordet som i punkt 2:

Anledningen till detta är att du troligtvis saknades på importlistan av de aktiva kontona, eller att du har fått inloggning till det gamla systemet under perioden 2–17 mars 2021.

Gör följande:

• Gå till lapp.se – Registrera, välj ”Befintlig kund”
• Fyll i dina personliga uppgifter, företagsnamn och kundnummer hos oss, klicka på Registrera
• Du kan behöva skriva in en Captcha-kod efter att du har fyllt i formuläret – följ systemets instruktioner och avsluta med att klicka på Registrera.

Du får två mejl från oss – i det första mejlet bekräftar du din e-postadress, i det andra finns mer information om lapp.se.

Du kan logga in på lapp.se så snart som möjligt – senast inom en timme.

Om du fortfarande inte kan logga in eller har frågor om lapp.se, kontakta oss på e-shop.se.mse(at)lapp.com.

Kommer du inte ihåg ditt kundnummer, kontakta oss på order.se.mse(at)lapp.com​​​​​​​ eller e-shop.se.mse(at)lapp.com.

4. Befintlig kund (företag), befintlig kontaktperson, vet inte om du haft inloggning på lapp.se tidigare:

Gör som i steg 3.

Du kan logga in på lapp.se så snart som möjligt – senast inom en timme.

5. Befintlig kund (företag), vet inte om du är upplagd som kontaktperson, vet inte om du haft tillgång till lapp.se tidigare:

Gör som i steg 3.

Du kan logga in på lapp.se så snart som möjligt – senast inom en timme.

Nedan kommer rekommendationer från oss på LAPP om hur du skapar ett säkert lösenord till lapp.se.

• Lösenordet måste innehålla minst åtta tecken
• Använd gemener, versaler och siffror
• Tillåtna specialtecken: ! @ # $% ^ & *
• Användarnamn och delar av e-postadressen får inte vara en del av lösenordet
• Använd inte något del av ditt gamla lösenord

Ex: LapmilNyk21!

Här kan du läsa mer om hur du skapar ett LAPP-id-konto

ETHERLINE® GUARD är en stationär övervakningsenhet som utvärderar datakabelns aktuella status. Status anges som en procentsats. Detta baseras på data från dataöverföringens fysiska egenskaper.

Med hjälp av kabelstatusen i realtidsdisplayen kan du identifiera slitaget på en kabel så att optimalt underhåll kan planeras i förväg. Det är ett värde för kabelns prestandatillstånd som bestäms av flera uppmätta variabler. Kabelns prestandatillstånd anges i %, från 100% till 20%. Om prestandatillståndet är under 20% är det inte längre möjligt att dra tillförlitliga slutsatser om kabelns funktionalitet.

ETHERLINE® GUARD viser gjeldende ytelse for en datakabel definert ut ifra ulike målte variabler og indikerer dette i prosent. Analysen som beregnes av ETHERLINE® GUARD holder øye med om ytelsen for datakabelen reduseres og indikerer kabelens funksjonalitet. Dette gjør det mulig å planlegge vedlikeholdsarbeidet bedre.

I mycket dynamiska, krävande rörelser med höga hastigheter och stark torsion är det fördelaktigt och kostnadsbesparande om anslutningssystemen övervakas för att undvika oförutsedda driftstopp. ETHERLINE^® GUARD övervakar en datakabels status och anger dess prestanda i procent. Om prestandan sjunker under ett visst värde utlöses ett larm och kabeln måste kontrolleras, och vid behov, bytas ut.

ETHERLINE^® GUARD visar den aktuella prestandan hos en datakabel utifrån olika uppmätta variabler och anger detta i procent. ETHERLINE^® GUARD övervakar datakabelns prestanda och anger dess funktionalitet. Detta gör det möjligt att planera underhållsarbetet bättre.

ETHERLINE^® GUARD kan användas överallt där datakablar används. Speciellt i rörliga applikationer med höga hastigheter och stark torsion. Sådana applikationer finns ofta i logistiklösningar, robotar, fordonstillverkning och medicinsk teknik. Den är dock lämplig för ett brett spektrum av branscher.

ETHERLINE^® GUARD är särskilt lämplig för datakablar som ständigt utsätts för extrema förhållanden, till exempel

-      Rörelser med höga hastigheter och accelerationer

-      Växlande rörelsesekvenser

-      Rotationer med axiellt mycket höga rotationsvinklar

-      Snabba cykeltider

-      Liten böjningsradie.

Den övervakade datakabeln används också i kritiska processer där oförutsedda driftstopp kan medför höga eller extremt höga kostnader eller till och med personskador.

ETHERLINE^® GUARD är lämplig

-      för användning i Ethernet-baserade nätverk inom automationsteknik

-      för övervakning av datakablar i dynamiska applikationer

-      för EtherCAT, EtherNET/IP, PROFINET och många andra Ethernet-baserade applikationer

-      för användning i apparatskåp.

ETHERLINE^® GUARD kan användas både med icke-specifika datakablar (kommersiella produkter) och med kundspecifika datakablar. I princip kan ETHERLINE^® GUARD övervaka alla datakablar i överföringsstandarden 100Base-TX enligt IEEE802.3. Algoritmen för utvärderingen av kabelprestandan har dock testats och optimerats för LAPP-kablar.

Nej, ETHERLINE^® GUARD kan inte utföra kabelkvalificering genom att registrera standardiserade uppmätta variabler. Den känner inte heller igen om kabeln är en LAPP-kabel eller en kabel från en konkurrent.

LAPP rekommenderar ETHERLINE^® GUARD främst för datakablar i överföringsstandarden 100Base-TX (med 100 Mbit/s) enligt IEEE802.3, men även för EtherCAT-, EtherNET/IP- och PROFINET-applikationer, till exempel ETHERLINE^® TORSION Cat. 5 eller ETHERLINE^® PN Cat. 5 FD. Dessa kablar används ofta i släpkedjor eller där det är kraftig torsion, till exempel i robotarmar.

Ja, men tänk på att ETHERLINE^® GUARD måste installeras i ett apparatskåp (skyddsklass IP20, inte IP67).

Ja, ETHERLINE^® GUARD kan användas som en passiv nätverkskomponent. Ingen aktiv komponent får anslutas däremellan. Då är det inte möjligt att lokalisera den defekta kabeln.

Ja, ETHERLINE^® GUARD övervakar vägen mellan två aktiva nätverkskomponenter (en eller flera passivt anslutna datakablar). Ofta finns det bara ett fåtal datakablar i den dynamiskt rörliga delen av applikationen, till exempel i robotens "dress pack" (kabelpaket).

ETHERLINE^® GUARD gör det möjligt att optimera underhållscyklerna och möjliggör därmed effektivare personal- och resursplanering inför planerat underhållsarbete. Genom att övervaka prestandastatusen bidrar ETHERLINE^® GUARD till prediktivt underhåll och ökar maskinens tillgänglighet.

ETHERLINE^® GUARD har ett lågt ingångspris jämfört med andra övervakningslösningar. Detta ger en snabb och enkel lösning för övervakning av en datakabel.

Det beror till exempel på tidigare underhållscykler, storleken på maskinparken, antalet kritiska plug-in-punkter, liksom de kostnader man kan förvänta sig i händelse av produktionsstopp. Dessutom beror det på inom vilken bransch du är verksam, vilka produkter som produceras, antalet anställda med mera. Genom att använda lösningar för prediktivt underhåll kan underhåll optimeras och kostnader minskas genom minskad användning av mänskliga resurser. Dessutom kan planerade driftstopp minska oförutsedda maskinfel och därmed kostnader för driftstopp.

Die Basis für die digitale Infrastruktur sind leistungsstarke Glasfaserkabel. Deshalb bieten wir Ihnen ein breites Portfolio an Lichtwellenleitern in höchster Qualität für die schnelle und sichere Übertragung großer Datenmengen. PVC-Erdkabel mit Kupferleitern finden Sie ebenfalls bei LAPP. Dazu gibt es die passenden Stecker und SKINTOP® Kabelverschraubungen für einen sicheren Sitz im Handumdrehen. Und mit unseren FLEXIMARK® Kennzeichnungssystemen erhalten Sie widerstandsfähige Beschriftungslösungen, die auch nach Jahren noch einwandfrei lesbar sind.

Wir bieten alle gewünschten Faserstandards. Diese fertigen wir an unseren Standorten in Europa oder Asien. Zudem entwickeln wir individuelle Lösungen für Ihre Anforderungen.

Wir begleiten Ihre Infrastruktur-Projekte mit unserem End-to-End-Management und stehen Ihnen von Anfang bis Ende mit zur Seite. Unser Projekt-Team verfügt über umfassende Erfahrung bei Netzinfrastruktur-Projekten und hilft Ihnen, diese erfolgreich durchzuführen. Profitieren Sie von unseren individuell zugeschnittenen Lösungen für die Prozessoptimierung!

Your benefit: Clear allocation depending on the application

With the coloured marking rings, you can easily mark the different axes of your robots or you can also emphasise your corporate identity with the connectors. Available in over 200 RAL colours.

Individuelle Länge: Wählen Sie für die Bestellung einer individuellen Länge im Warenkorb über das Dropdown Menü das Feld "anderer Wert" aus und geben dann im Feld daneben Ihre gewünschte Länge ein.

Restlängen: Wählen Sie für die Bestellung einer Restlänge im Warenkorb über das Dropdown Menü das Feld "Restlängen" aus und wählen Sie Ihre passende Restlänge. Ihr Vorteil: Der Schnittkostenzuschlag entfällt.

Sie können im Warenkorb unter "Adresse" ganz einfach Ihre gewünschte Lieferadresse eingeben und für spätere Verwendung speichern.

Wir liefern in ausgewählte Länder wie Österreich, Belgien, Tschechien, Frankreich, Ungarn, Italien, Luxemburg, Niederlande, Slowakei und Polen. Dabei unterliegt die Lieferung der Regelbesteuerung in Deutschland. Der Regelsteuersatz beträgt 19%.

Einen Link zu unseren AGBs finden Sie auf der Website www.lappkabel.de im unteren Navigationsbereich (Fußzeile). Hier werden Sie weitergeleitet zu den konventionellen und den Online AGBs.

Sie sehen die Verfügbarkeit der Artikel auf der Produktdetailseite und im Warenkorb unterhalb der Artikelnummer. Zusätzlich können Sie sich nach Anmeldung im Bereich MY LAPP unter Lagerbestandsanzeige die Verfügbarkeiten anschauen.

Gehen Sie auf die Produktdetailseite Ihres gewünschten Artikels um Datenblätter herunterzuladen. Das Datenblatt finden Sie neben der Artikelnummer unter dem orangenen Informations-Icon "i".

A: Our offices are open Monday thru Friday, 8:30 AM to 5:30 PM Eastern Standard Time.

A: Yes. Our ISO certificate plus RoHS and REACH compliance statements can be viewed on our Quality Management page on this website. You can download a copy of our ISO multi-site certificate here.

A: A copy of the Lapp Group NA terms & conditions of sales can be downloaded here.

A: A copy of the Lapp Group NA warranty statement can be downloaded here.

A: A copy of the Lapp Group NA standard return policy can be downloaded here.

A: You can call our toll free number 800-774-3539 and speak to one of our sales representative.

A: You can call our toll free number 800-774-3539 and speak to one of our customer service representative. If you are an authorized distributor, you can log into our e-shop (www.esales.lappusa.com).

A: Minimum order for parts is $100.00 and $250.00 for parts and cable.

A: Lapp accepts all major credit cards Visa, MasterCard & American Express as well as bank transfers (fees may apply). An open account can be established with an approved credit application.

A: Ground orders are processed and shipped within 1-2 business days. Most rush orders are shipped on the same day if order is received before the cut-off time.

A: Sample can be requested online. Simply fill out the electronic form by indicating the part # you would like to obtain a sample for. Please note that conduit and hook-up wire are not available as samples. Contact

A: To find out of the Lapp Group has an Authorized Dealer in your area, click on the dealer locator. Select your state from the drop-down to obtain a list of the Lapp dealer in your area.

A: Lapp offer many options for freight and shipping routing including Federal Express, UPS and numerous truck and airfreight lines. Please call our customer service team at 800-774-3539 for specific shipping instructions.

A: One of the main objectives of the 2006 revisions to the NFPA 79 standard (National Fire Protection Association) was to harmonize this standard with its European counterpart, IEC/EN 60204. The new version attaches great importance to cable and wire selection. This reflects the high levels of reliability and safety required of industrial equipment – such as machine tools or injection molding, woodworking and handling machines – as well as the frequently draconian impact of liability claims. The current 2007 edition of NFPA 79 expressly forbids the use of (UL-recognized) AWM cables in industrial machinery. As a result, approval is only granted to machines using cables with a so-called "UL listing" according to the American NEC (National Electrical Code). Red card for AWM cables Since the use of AWM cables in industrial machinery is strictly prohibited, machine and plant manufacturers have to adapt their development, planning and production processes accordingly. They need to make changes in development, planning and production because any machines that do not comply with the new NFPA 79 standard will not be certified for use. The consequences are significant because non-approval of a machine or plant usually results in high retrofit costs and even contractual penalties. There may also be a loss of customer trust and the company's reputation could be damaged. Caution with exceptions The new regulations contain exceptions, which permit the continued use of specific AWM cables, such as ÖLFLEX® 150 QUATTRO or ÖLFLEX® 191. However, these are discretionary exceptions that, in some cases, require a decision on an individual case basis by the machine certifying authority resp. National Recognized Testing Laboratory (NRTL) or the Authority Having Jurisdiction (AHJ). AWM cables may be accepted if they: • form part of a listed sensor/actuator box equipped with a connector and feed line • are separately inspected and approved by NRTLs • are routed in fully enclosed and UL-listed cable ducts or protective tubes The prerequisite for acceptance is a decision on the individual case by the NRTLs and AHJ. This not only causes a large amount of uncertainty until the point of approval, but also results in a significant loss of time and money if the exception is not granted. Green light for UL-listed products Safety first! To remain on the safe side from the outset and avoid any problems with US exports, UL-listed products should be used wherever possible. The 2007 edition of the NFPA 79 standard is not yet compulsory in all parts of the USA. However, this temporary period of limited validity will most likely end in 2010. Whether or not a cable is UL-listed (NFPA 79 compliant) or merely UL AWM recognized is indicated by the cable imprint or the certification mark on the relevant catalogue page.

A: There are no separate UL certificates for ÖLFLEX® and UNITRONIC® cables detailing, for example, the product name and a description, as in the case of GL (Germanischer Lloyd) certificates for instance. Whether or not a cable is legitimately UL-certified is indicated by the normative element of the cable imprint. It must contain all UL AWM styles or UL listings for which the cable has been tested and certified. The UL file number (e.g. E63634 for U.I. Lapp), a code for the manufacturer or certificate owner, is usually found at the end of the cable imprint. A public UL database is available on the Internet at www.ul.com. By selecting "Certifications" and entering the file number in the relevant field, anybody can check whether the relevant cable manufacturer is certified by the UL authority and thus authorized to print an UL AWM style or UL listing on their products. This website can be used to search by file number or company name. Some 1000 available UL AWM styles (Appliance Wiring Material) are listed under the U.I. Lapp file number E63634 alone. UL-recognized and UL-listed cables are subject to very strict production controls. Manufacturers cannot simply produce cables with incorrect UL imprints and without the correct authorization or bring such products to market. The productions plants are periodically audited by UL inspectors, who check the accuracy of the imprint on UL-certified cables and take production samples for subsequent examination in the UL laboratory. With the UL labeling system, each drum of UL-certified cable is registered using special, sequentially numbered UL label stickers. These measures ensure that manufacturers only produce UL-imprinted cables for which they have UL authorization and have paid the necessary certification fees. If a customer requires a UL "certificate" for a specific ÖLFLEX® or UNITRONIC® cable, he can visit the aforementioned website and use the relevant file number to check the validity of the UL AWM styles or UL listings printed on the core insulation or cable outer sheath.

A:The CE mark refers to the European Parliament's Low Voltage Directive 2006/95/EC and applies to cables and wires designed specifically for voltages between 50 and 1000 V (alternating current) or 75 and 1500 V (direct current) – i.e. voltage classes U0/U 100/100 V, 300/500 V, 450/750 V and 600/1000 V). Cables for network, data, signal, audio, i.e. electronic applications (not for power) < 50 V as well as connecting cables exceeding 1000 V (e.g. voltage class Uo/U 1.8/3 kV or 3.6/6 kV) are not subject to the Low Voltage Directive 2006/95/EC and therefore do not feature the CE mark on the outer sheath or packaging label.

A: IMDS (International Material Data System) is an archiving, exchange and management system for the automotive industry. It serves as the basis for the creation of material data sheets that list all materials and substances used in the relevant component as well as the necessary data required for the later recycling of the part. IMDS is the result of a collaborative effort involving Audi, BMW, Daimler, Chrysler, Ford, Opel, Porsche, Volkswagen and Volvo. Other automotive manufacturers have also since adopted the system. The aim of the IMDS system is to ensure compliance with national and international laws, which govern automotive manufacturers and suppliers in the form of standards and legal regulations, with a particular focus on environmental issues. Each vehicle manufacturer and supplier is responsible for all aspects of his product, including its entire lifecycle ranging from manufacture and use to recycling and disposal. In addition, manufacturers are required to declare the material composition of the products used in their vehicles, so that these can be reconstructed and classified into specific danger levels. Among other things, the International Material Data System is based on the end-of-life vehicle directive (ELV) of the European Parliament (directive 2000/53/EC) and of the German government.

Customers can request IMDS data sheets for specific Lapp products from the PDL department (Laboratory Stuttgart); the following information must be provided:

• Customer name and Lapp customer number

• IMDS ID number of customer

• Product name

• Dimension or version

• Lapp part number of product

Based on these specification, the IMDS data sheet will be created and entered into the database, where it can be accessed by the customer using a corresponding ID number. As a rule, IMDS data sheets can only be created if the materials and substances in the relevant product comply with the global automotive declarable substance list (GADSL). However, this is the case for virtually all of our products. In some cases, it is not possible to issue IMDS data sheets for specific purchased vendor products, if these items were not entered in the IMDS database or released for entry by the relevant manufacturer.

Further information about the IMDS International Material Data System is available at the following link:

www.mdsystem.com

A: In accordance with the revised standard VDE 0165, part 1, edition 05/2009 (EN 60079-14:2008), the following pages describe the possible selection of cables for explosive atmospheres on the basis of examples of normative construction design as well as of Lapp work standard products for the various applications. This document merely represents Lapp's interpretation of the specifications contained in the German version of the standard. However, in the absence of clear formulations and distinct terminology, this standard is both open to and in need of interpretation.

As a result, this document in no way constitutes a legally binding interpretation. Ultimately, the selection of suitable cables for explosive atmospheres must always be made on the basis of specific local criteria regarding use and application. In cases of doubt, we recommend that the testing engineer/certifier responsible for the technical acceptance of the individual application be involved in the product selection process from an early stage.

A: A number of ignition protection types exist to eliminate the dangers posed, for example, by ignitable sparks in explosive atmospheres. As well as for instance the use of pressure-resistant engine casings (ignition protection type d “drive enclosure”), this also includes amongst others intrinsic safety (ignition protection type i “intrinsic safety”).

Intrinsic safety is a technical property, in which special construction principles are applied to prevent the occurrence of dangerous situations, even in the event of a fault. Electrical or electronic devices with ignition protection type "i" are used especially in explosive atmospheres for measurement and control purposes. Power is supplied to electrical equipment via a safety barrier, which limits the voltage and current such that the minimum ignition energy and temperature of an explosive gas, dust or vapor mixture is never reached. Intrinsically safe circuits are therefore used in explosive environments in which no sparks or thermal effects must occur that may ignite an explosive atmosphere. The operating voltage and current must not generate sufficient energy to cause an explosion.

A: No, that is not strictly true. The relevant standard (VDE 0165) merely stipulates that cables in intrinsically safe circuits must be labeled accordingly so that they can be identified as part of such circuits. In cases where cables in intrinsically safe circuits are to be indicated by their color, the outer sheath must be light blue. Cables which do not have a blue sheath but are still used in intrinsically safe circuits must be identified by other means, to be agreed with the relevant testing engineer/certifier. This can be done, for example, using blue cable ducts or by affixing FLEXIMARK® marking products. In some cases, cables forming part of intrinsically safe circuits can also be installed such that they are spatially separated from other cables. An exception to these rules is when the intrinsically safe or all non-intrinsically safe cables and wires are armored, metal-sheathed or screened, in which case no separate identification of intrinsically safe cables and wires is required. The decision as to how cables are installed or distinguished in intrinsically safe environments must be made by the user in conjunction with the relevant testing institute.

No written confirmations or certificates are available to verify that our cables, wires and accessories comply with these regulations and guidelines. The abundance of specifications regarding hazardous substances and environmental protection systems is requiring manufacturers to produce ever increasing numbers of certifications to verify their compliance with legal regulations. For this reason, we have revised table T30 in the technical appendix of our main catalogue to ensure that all REACH, RoHS, Deca-BDE und PFOS matters are comprehensively covered.

Especially the international subject of REACH is constantly changing and undergoing permanent updates on our part.

A summarized U.I. Lapp customer letter to be used for general REACH information purposes can be found at the following link:

REACH Customer Information

Further information about REACH and RoHS is available at the following links:

echa.europa.eu

www.rohs.eu

Lapp offers a wide range of Wind Turbine Tray Cable (WTTC) per UL 2277 directive.

ÖLFLEX® Fortis

ÖLFLEX® Tray II

ÖLFLEX® Control TM

ÖLFLEX® TC 600

ÖLFLEX® VFD Slim

ÖLFLEX® VFD Symmetrical

ÖLFLEX® VFD with Brake

ÖLFLEX® SDP

ÖLFLEX® Auto I

ÖLFLEX® Auto X

A: The CE symbol identifies a product that conforms to a European Directive developed by a coalition of European countries that form the European Union (EU). This compliance is necessary for exporting certain cable types to countries within the European Community.

A: No. The CE symbol identifies a product that conforms to a European directive adopted by a group of European countries that form the European Union or EU. This CE-rating is very similar to having a product in the USA as UL-listed.

Harmonized cables signified usually by "HAR" are cables that meet common standards that were established by CENELEC (European Committee for Electrotechnical Standardization) for all its member countries. Member countries include Austria, Belgium, Denmark, Finland, France, Germany, Greece, Ireland, Italy, Luxembourg, Portugal, Spain, Sweden, and United Kingdom.

A: Overhead tray cables require UL TC-ER (Exposed Run) & CSA CIC/TC approval.

A:

Underwriters Laboratories Inc. is an independent nonprofit organization that writes and tests products for safety and certifies them. UL has developed more than 800 standards for safety, and millions of products and their components are tested to ULs safety standards. If a product is UL listed, you know it has passed ULs stringent tests for electrical safety.

The Canadian Standards Association (CSA) is a nonprofit association serving business, industry, government and consumers in Canada and the global marketplace. Among many other activities, CSA develops standards that enhance public safety. A Nationally Recognized Testing Laboratory, CSA is very familiar with U.S. requirements. According to OSHA regulations, the CSA-US Mark qualifies as an alternative to the UL Mark.

REACH is the European Community Regulation on chemicals and their safe use (EC 1907/2006). It deals with the Registration, Evaluation, Authorization and Restriction of Chemical substances. The aim of REACH is to improve the protection of human health and the environment through the better and earlier identification of the intrinsic properties of chemical substances. At the same time, REACH aims to enhance innovation and competitiveness of the EU chemicals industry.

The REACH Regulation places greater responsibility on industry to manage the risks from chemicals and to provide safety information on the substances. Manufacturers and importers are required to gather information on the properties of their chemical substances, which will allow their safe handling, and to register the information in a central database.

A: The capacitance (C) of a component – in this case a cable – represents its ability to store electrical energy. A cable with low capacitance can be used over longer distances and offers lower transmission losses than a standard cable of the same length.

Whether or not a cable qualifies as "low-capacitance" depends on the insulation material that is used. In the field of data network cables, pure air would be one of the best and thus also one of the lowest capacity insulation materials. However, since it is technically impossible to use air as core insulation and to strand the bare copper conductors without contact, a range of different plastics are used for insulation purposes. Air has a dielectric constant of 1. Similarly, all insulation plastics used in cable technology also have a specific dielectric constant, which is measured at a specified frequency and ambient temperature. The dielectric constant indicates the factor by which the capacitance increases when air is replaced with a different insulation material such as polyvinyl chloride (PVC) or polyethylene (PE). The higher the dielectric constant, the greater the capacity. The lower the constant, the better suited the material is to electrical core insulation. Compared to other insulation materials, PE for instance has a very low dielectric constant of approx. 2.2, which is why it is used for higher quality products such as LAN, BUS or coaxial cables. In some cases, small air bubbles or foam are encapsulated in the PE insulation to further improve the transfer quality. Depending on its composition, PVC takes up a mid-table position with values between 3.5 and 7. With dielectric constants of up to 9.0, elastomers such as chloroprene rubber are at the bottom of the pile when it comes to insulation materials for data network cables; even when used for connecting or control cables, relatively thick insulation wall thicknesses of such materials are required to achieve satisfactory insulation performance. Symmetrical core stranding can also have a positive effect on the capacitance (e.g. ÖLFLEX® SERVO 9YSLCY-JB with its three-part, green/yellow protective earth conductor).

A cable can be described as "low-capacitance" if the mutual capacitance specified in the catalogue for a PE-insulated cable, for example, is approx. half that of a cable which merely has PVC insulation, for instance.

A: The rated voltage of a cable is the voltage on which the construction and testing of the cable is based in the context of electrical inspections. It is specified in the form of two voltage values: U0/U.

Many ÖLFLEX® connection and control cables have a rated voltage of U0/U 300/500 V.

• U0 is the rms-value (root mean square) of the voltage between a live conductor (core) and the earth (ground).

The earth can be a metallic cable sheath (copper braid) or an earthed surrounding medium such as the metal casing of a device or control cabinet.

The U0 value is lower than the U value, as there is as electrical separation only one layer of insulation between the live copper conductor and surrounding metallic medium.

• U is the rms-value of the voltage between 2 live conductors (cores) of a multicore cable or within a system of single cores.

The U value is higher than the U0 value since there are always as electrical separation two layers of insulation between two live copper conductors in a multi-core cable or between two single cores in a switch cabinet.

The electrical voltage is measured in Volt (V).

A: For virtually all of our ÖLFLEX® cables, the rated voltage is specified in the form of an AC value (Alternating Current). In a DC system (Direct Current), the rated voltage of the system must not be greater than 1.5 times of the rated voltage of the cable.

To calculate the DC value, the relevant AC value is simply multiplied by a factor of 1.5, as in the examples below:

AC Alternating current Factor DC Direct current

U0/U 300/500 V x 1.5 U0/U 450/750 V

U0/U 450/750 V x 1.5 U0/U 675/1125 V

U0/U 600/1000 V x 1.5 U0/U 900/1500 V

The electrical voltage is measured in Volt (V).

A: The current transfer raises the temperature of cables and wires on the basis of the current amperage or the selected conductor cross-section. If the current is too high, a cable installed in a room temperature of +20°C can easily reach a surface temperature of +80°C. If the ambient temperature were also to increase significantly, the maximum permissible conductor temperature of the cable would be greatly exceeded. This could result in damage to the core insulation material, the cable sheath and even the copper conductor, or cause the premature failure of these components.

Depending on the applicable standards, the various copper conductor cross-sections are all assigned maximum current ratings. The core insulation material plays little to no part here. What is important is how the cable is installed and whether it is a single core or multicore cable. In accordance with DIN VDE 0298, part 4, table 11 (see catalogue appendix table T12-1), the power rating values specified here apply to an ambient temperature of +30°C.

As per column B of table T12-1, the maximum continuous current that can be supplied to an ÖLFLEX® 450 P 3 G 1.5 cable for hand-held equipment at an ambient temperature of +30°C is 16 A per core (1.5 mm²).

If the ambient temperature rises to +50°C, for example, the so-called “correction resp. reduction factor" comes into play, the aim of which is to reduce the current load on the cable.

The reduction factor to be applied is derived from the prevailing ambient temperature and the maximum permissible conductor temperature of the cable. On the catalogue page for the ÖLFLEX® 450 P cable, the maximum permissible conductor temperature is specified as +70°C. Based on these two temperatures, the reduction factor 0.71 can be read from table T12-2 ("Correction factors") in the catalogue appendix; the maximum current rating is then multiplied by this factor.

If a customer wants to supply for his application a 16 A current to an ÖLFLEX® 450 P 3 G 1.5 mm² cable at an ambient temperature of +50°C, a conductor cross-section of 1.5 mm² will be insufficient!

The amperage is measured in Amp (A).

Although copper and steel are conductive metals, only copper (e.g. in the form of a braid) represents a suitable means of protecting a cable or wire from electromagnetic interference or shielding the environment from the interfering emissions originating from the cable itself. This not only depends on the electrical conductivity of the metal employed, but also on the braid density or the degree of coverage with which the cable is braided.

From all metals only pure silver offers marginally better conductive performance than copper. Although different qualities of iron/steel alloy exist, the conductivity of steel is generally six times lower than that of electrolyte copper. For this reason, a steel wire braid only ever protects a cable from external mechanical impact. To ensure optimized electromagnetic shielding, which also meets the requirements of the Electromagnetic Compatibility (EMC) directive, a sufficient level of copper braiding is required. As a minimum, a visual coverage level of 82-85% is required to achieve adequate screening protection. In the case of a steel wire braid used solely for mechanical protection, a visual coverage level of approx. 50% or less is standard. With a little practice, it is therefore quite easy to visually distinguish copper and steel wire braids by their degree of coverage. In addition, copper braids often have a slight reddish tinge (despite their tin plating), are somewhat softer than steel and are in comparison to steel non-magnetic.

However, even the densest, highest quality copper braid is rendered useless if it is not properly grounded! For safety reasons, steel wire braids should also be earthed when used in power networks. If the connected equipment develops a fault, this grounding prevents the transmission of dangerous voltages to the often exposed steel wire braid at the connecting points.

A: It is possible to measure the capacitance (C), inductance (L) and impedance (Z) on a cable drum or to calculate these values on the basis of specific key data. Calculations can be performed for virtually all ÖLFLEX® cables, but the values must be determined separately for each individual product article.

Calculations are only possible if the following data is known:

• Cable product and dimension

• Exact dielectric constant of core insulation material

• Diameter of copper conductor

• Wall thickness of core insulation

Accurate calculations are only possible if the relevant cable was produced in one of our own Lapp factories, meaning that all the above values are available.

The capacitance, inductance and impedance of many ÖLFLEX® products have already been established in the past and can be obtained on request from the PDC Technology department.

The electrical capacitance is measured in Farad (F).

The inductance is measured in Henry (H).

The impedance is measured in Ohm (Ω).

As a cable and wire manufacturer, we are not generally permitted to calculate the ampacity of cables for the planning or operation of electrical equipment, plants and systems. Such calculations usually involve many different factors, of which neither we nor – as is often the case – the customer are aware. If incorrect planning results in the selection of the wrong conductor cross-section, which in turn leads to faults, fire damage or personal injury during later operation of the machine or system, the party who conducted the planning will be held responsible! This is why a number of engineering consultancies make their living by planning electrical plants and systems.

The following are just some of the important factors required to ensure accurate and, most importantly, safe determination of the right conductor cross-section:

• What power level is to be transferred?

• What length of cable is to be installed?

• What is the ambient temperature where the cables are used?

• Are there any mechanical forces or chemical stressors affecting the cable?

• How are the cables installed? In pipes, open or closed cable ducts, cable conduits, on-wall or in-wall?

• How many cables are installed in the pipe, duct or conduit?

• How far apart are the cables in the conduit?

• Etc.

In some cases, we can provide reference values for advisory purposes. However, such data is always provided in a non-binding capacity and under consideration of the above points. It must also be pointed that full and adequate planning can only be performed by a recognized engineering consultancy. Written confirmations should not be provided!

A: No! This could easily result in fires or lethal electric shocks! Data network cables and power cables are subject to completely different design and test standards. The main difference lies in the core insulation strength. UNITRONIC® data cables are typically used in data networks with a voltage range of 6 to 48 V. ÖLFLEX® connection and control cables, on the other hand, are predominantly used for devices with a 230 V mains voltage (e.g. drills, lawnmowers etc.) or for machines in power or three-phase networks, e.g. U0/U 300/500 V or 600/1000 V.

Since the size of the voltage is directly connected to the strength of the core insulation, this represents the greatest difference between data and power cables.

To be able to cope with voltage ranges of U0/U 300/500 V, the core insulation of an ÖLFLEX® CLASSIC 100 power cable, for example, is on average 50-70% thicker than that of a UNITRONIC® LiYY data cable. It is possible for voltage peaks of 250 V to occur in data networks. However, under no circumstances must this voltage be equated with a stabilized alternating current of 230 V at 50 Hz supplied from a mains power socket! Using a data cable in this case would carry a very high risk of cable fires or electrocution resulting from the insufficient strength of the core insulation! The dielectric strength of data cables is generally only checked with 1200 to 1500 V for one minute periods. Connection and control cables, on the other hand, are tested with 4000 V for periods of 15 minutes.

Indirect connection of data cables to the power network is only possible if a transformer is used to convert the mains voltage to the permissible low voltage of the operated device (e.g. a laptop or model railway). In this case, it must be ensured that an ÖLFLEX® cable with the appropriate voltage class (e.g. U0/U 300/500 V) is used to connect the transformer to the mains supply and that the UNITRONIC® data cable is only used to link the relevant device with the transformer.

The electrical voltage is measured in Volt (V).

A: Heating systems, for example, require a relatively high voltage to ignite the pilot flame, but this is only needed once or twice a day and for a matter of milliseconds. Operators and users are often of the opinion that a cable with a rated voltage class of, for example, U0/U 300/500 V can be briefly supplied with a higher voltage, provided that it does not exceed the specified testing voltage. In such cases, it is very important to note that a cable with a rated voltage class of 300/500 V and a testing voltage of, for example, 4000 V must never be subjected a voltage exceeding the specified rated voltage – not even for a matter of milliseconds! Even if, for example, a voltage of 2500 V occurs just once per day for a single second, the relevant cable, and the core insulation thickness in particular, must be constructed and tested to ensure the appropriate rated voltage. In this particular case, a cable a with a rated voltage class of 1.8/3 kV must be used to safely handle the briefly occurring voltage of 2500 V.

The testing voltage listed for a specific product on the catalogue page, particularly in the case of ÖLFLEX® connection and control cables, in no way indicates that the relevant cable can be subjected to higher voltages – no matter how briefly.

The withstand or high voltage test is a required element of the final acceptance resp. inspection of each and every cable and only serves as a means of identifying any insulation faults after production.

A: Virtually all ÖLFLEX® connection and control cables are screened with tin-plated copper braiding. UNITRONIC® data cables are screened with copper braids and aluminum-laminated synthetic foils, which are generally wrapped around the core bundle in overlapping spirals. Some data cables, such as the UNITRONIC® Li2YCY PiMF or ETHERLINE® Cat.5, actually feature both an aluminum foil and an additional copper braid.

Copper braids primarily protect the cable against inductive coupling in the low frequency range in which virtually all connecting and control cables operate. If, for example, a UNITRONIC® data cable is installed in the direct vicinity of an ÖLFLEX® connecting cable that may not have copper screen braiding, the data cable should be protected against inductive interference from the connection cable by means of a screening braid. The same applies if a connecting cable is installed in the proximity of an insufficiently shielded or EMC-compliant machine or in the vicinity of an electric motor, which can also generate fields of inductive interference.

Aluminum foils are primarily used in data cables, as data is generally transferred at very high frequencies, thus necessitating protection against capacitive coupling.

The so-called coupling resistance and the transfer impedance act as indicators of the shielding performance – the lower the measured transfer impedance, the greater the effectiveness of the cable screening.

Of course, the best results are achieved by combining a foil shield with copper screen braiding. The disadvantage is that the aluminum foil laminate makes the cable quite stiff and inflexible, meaning that it is mostly only really suitable for fixed installations in conventional cable construction design. Frequent movement of the cable can quickly tear or displace the sensitive foil shield, which will have a negative impact on screening performance.

A: PUR: stands for Polyurethane. It is a material used for cable jacket.

PVC: stands for Polyvinyl Chloride. This is the most common cable outer jacket material used.

TPE: Stands for Thermoplastic elastomer, sometimes referred to as thermoplastic rubbers.

LSZH: stands for Low Smoke Zero Halogen and describes a cable jacket material that has excellent fire safety characteristics of low smoke, low toxicity and low corrosion.

A:

PVC Control Cables

ÖLFLEX® CLASSIC 100/100 CY

ÖLFLEX® CLASSIC 100 SY

PUR Control Cables

ÖLFLEX® 590 P/ 590 CP

ÖLFLEX® PUR S

A: OR-04 represents the level of Oil Resistance a cable can sustained on a scale from 00 to 06. A rating of “00”indicating no oil resistance characteristics and “06” indicating extreme oil resistance. Please refer to the cable attribute guide for more details.

ÖLFLEX® Control TM is an oil resistant tray cable ideal for machine tool applications. ÖLFLEX® Tray II is a flexible and oil resistant tray cable ideal for industrial plant expansions, tray wiring, anywhere that VNTC cables are used.

A: These classifications are used to identify the cable material construction:

CY: Copper braid with shielded PVC jacket

SY: Steel braid with shielded PVC jacket

CP: Copper braid with shielded Polyurethane jacket

A: Machine Tool Wire, or most commonly referred to as MTW, is a stranded flexible hook-up wire. MTW is used in control wiring for machine tools and in various other building applications. Although machine tool wire is qualified for many wiring applications it is a simply constructed wire that is made up of a highly stranded bare copper conductor. This high stranding of bare copper gives the wire its superior flexibility compared to that of THHN building wire. The bare copper conductor helps to keep the overall cost of the wire down as opposed to its sister Thermoplastic Equipment Wire, or TEW that is made with tinned copper conductors. The jacket compound on MTW is usually a tough durable Polyvinylchloride (PVC). This compound allows the cable to be heat, moisture, and oil-resistant.

A: Up to a maximum of 1000 N, the operational tensile strain for all cables and wires is calculated as 15 N of tensile load for each mm² of cross-sectional copper area. It is irrelevant whether the cables or wires employed have a solid or flexible conductor, or whether they are intended for fixed or flexible use. During laying or installing of solid conductor core cables, such as NYY for fixed installations, a factor of 50 N/mm² can be used.

Example calculation of maximum tensile load for an ÖLFLEX® CLASSIC 100 5 G 10 mm² (stranded flexible conductor) in operation:

Total copper cross-section: 5 cores x 10 mm² = 50 mm²

Tensile load in Newton: 50 mm² x 15 N = 750 N

Tensile load in kilograms: 750 N : 10 = 75 kg

Calculation of the resulting max. vertical cable suspension length:

Cable weight, version 5 G 10 mm²: 792 kg = 1000 m

Cable length, version 5 G 10 mm²: 75 kg = ??? m

Max. suspension length: (75 x 1000) : 792 = 94.7 m

If a cable features a separate support element, the maximum tensile load specified on the relevant catalogue page applies. Support elements are also required if a lamp, device or control console is to be affixed to a free-hanging cable. In this case, it must be ensured that the combined weights of the cable and the lamp or device do not exceed the maximum recommended tensile strain!

The mechanical tensile strain or force is measured in Newton (N).

A: In most cases, customers simply ask whether our cables and wires are free of silicone. What is actually being queried is whether the cables are free of "PWIS" (paint-wetting impairment substances), as silicone is not the only substance that can impede paint-coating.

The main PWIS are silicones, paraffin, oils and greases. Cables and wires that contain such substances should not come into contact with any parts to be painted. The storage of such products in paint shops can also be problematic, even if there is no direct contact with unpainted work pieces; this is because substances like silicone in particular emit a lot of gas, which can settle on unpainted parts or even contaminate entire priming paint baths. The undesired consequence is that the paint fails to bond with the PWIS-contaminated sections of the work piece, resulting in the dreaded circular "craters" or "pinpricks" on the painted surface. Therefore, products containing silicone are strictly prohibited in such applications. In most cases, this restriction not only applies to cables and wires, but also to cable glands, connectors, protective conduits and other accessories.

Lapp Kabel can confirm that especially the ÖLFLEX® and UNITRONIC® cables which were tested in our own laboratory are free of PWIS. However, this confirmation only applies to the materials used during product manufacture. It does not cover the potential risk of subsequent contamination with paint-impeding substances when the products are handled during transport, storage and further processing.

Additional information, a list of all PWIS-inspected Lapp cable products and a pre-defined confirmation letter can be found at the following link:

LABS-PWIS

It goes without saying that all products in our ÖLFLEX® FD and UNITRONIC® FD ranges designated as suitable for drag chain use have been thoroughly tested in our drag chain centre during development. However, due to the wide range of cable dimensions as well as the limited test chain capacity and the relatively long test duration, it is not possible to perform separate tests for each individual product article. In many cases, conducting drag chain tests until such time that the cable is damaged or destroyed is neither possible nor expedient, since a large number of cables would require several million bending cycles and would thus spend many years in the test centre before they eventually fail. We subject our FD cables to at least five million bending cycles under the strictest test conditions. This means that cables listed in the catalogue and data sheet with a flexible bending radius of, for example, 7.5 x cable diameter have actually only been tested with a test chain radius of 5 x cable diameter. Our extensive experience in this area has shown that cables reaching five million cycles can easily accomplish significantly higher cycle numbers without encountering problems. In some cases, cables have been removed from the test chain without significant damage after 11 million bending cycles, simply to make room for new test cables. Depending on individual travel and speeds, our test chains complete between 5000 and 20,000 cycles per day.

Even if test logs detailing the exact number of bending cycles exist for the inspected cable dimension, these cannot be made available to customers or third parties.

If a customer contacts you to obtain confirmation on bending cycle numbers for a specific product, you can request a customer letter from the product manager responsible for ÖLFLEX® FD and UNITRONIC® FD cables. This letter provides general information on the suitability of all ÖLFLEX® FD and UNITRONIC® FD cables for at least five million bending cycles as well as details on test conditions and parameters.

The bending radii of cables are defined according to their installation type. In the case of fixed or static installation, a smaller bending radius can be chosen than would be required for flexible applications since the cable is only bent once in the former case. In the cable industry, we generally distinguish between three installation types:

Fixed installation:

The cables are installed statically, in cable ducts for instance, where they are fixed and immovable. In this case, there should be no movement or vibrations during operation. The cables can therefore be bent more sharply and usually subjected to somewhat higher or lower ambient temperatures than in the case of flexible applications.

Highly flexible application (e.g. permanent bending in drag chain):

The bending radii specified for ÖLFLEX® and UNITRONIC® FD cables are always based on continuous flexible use in the energy supply chain. Even though all drag chains vary and have different parameters, it is possible to use the relevant bending radius, acceleration and travel to make an educated assessment as to a cable's suitability for the intended application. These specifications provide a relatively clear impression of the exact application planned by the customer.

Flexible application (occasional flexing):

Unfortunately, no exact definitions exist for this installation type, unlike for the fixed and highly flexible options. How often and how sharply a cable is bent in the customer's application varies from case to case. In order to reflect as many applications as possible, a relatively high bending radius is specified for this installation type. It is then largely irrelevant whether the cable is bent just once per day or moved more often, e.g. in the case of a connecting cable for a portable device that is unplugged/plugged in multiple times over the course of a day. However, to avoid situations where cables that are not designed for highly flexible drag chain use are subjected to permanent bending outside the energy supply chain, the property "occasional flexing" is used on many of our catalogue pages. This reduces the danger of cables being used in continuous flexible applications for which they are not intended.

A: Many operators and users are unaware that special factors have to be considered when installing cables in areas with raised ambient temperatures. This not only includes the self-heating resulting from the current load, but also the material-specific behavior of the core and sheath insulation in high ambient temperatures. Non-electricians in particular are mostly not familiar with the fact that the ampacity of a cable is reduced as the temperature increases.

For example, an ÖLFLEX® CLASSIC 100 3 G 1.5 mm² can carry 18 A (100%) at an ambient temperature of +30°C. If the temperature rises to +60°C, the ampacity is reduced to 9 A (50%) – calculated on the basis of VDE 0298-4 / catalogue appendix table T12-1 or T12-2.

Due to a complex chemical conversion process (formation of orthosilicic acid), insulation materials like silicone, which are regularly used in ambient temperatures up to +180°C, can harden and embrittle prematurely as of +100°C in the absence of adequate ventilation. If the max. permissible ampacity and associated self-heating of the cable is also exceeded, the ageing process accelerates accordingly. To counteract this effect, adequate volumes of air or oxygen must be supplied to such cables and wires when operated in high ambient temperatures. If closed ducts, tubes or pipes are packed full of cables, this can often result in premature damage as a result of disintegrated insulation and cable sheaths or even corrosion of the copper conductor.

A: To be used underground without additional protection, cables must meet the relevant standards (as in the case of NYY cables) or at least fulfill specific constructional design requirements for this installation. The outer jacket of cables that is laid underground without extra protection must be reinforced and of a sufficient strength and resistant to both mechanical impact and hydrolysis. The minimum outer sheath thickness for direct burial depends on the cable dimension, but should not be less than 1.8 mm.

As far as possible; cables that meet these requirements should still be embedded in sand or covered by a protective covering to offer mechanical protection from rubble and stones.

Generally speaking, all cables are suitable for direct burial, provided that they are enclosed in suitable protective tubes and pipes and are adequately resistant to hydrolysis.

A: Even though some customers have successfully employed standard ÖLFLEX® cables in drag chain applications, despite their not being developed for permanent flexible use in energy supply chains, we are unable to recommend such practices as no corresponding experience or test data exists. In our test centers, we only assess the suitability of ÖLFLEX® and UNITRONIC® cables with the designation "FD", which were developed specifically for such highly flexible applications. It is entirely at the customer's discretion to employ cables for unintended purposes, e g. as drag chain cables.

A: In principle, most materials used in the cable industry are resistant to salt or sea water. Even though some plastics absorb more or less water than others, it is largely irrelevant whether the cables are made of PVC, PUR, chloroprene rubber, PTFE or even silicone. However, caution is advised in the case of some halogen-free and highly flame-retardant cables made of special, highly filled polymers. The flame-retarding additives can be strongly hygroscopic and are thus easily saturated with water.

Even if the cable sheath compound displays no negative effects when exposed to sea water, not every cable is suitable for maritime use. At high sea in particular, cables are subjected to high levels of UV radiation and must be sheathed accordingly. Another factor to be considered is whether the cable only makes occasional contact with sea water or is used underwater on a permanent basis. As the water depth increases, so does the pressure on the cable. This is referred to as the water column. The pressure for a 1 meter water column is 0.10 bar. Therefore, at a depth of 100 meters, the pressure is already 11 bar (100 m x 0.1 bar = 10 bar + 1 bar air pressure at sea level). At this pressure, cables with many air cavities in the core stranding can become compressed, or the water may gradually diffuse through the cable jacket and insulation and reach the conductor.

In many cases, cables intended for such applications are chosen indiscriminately due to a distinct lack of alternatives which have been thoroughly tested and approved for underwater use – ÖLFLEX® AQUA RN8 being one example. At relatively low water depths, this is generally without problems. However, deep-sea applications definitely necessitate special cables, which are designed to cope with the conditions and water pressures prevalent at such depths. Within the Lapp Group, LAPP Muller in France is one company that has specialized in the development of cables for underwater use.

A: Vacuum technology is particularly prevalent in the coating industry, where it is used for a large number of products. Vacuums enable the application of very thin layers to the relevant product, while preventing oxidation and contamination. Today, products such as compact discs, eyeglass lenses, precision optical components, mobile telephones, tools, semiconductors and even flat screens are coated under vacuum conditions. In vacuum coating systems, it is often necessary to pass cables through the vacuum, e.g. to contact light sensors. In many cases, the evaporation produced in the negative vacuum pressure results in increased ambient temperatures, which further limits the potential cable selection. The size of the occurring negative pressure is also relevant.

Many insulation and outer jacket materials already emit substances, such as plasticizers, at normal atmospheric conditions and this process is both facilitated and accelerated by the negative pressure in a vacuum. As a result, cables can harden and brittle prematurely, while the emitted substances can contaminate the entire vacuum. Due to their relatively high gas emission, plastics such as PVC, chloroprene rubber and silicone in particular are less suitable for vacuum applications.

Although we have limited experience and test data with regard to vacuum applications, we would recommend the use of fluoropolymer cables made of PTFE, such as the ÖLFLEX® HEAT 260, due to their wide temperature range and very low gas emission. Plastics such as PEEK (polyetheretherketone), PI (polyimide) and PA (polyamide) are also well suited to vacuum applications, but these materials are very stiff and quite expensive, making them unsuitable for use for standard cables.

A:

ÖLFLEX® Fortis

ÖLFLEX® Tray II

ÖLFLEX® Control TM

ÖLFLEX® Tray II

Harmonized <HAR> Cables

ÖLFLEX® CLASSIC 100

ÖLFLEX® CLASSIC 100 CY

ÖLFLEX® PUR S

ÖLFLEX® H07RN-F

ÖLFLEX® HEAT 180 SiHF

ÖLFLEX HEAT® 180 GLS

ÖLFLEX HEAT® 180 H05SS-F EWKF

UNITRONIC® FD CY

UNITRONIC® FD CP

UNITRONIC® FD 890

UNITRONIC® LIYY

UNITRONIC® LIYCY

A: ÖLFLEX® 190

A:

ÖLFLEX® Fortis

ÖLFLEX® Tray II

ÖLFLEX® Control TM

ÖLFLEX® TC 600

ÖLFLEX® VFD Slim

ÖLFLEX® VFD Symmetrical

ÖLFLEX® VFD with Brake

ÖLFLEX® SDP

ÖLFLEX® Auto I

ÖLFLEX® Auto X

A:

ÖLFLEX® Tray II

ÖLFLEX® Control TM

A: In outdoor use, cables are subjected to higher levels of UV radiation than when used indoors. They are also exposed to ozone effects and other atmospheric influences. In principle, all plastics are susceptible to oxidation. However, different types of plastic possess varying degrees of UV stability. Light and oxygen cause premature ageing of plastics as a result of photooxidation. The UV rays contained in sunlight penetrate the molecular chains of the cable jacket. This causes the chains to split and results in the formation of highly reactive radicals, which continue to attack the molecular structure of the plastic. The ultimate consequence of this process is that plastics age and brittle faster in outdoor use. PVC cables in particular are subject to increased wear as the added volatile plasticisers or softeners in the thermoplastic polymer vaporize more quickly.

There are a number of ways of protecting plastics against the effects of UV radiation. The material can be shaded from the light or special UV absorbers can be added to filter out the UV rays. The simplest way of making a cable UV-resistant is to add carbon black to the polymer used for the outer jacket, thus coloring it black. This ensures full shading of the jacket material, which results in complete light absorption. The harmful UV rays are absorbed by the carbon particles in the outer jacket and transformed into far less damaging thermal energy. This also prevents the formation of free radicals as well as the occurrence of photo-oxidation.

As mentioned above, the different materials possess very different degrees of UV resistance. Some jacket materials display a good level of resistance to ultraviolet rays without the need for black coloration. Most of these substances are not thermoplastic polymers, which often require the addition of plasticisers, but belong to the group of cross-linked elastomers or TPE types. Non-black-colored PUR cables, for example, may fade or whiten in outdoor use, but usually maintain their flexibility and mechanical stability. Silicone cables without black-colored jackets, like the ÖLFLEX® HEAT 180, also possess a good level of UV resistance. However, such cables are only suitable for temperate climates. If used in locations with persistently high levels of UV radiation (coastal areas, deserts, oceans, high mountains, Polar Regions and areas with very high UV radiation such as South Australia or New Zealand), these cables should also be encased in a black, carbonized outer jacket.

A: If the manufacturer of an electrical device, appliance or machine wishes to obtain an officially approved "UL listing" to release the relevant item as a series product or acquire a "field labeling" for a stand-alone machine or system, the US body tasked with the certification (the National Recognized Testing Laboratory or NRTL) must be provided with all construction-relevant documentation. The entire certification process will be significantly faster, simpler and cheaper if all cables and wires used in the product are already "UL-listed" or at least "UL-recognized". Any cables without UL certification must first be subjected to protracted testing in the UL laboratory. All machine exporters are therefore advised to employ UL-certified cables and wires as a matter of course.

UL AWM recognized cables with AWM style numbers, e.g. ÖLFLEX® 150 QUATTRO:

Appliance wiring material or better known as "AWM" comprises cables and wires intended solely for use in factory-wired electrical equipment, devices, appliances, control cabinets and industrial machinery as part of a "listed assembly". AWM is not intended for on-site or field wiring purposes. Cables and wires with UL AWM Style labeling must be used for the applications stipulated by the relevant style designation. The use of AWM-recognized cables and wires is restricted to the applications detailed in the corresponding style specification (www.ul.com). AWM styles are not part of the North American NEC (National Electrical Code).

Following the introduction of the 2007 edition of the NFPA 79 standard, the use of UL AWM recognized cables in industrial machinery and systems can be very problematic in terms of the machine certification, as the installation of AWM cables in this environment is only permitted under strict observance of specific conditions.

"UL-listed" cables, e.g. ÖLFLEX® CONTROL TM:

The intended use of cables and wires in this category is for fixed wiring in residential buildings as well as for commercial and industrial use. UL-listed cables and wires not only have to meet individual UL product standards, but must also comply with the relevant paragraphs of the National Electrical Code (NEC). The NEC contains detailed specifications relating to the correct usage of listed cables and wires. Such products can be used both for factory wiring of electrical equipment, devices, appliances and machines as well as for on-site or field wiring of industrial machinery and systems according to NFPA 79.

A: Extension and compensating cables are connected to thermocouples, which always contain two different metal wires that are insulated from one another. The greater the price or quality of the metal wires in the thermocouple, the more accurately higher temperatures can be measured. By welding the two wires together to form a measuring point, the prevailing temperature of a medium can be determined on the basis of the "Seebeck effect". If the temperature between the measuring point on the thermocouple and the comparison point (cold junction) varies while the applied temperature remains constant (e.g. 0°C), this represents a very low thermoelectric potential in the microvolt range; a specific temperature value can be assigned to this voltage, depending on its size.

The most common metal combinations used in thermocouples are Fe/CuNi (iron/cupro-nickel), NiCr/Ni (nichrome/nickel) and PtRh/Pt (platinum-rhodium/platinum).

Extension cables always include identical conductor alloys like the metal alloy wires used in the thermocouple.

Fe/CuNi (iron/cupro-nickel) is a typical example of a extension cable as the metals and alloys employed (also known as constantan) are widely available and relatively affordable.

The conductor materials of compensating cables are not identical to the metal wires in the thermocouple, but instead use completely different metal combinations.

PtRh/Pt is one typical combination used in compensating cables. Unlike with thermocouples, it is obviously not possible to use kilometers of real platinum and purest rhodium as a core conductor material. The resulting cable drum would probably cost several million Euro! For this reason, the industry employs compensating metals, which offer virtually the same thermoelectric properties as the original thermocouple material, but at a fraction of the cost. A compensating cable for a platinum-rhodium/platinum thermocouple actually contains copper/cupro-nickel conductor alloys. In the case of cables for NiCr/Ni thermocouples, the customer can choose between expensive extension cable versions or cheaper compensating cable versions, whereby the measuring tolerance and accuracy can vary accordingly.

The decision if a extension or compensating cable should be used must always be made by the customer on the basis of his intended application. As a cable manufacturer, we can only offer limited advice in this regard.

A: The resistance of our cable products to specific organic and inorganic chemicals is already detailed in table T1 of our technical catalogue appendix. If the required substance is not contained in this table, it is possible to contact our laboratory in Stuttgart to enquire whether any data or information concerning resistance to this chemical medium exists in the relevant technical literature. Statements regarding the resistance of our cables to specific branded products, such like for instance “Exxon Mobile XY or Castrol XY transmission fluid”, are not generally possible since these constitute unknown mixtures of different oils and additives.

In the case of commercially attractive projects, the laboratory may agree to test our cable products with the specific chemical substances (usually oils) used in the customer's application. The customer would have to supply one liter of the relevant substance along with the corresponding safety data sheets. However, we reserve the right to refuse any chemicals that present even the slightest safety risk to our lab personnel. For this reason, the general test scope and schedule should be agreed with the laboratory in advance. The resistance tests are generally performed in accordance with the relevant VDE, EN, IEC or UL test methods.

A: Lapp offer many options for freight and shipping routing including Federal Express, UPS and numerous truck and airfreight lines. Please call our customer service team at 800-774-3539 for specific shipping instructions.

A:  2-D Drawings can be requested through your sales representative.3-D drawings are available for customers to download through the Lapp Group CAD website.

A: Certificates can be requested through any Lapp North America sales representative by calling 800-774-3539 or filling out the contact form.

A: UL #E146370, #E79903

For additional approval documents, please contact your Lapp North America sales representative.

A: Click here to download the SKINTOP® Polyamide Style Cable Gland Technical Data Sheet

A: For information regarding the drill hole size and other related product dimensions, click here

A:

Click here to consult the SKINTOP® Cable Glands torque values.

To prevent damage of the outer sheath, please note that different cable materials require various torque values.

A: UL94–V2

A: UV test requirements are completed according to the UL 514B test specifications.

Black glands are recommended for UV applications, as color retention is not an issue.  Other colors have a tendency to fade over time; however, physical performance will remain unaffected.

A: SKINTOP® glands that are UL listed meet the minimum 35 pound UL pull test requirement.

A: In reference to SKINTOP® glands, PSI, Pounds per Square Inch, refers to the amount of water pressure that is sprayed directly on the cable gland without any leakage.

A: Within the static temperature range, both the SKINTOP® and cable are not subjected to movement, including possible vibration.

The dynamic value listed refers to slight movement of the cable, as tested under the IP and UL test conditions and procedures.

A: Non-metallic SKINTOP® SL/SLR, PG 36-48 and SKINTOP® SLM/SLRM, Metric 40-63 come standard with an o-ring to ensure the listed IP 68 rating.  Metal SKINTOP® glands come standard with an o-ring.

A: O-rings are typically not required with NPT glands, as the tapered threads are typically screwed into corresponding NPT fittings until the tapered threads lock.  For through-hole, knockout applications, the straight-thread of a PG or Metric gland is preferred and can be supplied with an o-ring.

A: Locknuts are typically not required with NPT style glands, as the tapered threads are usually screwed into corresponding NPT fittings.  For through-hole, knockout applications, the straight-thread of a PG or Metric gland is preferred and is standardly provided with a locknut.

Please note NPT locknuts can be ordered separately.

A: Yes. Over 95% of all products sold in North America are manufactured in our Florham Park, NJ plant.

A: Our offices are open Monday thru Friday, 8:30 AM to 5:30 PM Eastern Standard Time.

A: Yes. Our ISO certificate plus RoHS and REACH compliance statements can be viewed on our Quality Management page on this website. You can download a copy of our ISO multi-site certificate here.

A: A copy of the Lapp Group NA terms & conditions of sales can be downloaded here.

A: A copy of the Lapp Group NA warranty statement can be downloaded here.

A: A copy of the Lapp Group NA standard return policy can be downloaded here.

A: The NFPA 79 fire prevention standard sets requirements applicable to electro technical equipment which is to be used in the USA and Canada. Accordingly, our products are NFPA 79-certified.

The NFPA (National Fire Protection Association) standards apply to all appliances and machines in the USA and Canada. Compliance with these standards must be certified by a recognized laboratory.

The components used in appliances and machines, such as cables, cable glands and connectors, are only accepted if they have been tested for the particular application they are being used for. Once they have been tested, they are given a conformity marking to show that they meet the required standards.

When certified products are used, appliances and machines can be approved for use much more quickly, easily and cost-effectively. The cables, leads, cable glands and connectors manufactured by Lapp Kabel are not only certified to European standards, they are also approved for use in the US and Canadian markets.

Lapp products can therefore be used worldwide.

A: You can call our toll free number 800-774-3539 and speak to one of our sales representative.

A: You can call our toll free number 800-774-3539 and speak to one of our customer service representative. If you are an authorized distributor, you can log into our e-shop (www.esales.lappusa.com).

A: Lapp offer many options for freight and shipping routing including Federal Express, UPS and numerous truck and airfreight lines. Please call our customer service team at 800-774-3539 for specific shipping instructions.

A: Minimum order for parts is $100.00 and $250.00 for parts and cable.

A: Lapp accepts all major credit cards Visa, MasterCard & American Express as well as bank transfers (fees may apply). An open account can be established with an approved credit application.

A: Ground orders are processed and shipped within 1-2 business days. Most rush orders are shipped on the same day if order is received before the cut-off time.

A: Sample can be requested online. Simply fill out the electronic form by indicating the part # you would like to obtain a sample for. Please note that conduit and hook-up wire are not available as samples. Contact

A: To find out of the Lapp Group has an Authorized Dealer in your area, click on the dealer locator. Select your state from the drop-down to obtain a list of the Lapp dealer in your area.

A: One of the main objectives of the 2006 revisions to the NFPA 79 standard (National Fire Protection Association) was to harmonize this standard with its European counterpart, IEC/EN 60204. The new version attaches great importance to cable and wire selection. This reflects the high levels of reliability and safety required of industrial equipment – such as machine tools or injection molding, woodworking and handling machines – as well as the frequently draconian impact of liability claims.

The current 2007 edition of NFPA 79 expressly forbids the use of (UL-recognized) AWM cables in industrial machinery. As a result, approval is only granted to machines using cables with a so-called "UL listing" according to the American NEC (National Electrical Code).

Red card for AWM cables

Since the use of AWM cables in industrial machinery is strictly prohibited, machine and plant manufacturers have to adapt their development, planning and production processes accordingly. They need to make changes in development, planning and production because any machines that do not comply with the new NFPA 79 standard will not be certified for use. The consequences are significant because non-approval of a machine or plant usually results in high retrofit costs and even contractual penalties. There may also be a loss of customer trust and the company's reputation could be damaged.

Caution with exceptions

The new regulations contain exceptions, which permit the continued use of specific AWM cables, such as ÖLFLEX® 150 QUATTRO or ÖLFLEX® 191. However, these are discretionary exceptions that, in some cases, require a decision on an individual case basis by the machine certifying authority resp. National Recognized Testing Laboratory (NRTL) or the Authority Having Jurisdiction (AHJ).

AWM cables may be accepted if they:

• form part of a listed sensor/actuator box equipped with a connector and feed line

• are separately inspected and approved by NRTLs

• are routed in fully enclosed and UL-listed cable ducts or protective tubes

The prerequisite for acceptance is a decision on the individual case by the NRTLs and AHJ. This not only causes a large amount of uncertainty until the point of approval, but also results in a significant loss of time and money if the exception is not granted.

Green light for UL-listed products

Safety first! To remain on the safe side from the outset and avoid any problems with US exports, UL-listed products should be used wherever possible.

The 2007 edition of the NFPA 79 standard is not yet compulsory in all parts of the USA. However, this temporary period of limited validity will most likely end in 2010. Whether or not a cable is UL-listed (NFPA 79 compliant) or merely UL AWM recognized is indicated by the cable imprint or the certification mark on the relevant catalogue page.

A: There are no separate UL certificates for ÖLFLEX® and UNITRONIC® cables detailing, for example, the product name and a description, as in the case of GL (Germanischer Lloyd) certificates for instance. Whether or not a cable is legitimately UL-certified is indicated by the normative element of the cable imprint. It must contain all UL AWM styles or UL listings for which the cable has been tested and certified. The UL file number (e.g. E63634 for U.I. Lapp), a code for the manufacturer or certificate owner, is usually found at the end of the cable imprint. A public UL database is available on the Internet at www.ul.com. By selecting "Certifications" and entering the file number in the relevant field, anybody can check whether the relevant cable manufacturer is certified by the UL authority and thus authorized to print an UL AWM style or UL listing on their products. This website can be used to search by file number or company name. Some 1000 available UL AWM styles (Appliance Wiring Material) are listed under the U.I. Lapp file number E63634 alone.

UL-recognized and UL-listed cables are subject to very strict production controls. Manufacturers cannot simply produce cables with incorrect UL imprints and without the correct authorization or bring such products to market. The productions plants are periodically audited by UL inspectors, who check the accuracy of the imprint on UL-certified cables and take production samples for subsequent examination in the UL laboratory. With the UL labeling system, each drum of UL-certified cable is registered using special, sequentially numbered UL label stickers. These measures ensure that manufacturers only produce UL-imprinted cables for which they have UL authorization and have paid the necessary certification fees.

If a customer requires a UL "certificate" for a specific ÖLFLEX® or UNITRONIC® cable, he can visit the aforementioned website and use the relevant file number to check the validity of the UL AWM styles or UL listings printed on the core insulation or cable outer sheath.

A: IMDS (International Material Data System) is an archiving, exchange and management system for the automotive industry. It serves as the basis for the creation of material data sheets that list all materials and substances used in the relevant component as well as the necessary data required for the later recycling of the part. IMDS is the result of a collaborative effort involving Audi, BMW, Daimler, Chrysler, Ford, Opel, Porsche, Volkswagen and Volvo. Other automotive manufacturers have also since adopted the system. The aim of the IMDS system is to ensure compliance with national and international laws, which govern automotive manufacturers and suppliers in the form of standards and legal regulations, with a particular focus on environmental issues. Each vehicle manufacturer and supplier is responsible for all aspects of his product, including its entire lifecycle ranging from manufacture and use to recycling and disposal. In addition, manufacturers are required to declare the material composition of the products used in their vehicles, so that these can be reconstructed and classified into specific danger levels. Among other things, the International Material Data System is based on the end-of-life vehicle directive (ELV) of the European Parliament (directive 2000/53/EC) and of the German government.

Customers can request IMDS data sheets for specific Lapp products from the PDL department (Laboratory Stuttgart); the following information must be provided:

• Customer name and Lapp customer number

• IMDS ID number of customer

• Product name

• Dimension or version

• Lapp part number of product

Based on these specification, the IMDS data sheet will be created and entered into the database, where it can be accessed by the customer using a corresponding ID number. As a rule, IMDS data sheets can only be created if the materials and substances in the relevant product comply with the global automotive declarable substance list (GADSL). However, this is the case for virtually all of our products. In some cases, it is not possible to issue IMDS data sheets for specific purchased vendor products, if these items were not entered in the IMDS database or released for entry by the relevant manufacturer.

Further information about the IMDS International Material Data System is available at the following link:

www.mdsystem.com

A: In accordance with the revised standard VDE 0165, part 1, edition 05/2009 (EN 60079-14:2008), the following pages describe the possible selection of cables for explosive atmospheres on the basis of examples of normative construction design as well as of Lapp work standard products for the various applications. This document merely represents Lapp's interpretation of the specifications contained in the German version of the standard. However, in the absence of clear formulations and distinct terminology, this standard is both open to and in need of interpretation.

As a result, this document in no way constitutes a legally binding interpretation. Ultimately, the selection of suitable cables for explosive atmospheres must always be made on the basis of specific local criteria regarding use and application. In cases of doubt, we recommend that the testing engineer/certifier responsible for the technical acceptance of the individual application be involved in the product selection process from an early stage.

A: A number of ignition protection types exist to eliminate the dangers posed, for example, by ignitable sparks in explosive atmospheres. As well as for instance the use of pressure-resistant engine casings (ignition protection type d “drive enclosure”), this also includes amongst others intrinsic safety (ignition protection type i “intrinsic safety”).

Intrinsic safety is a technical property, in which special construction principles are applied to prevent the occurrence of dangerous situations, even in the event of a fault. Electrical or electronic devices with ignition protection type "i" are used especially in explosive atmospheres for measurement and control purposes. Power is supplied to electrical equipment via a safety barrier, which limits the voltage and current such that the minimum ignition energy and temperature of an explosive gas, dust or vapor mixture is never reached. Intrinsically safe circuits are therefore used in explosive environments in which no sparks or thermal effects must occur that may ignite an explosive atmosphere. The operating voltage and current must not generate sufficient energy to cause an explosion.

A: No, that is not strictly true. The relevant standard (VDE 0165) merely stipulates that cables in intrinsically safe circuits must be labeled accordingly so that they can be identified as part of such circuits. In cases where cables in intrinsically safe circuits are to be indicated by their color, the outer sheath must be light blue. Cables which do not have a blue sheath but are still used in intrinsically safe circuits must be identified by other means, to be agreed with the relevant testing engineer/certifier. This can be done, for example, using blue cable ducts or by affixing FLEXIMARK® marking products. In some cases, cables forming part of intrinsically safe circuits can also be installed such that they are spatially separated from other cables. An exception to these rules is when the intrinsically safe or all non-intrinsically safe cables and wires are armored, metal-sheathed or screened, in which case no separate identification of intrinsically safe cables and wires is required. The decision as to how cables are installed or distinguished in intrinsically safe environments must be made by the user in conjunction with the relevant testing institute.

No written confirmations or certificates are available to verify that our cables, wires and accessories comply with these regulations and guidelines. The abundance of specifications regarding hazardous substances and environmental protection systems is requiring manufacturers to produce ever increasing numbers of certifications to verify their compliance with legal regulations. For this reason, we have revised table T30 in the technical appendix of our main catalogue to ensure that all REACH, RoHS, Deca-BDE und PFOS matters are comprehensively covered.

Especially the international subject of REACH is constantly changing and undergoing permanent updates on our part.

A summarized U.I. Lapp customer letter to be used for general REACH information purposes can be found at the following link:

REACH Customer Information

Further information about REACH and RoHS is available at the following links:

echa.europa.eu

www.rohs.eu

Lapp offers a wide range of Wind Turbine Tray Cable (WTTC) per UL 2277 directive.

ÖLFLEX® Fortis

ÖLFLEX® Tray II

ÖLFLEX® Control TM

ÖLFLEX® TC 600

ÖLFLEX® VFD Slim

ÖLFLEX® VFD Symmetrical

ÖLFLEX® VFD with Brake

ÖLFLEX® SDP

ÖLFLEX® Auto I

ÖLFLEX® Auto X

A: The CE symbol identifies a product that conforms to a European Directive developed by a coalition of European countries that form the European Union (EU). This compliance is necessary for exporting certain cable types to countries within the European Community.

A: No. The CE symbol identifies a product that conforms to a European directive adopted by a group of European countries that form the European Union or EU. This CE-rating is very similar to having a product in the USA as UL-listed.

Harmonized cables signified usually by "HAR" are cables that meet common standards that were established by CENELEC (European Committee for Electrotechnical Standardization) for all its member countries. Member countries include Austria, Belgium, Denmark, Finland, France, Germany, Greece, Ireland, Italy, Luxembourg, Portugal, Spain, Sweden, and United Kingdom.

A: Overhead tray cables require UL TC-ER (Exposed Run) & CSA CIC/TC approval.

A:

Underwriters Laboratories Inc. is an independent nonprofit organization that writes and tests products for safety and certifies them. UL has developed more than 800 standards for safety, and millions of products and their components are tested to ULs safety standards. If a product is UL listed, you know it has passed ULs stringent tests for electrical safety.

The Canadian Standards Association (CSA) is a nonprofit association serving business, industry, government and consumers in Canada and the global marketplace. Among many other activities, CSA develops standards that enhance public safety. A Nationally Recognized Testing Laboratory, CSA is very familiar with U.S. requirements. According to OSHA regulations, the CSA-US Mark qualifies as an alternative to the UL Mark.

REACH is the European Community Regulation on chemicals and their safe use (EC 1907/2006). It deals with the Registration, Evaluation, Authorization and Restriction of Chemical substances. The aim of REACH is to improve the protection of human health and the environment through the better and earlier identification of the intrinsic properties of chemical substances. At the same time, REACH aims to enhance innovation and competitiveness of the EU chemicals industry.

The REACH Regulation places greater responsibility on industry to manage the risks from chemicals and to provide safety information on the substances. Manufacturers and importers are required to gather information on the properties of their chemical substances, which will allow their safe handling, and to register the information in a central database.

A: The capacitance (C) of a component – in this case a cable – represents its ability to store electrical energy. A cable with low capacitance can be used over longer distances and offers lower transmission losses than a standard cable of the same length.

Whether or not a cable qualifies as "low-capacitance" depends on the insulation material that is used. In the field of data network cables, pure air would be one of the best and thus also one of the lowest capacity insulation materials. However, since it is technically impossible to use air as core insulation and to strand the bare copper conductors without contact, a range of different plastics are used for insulation purposes. Air has a dielectric constant of 1. Similarly, all insulation plastics used in cable technology also have a specific dielectric constant, which is measured at a specified frequency and ambient temperature. The dielectric constant indicates the factor by which the capacitance increases when air is replaced with a different insulation material such as polyvinyl chloride (PVC) or polyethylene (PE). The higher the dielectric constant, the greater the capacity. The lower the constant, the better suited the material is to electrical core insulation. Compared to other insulation materials, PE for instance has a very low dielectric constant of approx. 2.2, which is why it is used for higher quality products such as LAN, BUS or coaxial cables. In some cases, small air bubbles or foam are encapsulated in the PE insulation to further improve the transfer quality. Depending on its composition, PVC takes up a mid-table position with values between 3.5 and 7. With dielectric constants of up to 9.0, elastomers such as chloroprene rubber are at the bottom of the pile when it comes to insulation materials for data network cables; even when used for connecting or control cables, relatively thick insulation wall thicknesses of such materials are required to achieve satisfactory insulation performance. Symmetrical core stranding can also have a positive effect on the capacitance (e.g. ÖLFLEX® SERVO 9YSLCY-JB with its three-part, green/yellow protective earth conductor).

A cable can be described as "low-capacitance" if the mutual capacitance specified in the catalogue for a PE-insulated cable, for example, is approx. half that of a cable which merely has PVC insulation, for instance.

A: The rated voltage of a cable is the voltage on which the construction and testing of the cable is based in the context of electrical inspections. It is specified in the form of two voltage values: U0/U.

Many ÖLFLEX® connection and control cables have a rated voltage of U0/U 300/500 V.

• U0 is the rms-value (root mean square) of the voltage between a live conductor (core) and the earth (ground).

The earth can be a metallic cable sheath (copper braid) or an earthed surrounding medium such as the metal casing of a device or control cabinet.

The U0 value is lower than the U value, as there is as electrical separation only one layer of insulation between the live copper conductor and surrounding metallic medium.

• U is the rms-value of the voltage between 2 live conductors (cores) of a multicore cable or within a system of single cores.

The U value is higher than the U0 value since there are always as electrical separation two layers of insulation between two live copper conductors in a multi-core cable or between two single cores in a switch cabinet.

The electrical voltage is measured in Volt (V).

A: For virtually all of our ÖLFLEX® cables, the rated voltage is specified in the form of an AC value (Alternating Current). In a DC system (Direct Current), the rated voltage of the system must not be greater than 1.5 times of the rated voltage of the cable.

To calculate the DC value, the relevant AC value is simply multiplied by a factor of 1.5, as in the examples below:

AC Alternating current Factor DC Direct current

U0/U 300/500 V x 1.5 U0/U 450/750 V

U0/U 450/750 V x 1.5 U0/U 675/1125 V

U0/U 600/1000 V x 1.5 U0/U 900/1500 V

The electrical voltage is measured in Volt (V).

A: The current transfer raises the temperature of cables and wires on the basis of the current amperage or the selected conductor cross-section. If the current is too high, a cable installed in a room temperature of +20°C can easily reach a surface temperature of +80°C. If the ambient temperature were also to increase significantly, the maximum permissible conductor temperature of the cable would be greatly exceeded. This could result in damage to the core insulation material, the cable sheath and even the copper conductor, or cause the premature failure of these components.

Depending on the applicable standards, the various copper conductor cross-sections are all assigned maximum current ratings. The core insulation material plays little to no part here. What is important is how the cable is installed and whether it is a single core or multicore cable. In accordance with DIN VDE 0298, part 4, table 11 (see catalogue appendix table T12-1), the power rating values specified here apply to an ambient temperature of +30°C.

As per column B of table T12-1, the maximum continuous current that can be supplied to an ÖLFLEX® 450 P 3 G 1.5 cable for hand-held equipment at an ambient temperature of +30°C is 16 A per core (1.5 mm²).

If the ambient temperature rises to +50°C, for example, the so-called “correction resp. reduction factor" comes into play, the aim of which is to reduce the current load on the cable.

The reduction factor to be applied is derived from the prevailing ambient temperature and the maximum permissible conductor temperature of the cable. On the catalogue page for the ÖLFLEX® 450 P cable, the maximum permissible conductor temperature is specified as +70°C. Based on these two temperatures, the reduction factor 0.71 can be read from table T12-2 ("Correction factors") in the catalogue appendix; the maximum current rating is then multiplied by this factor.

If a customer wants to supply for his application a 16 A current to an ÖLFLEX® 450 P 3 G 1.5 mm² cable at an ambient temperature of +50°C, a conductor cross-section of 1.5 mm² will be insufficient!

The amperage is measured in Amp (A).

Although copper and steel are conductive metals, only copper (e.g. in the form of a braid) represents a suitable means of protecting a cable or wire from electromagnetic interference or shielding the environment from the interfering emissions originating from the cable itself. This not only depends on the electrical conductivity of the metal employed, but also on the braid density or the degree of coverage with which the cable is braided.

From all metals only pure silver offers marginally better conductive performance than copper. Although different qualities of iron/steel alloy exist, the conductivity of steel is generally six times lower than that of electrolyte copper. For this reason, a steel wire braid only ever protects a cable from external mechanical impact. To ensure optimized electromagnetic shielding, which also meets the requirements of the Electromagnetic Compatibility (EMC) directive, a sufficient level of copper braiding is required. As a minimum, a visual coverage level of 82-85% is required to achieve adequate screening protection. In the case of a steel wire braid used solely for mechanical protection, a visual coverage level of approx. 50% or less is standard. With a little practice, it is therefore quite easy to visually distinguish copper and steel wire braids by their degree of coverage. In addition, copper braids often have a slight reddish tinge (despite their tin plating), are somewhat softer than steel and are in comparison to steel non-magnetic.

However, even the densest, highest quality copper braid is rendered useless if it is not properly grounded! For safety reasons, steel wire braids should also be earthed when used in power networks. If the connected equipment develops a fault, this grounding prevents the transmission of dangerous voltages to the often exposed steel wire braid at the connecting points.

A: It is possible to measure the capacitance (C), inductance (L) and impedance (Z) on a cable drum or to calculate these values on the basis of specific key data. Calculations can be performed for virtually all ÖLFLEX® cables, but the values must be determined separately for each individual product article.

Calculations are only possible if the following data is known:

• Cable product and dimension

• Exact dielectric constant of core insulation material

• Diameter of copper conductor

• Wall thickness of core insulation

Accurate calculations are only possible if the relevant cable was produced in one of our own Lapp factories, meaning that all the above values are available.

The capacitance, inductance and impedance of many ÖLFLEX® products have already been established in the past and can be obtained on request from the PDC Technology department.

The electrical capacitance is measured in Farad (F).

The inductance is measured in Henry (H).

The impedance is measured in Ohm (Ω).

As a cable and wire manufacturer, we are not generally permitted to calculate the ampacity of cables for the planning or operation of electrical equipment, plants and systems. Such calculations usually involve many different factors, of which neither we nor – as is often the case – the customer are aware. If incorrect planning results in the selection of the wrong conductor cross-section, which in turn leads to faults, fire damage or personal injury during later operation of the machine or system, the party who conducted the planning will be held responsible! This is why a number of engineering consultancies make their living by planning electrical plants and systems.

The following are just some of the important factors required to ensure accurate and, most importantly, safe determination of the right conductor cross-section:

• What power level is to be transferred?

• What length of cable is to be installed?

• What is the ambient temperature where the cables are used?

• Are there any mechanical forces or chemical stressors affecting the cable?

• How are the cables installed? In pipes, open or closed cable ducts, cable conduits, on-wall or in-wall?

• How many cables are installed in the pipe, duct or conduit?

• How far apart are the cables in the conduit?

• Etc.

In some cases, we can provide reference values for advisory purposes. However, such data is always provided in a non-binding capacity and under consideration of the above points. It must also be pointed that full and adequate planning can only be performed by a recognized engineering consultancy. Written confirmations should not be provided!

A: No! This could easily result in fires or lethal electric shocks! Data network cables and power cables are subject to completely different design and test standards. The main difference lies in the core insulation strength. UNITRONIC® data cables are typically used in data networks with a voltage range of 6 to 48 V. ÖLFLEX® connection and control cables, on the other hand, are predominantly used for devices with a 230 V mains voltage (e.g. drills, lawnmowers etc.) or for machines in power or three-phase networks, e.g. U0/U 300/500 V or 600/1000 V.

Since the size of the voltage is directly connected to the strength of the core insulation, this represents the greatest difference between data and power cables.

To be able to cope with voltage ranges of U0/U 300/500 V, the core insulation of an ÖLFLEX® CLASSIC 100 power cable, for example, is on average 50-70% thicker than that of a UNITRONIC® LiYY data cable. It is possible for voltage peaks of 250 V to occur in data networks. However, under no circumstances must this voltage be equated with a stabilized alternating current of 230 V at 50 Hz supplied from a mains power socket! Using a data cable in this case would carry a very high risk of cable fires or electrocution resulting from the insufficient strength of the core insulation! The dielectric strength of data cables is generally only checked with 1200 to 1500 V for one minute periods. Connection and control cables, on the other hand, are tested with 4000 V for periods of 15 minutes.

Indirect connection of data cables to the power network is only possible if a transformer is used to convert the mains voltage to the permissible low voltage of the operated device (e.g. a laptop or model railway). In this case, it must be ensured that an ÖLFLEX® cable with the appropriate voltage class (e.g. U0/U 300/500 V) is used to connect the transformer to the mains supply and that the UNITRONIC® data cable is only used to link the relevant device with the transformer.

The electrical voltage is measured in Volt (V).

A: Heating systems, for example, require a relatively high voltage to ignite the pilot flame, but this is only needed once or twice a day and for a matter of milliseconds. Operators and users are often of the opinion that a cable with a rated voltage class of, for example, U0/U 300/500 V can be briefly supplied with a higher voltage, provided that it does not exceed the specified testing voltage. In such cases, it is very important to note that a cable with a rated voltage class of 300/500 V and a testing voltage of, for example, 4000 V must never be subjected a voltage exceeding the specified rated voltage – not even for a matter of milliseconds! Even if, for example, a voltage of 2500 V occurs just once per day for a single second, the relevant cable, and the core insulation thickness in particular, must be constructed and tested to ensure the appropriate rated voltage. In this particular case, a cable a with a rated voltage class of 1.8/3 kV must be used to safely handle the briefly occurring voltage of 2500 V.

The testing voltage listed for a specific product on the catalogue page, particularly in the case of ÖLFLEX® connection and control cables, in no way indicates that the relevant cable can be subjected to higher voltages – no matter how briefly.

The withstand or high voltage test is a required element of the final acceptance resp. inspection of each and every cable and only serves as a means of identifying any insulation faults after production.

A: Virtually all ÖLFLEX® connection and control cables are screened with tin-plated copper braiding. UNITRONIC® data cables are screened with copper braids and aluminum-laminated synthetic foils, which are generally wrapped around the core bundle in overlapping spirals. Some data cables, such as the UNITRONIC® Li2YCY PiMF or ETHERLINE® Cat.5, actually feature both an aluminum foil and an additional copper braid.

Copper braids primarily protect the cable against inductive coupling in the low frequency range in which virtually all connecting and control cables operate. If, for example, a UNITRONIC® data cable is installed in the direct vicinity of an ÖLFLEX® connecting cable that may not have copper screen braiding, the data cable should be protected against inductive interference from the connection cable by means of a screening braid. The same applies if a connecting cable is installed in the proximity of an insufficiently shielded or EMC-compliant machine or in the vicinity of an electric motor, which can also generate fields of inductive interference.

Aluminum foils are primarily used in data cables, as data is generally transferred at very high frequencies, thus necessitating protection against capacitive coupling.

The so-called coupling resistance and the transfer impedance act as indicators of the shielding performance – the lower the measured transfer impedance, the greater the effectiveness of the cable screening.

Of course, the best results are achieved by combining a foil shield with copper screen braiding. The disadvantage is that the aluminum foil laminate makes the cable quite stiff and inflexible, meaning that it is mostly only really suitable for fixed installations in conventional cable construction design. Frequent movement of the cable can quickly tear or displace the sensitive foil shield, which will have a negative impact on screening performance.

A: PUR: stands for Polyurethane. It is a material used for cable jacket.

PVC: stands for Polyvinyl Chloride. This is the most common cable outer jacket material used.

TPE: Stands for Thermoplastic elastomer, sometimes referred to as thermoplastic rubbers.

LSZH: stands for Low Smoke Zero Halogen and describes a cable jacket material that has excellent fire safety characteristics of low smoke, low toxicity and low corrosion.

A:

PVC Control Cables

ÖLFLEX® CLASSIC 100/100 CY

ÖLFLEX® CLASSIC 100 SY

PUR Control Cables

ÖLFLEX® 590 P/ 590 CP

ÖLFLEX® PUR S

A: OR-04 represents the level of Oil Resistance a cable can sustained on a scale from 00 to 06. A rating of “00”indicating no oil resistance characteristics and “06” indicating extreme oil resistance. Please refer to the cable attribute guide for more details.

ÖLFLEX® Control TM is an oil resistant tray cable ideal for machine tool applications. ÖLFLEX® Tray II is a flexible and oil resistant tray cable ideal for industrial plant expansions, tray wiring, anywhere that VNTC cables are used.

A: These classifications are used to identify the cable material construction:

CY: Copper braid with shielded PVC jacket

SY: Steel braid with shielded PVC jacket

CP: Copper braid with shielded Polyurethane jacket

A: Machine Tool Wire, or most commonly referred to as MTW, is a stranded flexible hook-up wire. MTW is used in control wiring for machine tools and in various other building applications. Although machine tool wire is qualified for many wiring applications it is a simply constructed wire that is made up of a highly stranded bare copper conductor. This high stranding of bare copper gives the wire its superior flexibility compared to that of THHN building wire. The bare copper conductor helps to keep the overall cost of the wire down as opposed to its sister Thermoplastic Equipment Wire, or TEW that is made with tinned copper conductors. The jacket compound on MTW is usually a tough durable Polyvinylchloride (PVC). This compound allows the cable to be heat, moisture, and oil-resistant.

A: Up to a maximum of 1000 N, the operational tensile strain for all cables and wires is calculated as 15 N of tensile load for each mm² of cross-sectional copper area. It is irrelevant whether the cables or wires employed have a solid or flexible conductor, or whether they are intended for fixed or flexible use. During laying or installing of solid conductor core cables, such as NYY for fixed installations, a factor of 50 N/mm² can be used.

Example calculation of maximum tensile load for an ÖLFLEX® CLASSIC 100 5 G 10 mm² (stranded flexible conductor) in operation:

Total copper cross-section: 5 cores x 10 mm² = 50 mm²

Tensile load in Newton: 50 mm² x 15 N = 750 N

Tensile load in kilograms: 750 N : 10 = 75 kg

Calculation of the resulting max. vertical cable suspension length:

Cable weight, version 5 G 10 mm²: 792 kg = 1000 m

Cable length, version 5 G 10 mm²: 75 kg = ??? m

Max. suspension length: (75 x 1000) : 792 = 94.7 m

If a cable features a separate support element, the maximum tensile load specified on the relevant catalogue page applies. Support elements are also required if a lamp, device or control console is to be affixed to a free-hanging cable. In this case, it must be ensured that the combined weights of the cable and the lamp or device do not exceed the maximum recommended tensile strain!

The mechanical tensile strain or force is measured in Newton (N).

It goes without saying that all products in our ÖLFLEX® FD and UNITRONIC® FD ranges designated as suitable for drag chain use have been thoroughly tested in our drag chain centre during development. However, due to the wide range of cable dimensions as well as the limited test chain capacity and the relatively long test duration, it is not possible to perform separate tests for each individual product article. In many cases, conducting drag chain tests until such time that the cable is damaged or destroyed is neither possible nor expedient, since a large number of cables would require several million bending cycles and would thus spend many years in the test centre before they eventually fail. We subject our FD cables to at least five million bending cycles under the strictest test conditions. This means that cables listed in the catalogue and data sheet with a flexible bending radius of, for example, 7.5 x cable diameter have actually only been tested with a test chain radius of 5 x cable diameter. Our extensive experience in this area has shown that cables reaching five million cycles can easily accomplish significantly higher cycle numbers without encountering problems. In some cases, cables have been removed from the test chain without significant damage after 11 million bending cycles, simply to make room for new test cables. Depending on individual travel and speeds, our test chains complete between 5000 and 20,000 cycles per day.

Even if test logs detailing the exact number of bending cycles exist for the inspected cable dimension, these cannot be made available to customers or third parties.

If a customer contacts you to obtain confirmation on bending cycle numbers for a specific product, you can request a customer letter from the product manager responsible for ÖLFLEX® FD and UNITRONIC® FD cables. This letter provides general information on the suitability of all ÖLFLEX® FD and UNITRONIC® FD cables for at least five million bending cycles as well as details on test conditions and parameters.

A: In most cases, customers simply ask whether our cables and wires are free of silicone. What is actually being queried is whether the cables are free of "PWIS" (paint-wetting impairment substances), as silicone is not the only substance that can impede paint-coating.

The main PWIS are silicones, paraffin, oils and greases. Cables and wires that contain such substances should not come into contact with any parts to be painted. The storage of such products in paint shops can also be problematic, even if there is no direct contact with unpainted work pieces; this is because substances like silicone in particular emit a lot of gas, which can settle on unpainted parts or even contaminate entire priming paint baths. The undesired consequence is that the paint fails to bond with the PWIS-contaminated sections of the work piece, resulting in the dreaded circular "craters" or "pinpricks" on the painted surface. Therefore, products containing silicone are strictly prohibited in such applications. In most cases, this restriction not only applies to cables and wires, but also to cable glands, connectors, protective conduits and other accessories.

Lapp Kabel can confirm that especially the ÖLFLEX® and UNITRONIC® cables which were tested in our own laboratory are free of PWIS. However, this confirmation only applies to the materials used during product manufacture. It does not cover the potential risk of subsequent contamination with paint-impeding substances when the products are handled during transport, storage and further processing.

Additional information, a list of all PWIS-inspected Lapp cable products and a pre-defined confirmation letter can be found at the following link:

LABS-PWIS

The bending radii of cables are defined according to their installation type. In the case of fixed or static installation, a smaller bending radius can be chosen than would be required for flexible applications since the cable is only bent once in the former case. In the cable industry, we generally distinguish between three installation types:

Fixed installation:

The cables are installed statically, in cable ducts for instance, where they are fixed and immovable. In this case, there should be no movement or vibrations during operation. The cables can therefore be bent more sharply and usually subjected to somewhat higher or lower ambient temperatures than in the case of flexible applications.

Highly flexible application (e.g. permanent bending in drag chain):

The bending radii specified for ÖLFLEX® and UNITRONIC® FD cables are always based on continuous flexible use in the energy supply chain. Even though all drag chains vary and have different parameters, it is possible to use the relevant bending radius, acceleration and travel to make an educated assessment as to a cable's suitability for the intended application. These specifications provide a relatively clear impression of the exact application planned by the customer.

Flexible application (occasional flexing):

Unfortunately, no exact definitions exist for this installation type, unlike for the fixed and highly flexible options. How often and how sharply a cable is bent in the customer's application varies from case to case. In order to reflect as many applications as possible, a relatively high bending radius is specified for this installation type. It is then largely irrelevant whether the cable is bent just once per day or moved more often, e.g. in the case of a connecting cable for a portable device that is unplugged/plugged in multiple times over the course of a day. However, to avoid situations where cables that are not designed for highly flexible drag chain use are subjected to permanent bending outside the energy supply chain, the property "occasional flexing" is used on many of our catalogue pages. This reduces the danger of cables being used in continuous flexible applications for which they are not intended.

A: Many operators and users are unaware that special factors have to be considered when installing cables in areas with raised ambient temperatures. This not only includes the self-heating resulting from the current load, but also the material-specific behavior of the core and sheath insulation in high ambient temperatures. Non-electricians in particular are mostly not familiar with the fact that the ampacity of a cable is reduced as the temperature increases.

For example, an ÖLFLEX® CLASSIC 100 3 G 1.5 mm² can carry 18 A (100%) at an ambient temperature of +30°C. If the temperature rises to +60°C, the ampacity is reduced to 9 A (50%) – calculated on the basis of VDE 0298-4 / catalogue appendix table T12-1 or T12-2.

Due to a complex chemical conversion process (formation of orthosilicic acid), insulation materials like silicone, which are regularly used in ambient temperatures up to +180°C, can harden and embrittle prematurely as of +100°C in the absence of adequate ventilation. If the max. permissible ampacity and associated self-heating of the cable is also exceeded, the ageing process accelerates accordingly. To counteract this effect, adequate volumes of air or oxygen must be supplied to such cables and wires when operated in high ambient temperatures. If closed ducts, tubes or pipes are packed full of cables, this can often result in premature damage as a result of disintegrated insulation and cable sheaths or even corrosion of the copper conductor.

A: To be used underground without additional protection, cables must meet the relevant standards (as in the case of NYY cables) or at least fulfill specific constructional design requirements for this installation. The outer jacket of cables that is laid underground without extra protection must be reinforced and of a sufficient strength and resistant to both mechanical impact and hydrolysis. The minimum outer sheath thickness for direct burial depends on the cable dimension, but should not be less than 1.8 mm.

As far as possible; cables that meet these requirements should still be embedded in sand or covered by a protective covering to offer mechanical protection from rubble and stones.

Generally speaking, all cables are suitable for direct burial, provided that they are enclosed in suitable protective tubes and pipes and are adequately resistant to hydrolysis.

A: Even though some customers have successfully employed standard ÖLFLEX® cables in drag chain applications, despite their not being developed for permanent flexible use in energy supply chains, we are unable to recommend such practices as no corresponding experience or test data exists. In our test centers, we only assess the suitability of ÖLFLEX® and UNITRONIC® cables with the designation "FD", which were developed specifically for such highly flexible applications. It is entirely at the customer's discretion to employ cables for unintended purposes, e g. as drag chain cables.

A: In principle, most materials used in the cable industry are resistant to salt or sea water. Even though some plastics absorb more or less water than others, it is largely irrelevant whether the cables are made of PVC, PUR, chloroprene rubber, PTFE or even silicone. However, caution is advised in the case of some halogen-free and highly flame-retardant cables made of special, highly filled polymers. The flame-retarding additives can be strongly hygroscopic and are thus easily saturated with water.

Even if the cable sheath compound displays no negative effects when exposed to sea water, not every cable is suitable for maritime use. At high sea in particular, cables are subjected to high levels of UV radiation and must be sheathed accordingly. Another factor to be considered is whether the cable only makes occasional contact with sea water or is used underwater on a permanent basis. As the water depth increases, so does the pressure on the cable. This is referred to as the water column. The pressure for a 1 meter water column is 0.10 bar. Therefore, at a depth of 100 meters, the pressure is already 11 bar (100 m x 0.1 bar = 10 bar + 1 bar air pressure at sea level). At this pressure, cables with many air cavities in the core stranding can become compressed, or the water may gradually diffuse through the cable jacket and insulation and reach the conductor.

In many cases, cables intended for such applications are chosen indiscriminately due to a distinct lack of alternatives which have been thoroughly tested and approved for underwater use – ÖLFLEX® AQUA RN8 being one example. At relatively low water depths, this is generally without problems. However, deep-sea applications definitely necessitate special cables, which are designed to cope with the conditions and water pressures prevalent at such depths. Within the Lapp Group, LAPP Muller in France is one company that has specialized in the development of cables for underwater use.

A: Vacuum technology is particularly prevalent in the coating industry, where it is used for a large number of products. Vacuums enable the application of very thin layers to the relevant product, while preventing oxidation and contamination. Today, products such as compact discs, eyeglass lenses, precision optical components, mobile telephones, tools, semiconductors and even flat screens are coated under vacuum conditions. In vacuum coating systems, it is often necessary to pass cables through the vacuum, e.g. to contact light sensors. In many cases, the evaporation produced in the negative vacuum pressure results in increased ambient temperatures, which further limits the potential cable selection. The size of the occurring negative pressure is also relevant.

Many insulation and outer jacket materials already emit substances, such as plasticizers, at normal atmospheric conditions and this process is both facilitated and accelerated by the negative pressure in a vacuum. As a result, cables can harden and brittle prematurely, while the emitted substances can contaminate the entire vacuum. Due to their relatively high gas emission, plastics such as PVC, chloroprene rubber and silicone in particular are less suitable for vacuum applications.

Although we have limited experience and test data with regard to vacuum applications, we would recommend the use of fluoropolymer cables made of PTFE, such as the ÖLFLEX® HEAT 260, due to their wide temperature range and very low gas emission. Plastics such as PEEK (polyetheretherketone), PI (polyimide) and PA (polyamide) are also well suited to vacuum applications, but these materials are very stiff and quite expensive, making them unsuitable for use for standard cables.

A:

ÖLFLEX® Fortis

ÖLFLEX® Tray II

ÖLFLEX® Control TM

ÖLFLEX® Tray II

Harmonized <HAR> Cables

ÖLFLEX® CLASSIC 100

ÖLFLEX® CLASSIC 100 CY

ÖLFLEX® PUR S

ÖLFLEX® H07RN-F

ÖLFLEX® HEAT 180 SiHF

ÖLFLEX HEAT® 180 GLS

ÖLFLEX HEAT® 180 H05SS-F EWKF

UNITRONIC® FD CY

UNITRONIC® FD CP

UNITRONIC® FD 890

UNITRONIC® LIYY

UNITRONIC® LIYCY

A: ÖLFLEX® 190

A:

ÖLFLEX® Fortis

ÖLFLEX® Tray II

ÖLFLEX® Control TM

ÖLFLEX® TC 600

ÖLFLEX® VFD Slim

ÖLFLEX® VFD Symmetrical

ÖLFLEX® VFD with Brake

ÖLFLEX® SDP

ÖLFLEX® Auto I

ÖLFLEX® Auto X

A:

ÖLFLEX® Tray II

ÖLFLEX® Control TM

A: In outdoor use, cables are subjected to higher levels of UV radiation than when used indoors. They are also exposed to ozone effects and other atmospheric influences. In principle, all plastics are susceptible to oxidation. However, different types of plastic possess varying degrees of UV stability. Light and oxygen cause premature ageing of plastics as a result of photooxidation. The UV rays contained in sunlight penetrate the molecular chains of the cable jacket. This causes the chains to split and results in the formation of highly reactive radicals, which continue to attack the molecular structure of the plastic. The ultimate consequence of this process is that plastics age and brittle faster in outdoor use. PVC cables in particular are subject to increased wear as the added volatile plasticisers or softeners in the thermoplastic polymer vaporize more quickly.

There are a number of ways of protecting plastics against the effects of UV radiation. The material can be shaded from the light or special UV absorbers can be added to filter out the UV rays. The simplest way of making a cable UV-resistant is to add carbon black to the polymer used for the outer jacket, thus coloring it black. This ensures full shading of the jacket material, which results in complete light absorption. The harmful UV rays are absorbed by the carbon particles in the outer jacket and transformed into far less damaging thermal energy. This also prevents the formation of free radicals as well as the occurrence of photo-oxidation.

As mentioned above, the different materials possess very different degrees of UV resistance. Some jacket materials display a good level of resistance to ultraviolet rays without the need for black coloration. Most of these substances are not thermoplastic polymers, which often require the addition of plasticisers, but belong to the group of cross-linked elastomers or TPE types. Non-black-colored PUR cables, for example, may fade or whiten in outdoor use, but usually maintain their flexibility and mechanical stability. Silicone cables without black-colored jackets, like the ÖLFLEX® HEAT 180, also possess a good level of UV resistance. However, such cables are only suitable for temperate climates. If used in locations with persistently high levels of UV radiation (coastal areas, deserts, oceans, high mountains, Polar Regions and areas with very high UV radiation such as South Australia or New Zealand), these cables should also be encased in a black, carbonized outer jacket.

A: If the manufacturer of an electrical device, appliance or machine wishes to obtain an officially approved "UL listing" to release the relevant item as a series product or acquire a "field labeling" for a stand-alone machine or system, the US body tasked with the certification (the National Recognized Testing Laboratory or NRTL) must be provided with all construction-relevant documentation. The entire certification process will be significantly faster, simpler and cheaper if all cables and wires used in the product are already "UL-listed" or at least "UL-recognized". Any cables without UL certification must first be subjected to protracted testing in the UL laboratory. All machine exporters are therefore advised to employ UL-certified cables and wires as a matter of course.

UL AWM recognized cables with AWM style numbers, e.g. ÖLFLEX® 150 QUATTRO:

Appliance wiring material or better known as "AWM" comprises cables and wires intended solely for use in factory-wired electrical equipment, devices, appliances, control cabinets and industrial machinery as part of a "listed assembly". AWM is not intended for on-site or field wiring purposes. Cables and wires with UL AWM Style labeling must be used for the applications stipulated by the relevant style designation. The use of AWM-recognized cables and wires is restricted to the applications detailed in the corresponding style specification (www.ul.com). AWM styles are not part of the North American NEC (National Electrical Code).

Following the introduction of the 2007 edition of the NFPA 79 standard, the use of UL AWM recognized cables in industrial machinery and systems can be very problematic in terms of the machine certification, as the installation of AWM cables in this environment is only permitted under strict observance of specific conditions.

"UL-listed" cables, e.g. ÖLFLEX® CONTROL TM:

The intended use of cables and wires in this category is for fixed wiring in residential buildings as well as for commercial and industrial use. UL-listed cables and wires not only have to meet individual UL product standards, but must also comply with the relevant paragraphs of the National Electrical Code (NEC). The NEC contains detailed specifications relating to the correct usage of listed cables and wires. Such products can be used both for factory wiring of electrical equipment, devices, appliances and machines as well as for on-site or field wiring of industrial machinery and systems according to NFPA 79.

A: Extension and compensating cables are connected to thermocouples, which always contain two different metal wires that are insulated from one another. The greater the price or quality of the metal wires in the thermocouple, the more accurately higher temperatures can be measured. By welding the two wires together to form a measuring point, the prevailing temperature of a medium can be determined on the basis of the "Seebeck effect". If the temperature between the measuring point on the thermocouple and the comparison point (cold junction) varies while the applied temperature remains constant (e.g. 0°C), this represents a very low thermoelectric potential in the microvolt range; a specific temperature value can be assigned to this voltage, depending on its size.

The most common metal combinations used in thermocouples are Fe/CuNi (iron/cupro-nickel), NiCr/Ni (nichrome/nickel) and PtRh/Pt (platinum-rhodium/platinum).

Extension cables always include identical conductor alloys like the metal alloy wires used in the thermocouple.

Fe/CuNi (iron/cupro-nickel) is a typical example of a extension cable as the metals and alloys employed (also known as constantan) are widely available and relatively affordable.

The conductor materials of compensating cables are not identical to the metal wires in the thermocouple, but instead use completely different metal combinations.

PtRh/Pt is one typical combination used in compensating cables. Unlike with thermocouples, it is obviously not possible to use kilometers of real platinum and purest rhodium as a core conductor material. The resulting cable drum would probably cost several million Euro! For this reason, the industry employs compensating metals, which offer virtually the same thermoelectric properties as the original thermocouple material, but at a fraction of the cost. A compensating cable for a platinum-rhodium/platinum thermocouple actually contains copper/cupro-nickel conductor alloys. In the case of cables for NiCr/Ni thermocouples, the customer can choose between expensive extension cable versions or cheaper compensating cable versions, whereby the measuring tolerance and accuracy can vary accordingly.

The decision if a extension or compensating cable should be used must always be made by the customer on the basis of his intended application. As a cable manufacturer, we can only offer limited advice in this regard.

A: The resistance of our cable products to specific organic and inorganic chemicals is already detailed in table T1 of our technical catalogue appendix. If the required substance is not contained in this table, it is possible to contact our laboratory in Stuttgart to enquire whether any data or information concerning resistance to this chemical medium exists in the relevant technical literature. Statements regarding the resistance of our cables to specific branded products, such like for instance “Exxon Mobile XY or Castrol XY transmission fluid”, are not generally possible since these constitute unknown mixtures of different oils and additives.

In the case of commercially attractive projects, the laboratory may agree to test our cable products with the specific chemical substances (usually oils) used in the customer's application. The customer would have to supply one liter of the relevant substance along with the corresponding safety data sheets. However, we reserve the right to refuse any chemicals that present even the slightest safety risk to our lab personnel. For this reason, the general test scope and schedule should be agreed with the laboratory in advance. The resistance tests are generally performed in accordance with the relevant VDE, EN, IEC or UL test methods.

A: Lapp offer many options for freight and shipping routing including Federal Express, UPS and numerous truck and airfreight lines. Please call our customer service team at 800-774-3539 for specific shipping instructions.

A:  2-D Drawings can be requested through your sales representative.3-D drawings are available for customers to download through the Lapp Group CAD website.

A: Certificates can be requested through any Lapp North America sales representative by calling 800-774-3539 or filling out the contact form.

A: UL #E146370, #E79903

For additional approval documents, please contact your Lapp North America sales representative.

A: Click here to download the SKINTOP® Polyamide Style Cable Gland Technical Data Sheet

A: For information regarding the drill hole size and other related product dimensions, click here

A:

Click here to consult the SKINTOP® Cable Glands torque values.

To prevent damage of the outer sheath, please note that different cable materials require various torque values.

A: UL94–V2

A: UV test requirements are completed according to the UL 514B test specifications.

Black glands are recommended for UV applications, as color retention is not an issue.  Other colors have a tendency to fade over time; however, physical performance will remain unaffected.

A: SKINTOP® glands that are UL listed meet the minimum 35 pound UL pull test requirement.

A: In reference to SKINTOP® glands, PSI, Pounds per Square Inch, refers to the amount of water pressure that is sprayed directly on the cable gland without any leakage.

A: Within the static temperature range, both the SKINTOP® and cable are not subjected to movement, including possible vibration.

The dynamic value listed refers to slight movement of the cable, as tested under the IP and UL test conditions and procedures.

A: Non-metallic SKINTOP® SL/SLR, PG 36-48 and SKINTOP® SLM/SLRM, Metric 40-63 come standard with an o-ring to ensure the listed IP 68 rating.  Metal SKINTOP® glands come standard with an o-ring.

A: O-rings are typically not required with NPT glands, as the tapered threads are typically screwed into corresponding NPT fittings until the tapered threads lock.  For through-hole, knockout applications, the straight-thread of a PG or Metric gland is preferred and can be supplied with an o-ring.

A: Locknuts are typically not required with NPT style glands, as the tapered threads are usually screwed into corresponding NPT fittings.  For through-hole, knockout applications, the straight-thread of a PG or Metric gland is preferred and is standardly provided with a locknut.

Please note NPT locknuts can be ordered separately.

A: Processes for fault detection and fault prevention are also part of the critical process steps when crimping is conducted. The central testing device used for monitoring the press and the tools involved in the process, is the crimp monitoring system. This enables faults to be detected during an ongoing process. Today, two out of every three crimp presses have such a function. The quality of the crimp connections must correspond to the respective specifications.
The detection of production faults at an early stage has, in the meantime, become standardized and it is assisted by a variety of measuring methods. Although this means that consequential costs can be reduced, it only applies when the production of a cable is already faulty. It is always better to avoid having the fault in the first place. Next to in-house organisational measures, faults can also be avoided through the use of state-of-the-art technology in advance.
Our production specialists will be glad to assist you when required.

More

A: This is down to faulty configuration of the print head, print head support, guide axle for the transfer ribbon or the transfer ribbon material is too wide. Generally, the maximum width of the transfer ribbon should not protrude beyond the label width by more than 10%. Further details on this are available in our Lapp Group main catalogue.

A: Basically, the print head should be cleaned every time the consumable material is changed. You must make sure that pointed objects are not used for the cleaning process. The print head can be cleaned using alcohol and, e.g. a cleaning swab. Always switch the device off before cleaning it.

A: Check settings of return. The settings in Set-up may need to be changed. This may occur because of the "Return optimised" setting, if necessary, change it.

A: This occurs when, on the reverse side of the label, too much glue has been applied or the glue has been pressed out when processing because of its low viscosity. This results in deposits of glue on all the guide rollers and a label dispensing capability. This type of consumable material must not be used for automated labelling purposes. Care must be taken to ensure that before changing to a permissible consumable material, all the guide positions and the print head undergo thorough cleaning.

A:
- Populate the printer with a colour ink ribbon and label material, which - if possible - extends across the complete printing width.
- When the device is ready for operation press the "Cancel" button for roughly 5 seconds. The LEDs then start to flash on and off
- Press the "Pause" button
- The device now prints a status printout
- After the status printout the printer returns to the "ready" mode

A: This can be down to two reasons:
- Hardware dongle not plugged into the parallel port on the computer
- Dongle driver outdated
Solution:
Check to see if the dongle is firmly seated on the parallel port. Update the dongle driver.
Should you have any queries, please contact your local Lapp contact person.

A: The ink ribbon sensor is no longer correctly fitted to the socket or it is lost.
The sensor can be located behind the ribbon supply reel disk.

A: DEFAULT is a reserved label name. As soon as the printer is switched on, it checks whether a label with this name is located on the memory card. If yes, it is immediately conducted.

A: Please always include a covering letter in the device with the following content:
1. Fault description => "Printer faulty" or "Please repair printer" are not fault descriptions and they are not very helpful.
2. Contact person with phone number, fax and email address
3. In a case covered by warranty please include a copy of the proof of purchase (< 24 months after purchase date)
4. If the delivery and the billing address are identical, then please note this clearly on the covering letter.´
Please never leave label material or an ink ribbon in the device.
-> Please feel free to contact your local Lapp Group representative whenever you need to. (www.lappkabel.de or www.lappgroup.com)

A: The desire to achieve a very high resolution of the print image leads to increased use of thermal transfer print systems. In the thermal transfer printer a special colour film is fitted over the paper, no fabric ink ribbons are used, but rather colour-coated thermal transfer films.
Routed under a thermal print head, which is equipped with hundreds of computer-controlled heater elements, which then transfer the print image. If a heater element is actuated and its head heated, the colour layer in the film melts and it is transferred to the paper. The smooth surface guarantees an exact colour imprint while also achieving an excellent print quality. This type of print is easily detected by the higher surface gloss than is apparent in the majority of other printing methods.
A thermal transfer printer is often used to print permanent labels, that, for example are transferred to highly durable goods for part identification with serial numbers and which should last for the entire service life of the part in question.
Conclusion:
No other printing method can achieve the same degree of individuality with regard to thermal transfer film as well as materials designated for printing.
Overview of advantages
•    Digital print (printing plates or printing blocks not required)
•    Excellent print resolution (suitable for high-density bar codes)
•    High print contrast
•    Greater printing reliability through fewer mechanical parts
•    Print head protected by ink ribbon from contact with the material designated for printing
•    Colour printing possible
•    Ink ribbons available for sophisticated application
•    Large selection of UL/CSA approved materials and ink ribbon combinations
•    For materials without or with non-detachable and permanent adhering glues

A:
1. Basic requirement for fast and reliable maintenance and troubleshooting
2. Unique identification of electrical equipment and systems is a binding regulation
Standard basics are….
•    DIN EN 602004-1 (VDE 0113 Part 1) Electrical equipment of machines
•    DIN EN 61082-1 Electrical engineering documents – general basics
Additional requirements are….
•    Non-metallic material (depending on application)
•    Resistant to oil, water, oil-based cleaning agent, ultraviolet rays
Additional information as well as current test reports on FLEXIMARK® labels are available in the Main Catalogue on the starting page for the FLEXIMARK® identification systems chapter.

A: In the majority of instances the problems can be solved by checking the following basic points:
a. Are the correct batteries being used?
- The batteries could be spent
- For DYMO® devices only Duracell alkaline batteries are recommended
- DYMO® devices will not operate with carbon batteries
- All the batteries used in the device should be from the same manufacturer
- Old batteries should not be used together with new batteries
b. Is the print head clean?
Clean the print head using the special brush provided or using a cotton-wool pad and a mild solvent (e.g. alcohol).
c. Is the cartridge correctly positioned?
Press the cartridge firmly into the compartment, so that it is seated correctly on the base of the cartridge compartment. 
Note: Please play the video here:
http://www.dymo-office.com/rhino6000/de

Wir freuen uns sehr, wenn Sie unsere Produkte und unser Service bewerten. Falls Sie sich dennoch abmelden möchten, können Sie das natürlich jederzeit tun. Klicken Sie bitte auf den Link am Ende der Kundenbewertungs e-Mail.

Wenn Sie angemeldet sind können Sie im Warenkorb in das Feld „Ihr Zeichen“  Ihre Bestellnummer oder Kommission eingeben.

Sie können Ihre Bestellung im Warenkorb als csv-Format in den e-Shop laden. 

A: SKINTOP® ST cable glands were developed and patented by Lapp Kabel in 1977. The design of the SKINTOP® ST was therefore the first of its kind, all other manufacturers on the market have now adapted the design to suit after the patent had run out. Even today, you can still find the one and other application at our customer applications were SKINTOP® cable entries are still in use and that have been in service since 25 years. Unfortunately, we have no documented endurance test on specific applications. If the cable gland in the interior, is not subjected to any dramatic climatic changes, or mechanical loads, a long service life is a matter of course. A cable gland used, for example, outdoors means that it is difficult to make any general statement hereto, because products are subjected to changing weather factors However, our SKINTOP® ST / ST-M has been used for years in numerous, renowned solar industry manufacturers, e.g. on solar boxes, without any problems.

At the following link both our customers and ourselves can create a LOG IN account, free of charge, for our 3D database: http://lapp.partcommunity.com/PARTcommunity/Portal/lapp Downloads of the 3D-drawings are all up to date, and they can be downloaded free of charge in various 3D formats. Customer benefit: Direct integration of products into the design drawings and part lists saves time and money. Better planning improves the functional reliability throughout the entire process chain.

A: Polyamide customized versions are generally possible, but they have to be checked in individual cases. Behind each customized version with deviating size there is an expensive tool, which is only profitable for large volumes (generally >100,000 items per size and year). Special colors can in turn be realized from small volumes upwards without approvals (generally > 5000 units per size and order). Brass customized versions can also be realized in small volumes. However, in order to achieve an economic part price a quantity of at least 1000 items per order should be considered.

A: The values listed in the catalogue and on the package insert are recommended guide values, with which we have achieved our approvals (VDE, UL). Testing is conducted in accordance with VDE although a plug gauge is used, which permits higher tightening torques than are generally required for cables and wires. Practical example: If a soft silicone cable is installed, an excessively high tightening torque can lead to damage quicker than the case would be when a robust rubber cable is used.

A: For DIX inserts a deviation of minus 2-3 tenths (-0.2 to -0.3 mm) is possible. In other words, at 3.7 mm a 4 mm hole can still cover it up. This depends however, on the packing density. If, e.g. one has 8 holes each at 4 mm with a 3.7 mm cable, then the domed cap nut has to be really tightened to compensate for any deviation. This should be tested on a case-related basis, insofar as the nominal diameter is not given and the deviation is too large, as the degree of protection must also be considered. If the degree of protection here is IP55 and not IP68, the theoretical margin is greater. For cables with, e.g. 4.4 mm one will have problems alone in trying to insert the cable into a 4 mm hole. Customized DIX-M inserts are available from a minimum quantity of > 5000 units.

A: Clamping range (cable diameter used) – be as close to upper maximum as possible. If usable, always offer the smallest-possible cable gland (saves also money for customer). Connection thread – For PG inquiries refer to METRIC (The PG standard has been invalid since March 2001, whereupon the conversion to metric components occurred). Exceptions hereto are maintenance and service, or use outside the scope of the EN 50262 standard. IP degree of protection – Generally, the higher it is, the better it is. Temperature ranges – Static means that the installed cable is firmly fixed into place. Dynamic means that he installed cable can be moved. SKINTOP® STR / STR-M – R stands for a reduced, in other words, narrower sealing insert, to enable even smaller cable diameters to be inserted. UV resistance – All versions in black are UV resistant and therefore they can be used outdoors, the UL514B standard is also testing UV resistance. Sometimes customers require an additional UL F1 outdoor rating, here only SKINTOP® SOLAR (plus) can be offered.

A:UL94 refers to a flame-retardance property classification for accessory products. A differentiation is made here as follows:

UL94 HB – Horizontal fire test
UL94V-2 – Maximum burning duration 30 seconds (then self-extinguishing), drop formation permitted
UL94V-0 – Maximum burning duration 10 seconds (then self-extinguishing), drop formation not permitted
Drop formation always goes hand in hand with the risk of fire propagation.

Note: If a cable is sold in accordance with IEC 332.3 (e.g. ÖLFLEX® CLASSIC 110H), which passes the major bundled fire test and which is extremely flame-retardant, then as part of the cross selling it is practical to also offer UL94V-0 classified products (SKINTOP® ST-HF-M, SILVYN® RILL PA6, etc.).

A: At this moment in time, China does not require CCC approval for imports; this is currently not scheduled (not yet). Aside of this the Russian Confederation does also not require a GOST approval for imports.

A: The gland body on our SKINTOP® ST / ST-M comes with a connection thread (below the hexagon) and a function thread (above the hexagon). This function thread is also known as a multiple trapezoidal thread. It contains 2 thread entries to enable a straight seating and fast closing of the domed cap nut. If one cuts through this thread lengthwise and views the cross-section, a trapezoidal shape can be detected. This trapezoidal shape offers an enormous mechanical stability, which in turn enables extremely high tightening torques. This is a tremendous advantage when in rough industrial environments and when assembling. If a fitter, e.g. screws the gland too tightly, the thread will be unable to over tighten, or jump.

A: Machines and installations are subjected to vibrations caused by motor operation. These vibrations can cause the domed cap nut to work its way loose. Because the fastening of the installed cables is effected through the domed cap nut's compressed segmented cage, when the domed cap nut is opened the standard required strain relief is no longer given. The vibration control ensures that the domed cap nut remains firmly seated even when subjected to strong vibrations.

A: In the end of the sixties the German Industrial Standard DIN 46320 was introduced. This standard was a pure design standard for cable glands and accessories like lock nuts, etc. As a result every cable entry and accessory looked homogeneous, in other words nearly similar. However, back then, our cable entries set themselves apart from other competitors. We used the brand name (SKINDICHT®), while other manufacturers mainly used the official, complex standard designations for their products (e.g. C4 PG11x6-11). The gland bodies were made of brass (nickel-plated), the sealing to the cable was usually realized through a sealing cone or variable slotted sealing ring (cf. onion ring). Strain relief was provided through saddle clamps. Disadvantageous however was that the majority of versions only fulfilled a low IP degree of protection, and that an extreme amount of time was required for assembly.
In 1977 Lapp Kabel invented the SKINTOP® design, manufactured by injection molding technology. This new method meant that the gland body was suddenly a great deal less expensive than a turning-workpiece made of nickel plated brass. In addition to this, the flexible lamella gasket system enables a far greater clamping area to be covered. This in turn led to significant savings being made on the customer side, something that during the course of the years has made us and SKINTOP® market leader.

A: Following its market launch the demand for this innovative solution was extremely high. To underline the safety and functionality of the new type of cable entry, it was originally tested and approved by SEV (electrosuisse – Association for Electrical Engineering, Power and Information Technologies) and VDE (Association of German Electrical Engineers). This was promptly followed by UL and CSA approval, which then permitted the use on global focus markets. During the course of the next few years our SKINTOP® cable entry underwent constant improvement, to match our customers' requirements and the challenges presented by new systems. Along with a multiple trapezoidal thread, vibration control and integrated sealing lips it was also equipped with an ergonomically-shaped dome cap nut, which made assembly in an environment covered in machine oil so much easier. Today too, the approvals for our SKINTOP® cable entry are all kept "up to date". Depending on the particular version involved, they are the only cable entry on the market to comply with up to 9 approvals and guidelines.

A: VDE (EN 50262) – Metric cable gland standard - For use in machines and systems in Europe.

UL (UL514B) – US cable gland standard - For use in machines and systems in the USA.

CSA (UL514B) – Canadian cable gland standard - For use in machines and systems in Canada.

DNV – For use in ship building as well as in mobile offshore units (e.g. wind parks).

TüV GGVS – Approval for truck vehicle engineering (German Law on the Road Transport of Hazardous Goods)

ATEX (EN 60079) – Approval for dust and gas explosion endangered areas (e.g. mills, silos, service stations, etc.)

IP69K (DIN 40050) – For machines and installations that are cleaned with high pressure (car washing installations, food industry, etc.)

REACH (2002/95/EG) – Directive governing registration, evaluation, authorization and restriction of chemicals

RoHS (EG no. 1907/2006)– Directive governing restriction on use of hazardous substances

CE (EG Directive 94/9/EG) – Fulfills low voltage guideline

A: SILVYN® cable protection conduit systems can provide protection against external influences (mechanical, chemical, electrical). SILVYN® HIPROJACKET even protects the cable against fire or liquid metal, however the conduit cannot prevent the temperature inside the conduit being heated up. In other words, protection conduits can ward off sources of heat but they cannot actively cool the temperature.

A: SILVYN® CHAIN energy guiding systems are a versatile and comprehensive range which includes both plastic chains and steel chains. This means that incorporating it into the general product range would entail an additional 200 pages in the catalogue. In addition to this, the SILVYN® CHAIN article numbers are issued on an individual customer basis, because each chain system contains different lengths and components.

A: The correct locknuts for conduit glands are located in the catalogue section for cable glands, plastic locknuts in SKINTOP® metallic locknuts under SKINDICHT®.

A: There is no general and accessible CE certificate for conduit protection systems, they have to be requested and made separately from Product Management or technical department.

A: All plastic conduits, which are marked as UV-resistant. For metallic conduits the corrosion resistance must be considered, the customer must be fully aware of the application area involved. The most reliable choice amongst metallic conduits are the stainless-steel conduits because they are made of rust-resistant steel. There is no general and accessible CE certificate for conduit protection systems, they have to be requested and made separately from Product Management or technical department.

A: A cable gland was developed to clamp and seal cables that have a solid core (made of copper). SKINTOP®, in particular, has products with a variable clamping range, which enables the use of different cable outer diameters. When using SKINTOP® cable glands with a protection conduit, the protection conduit may end up being pressed-in, nor can connections be guaranteed to have a high tensile strength. SILVYN® conduit glands by contrast are always designed for a specific conduit size, and they only provide a connection option for this particular conduit size coupled with the appropriate sealing capability.

A: Cable protection conduits can also be installed in hazardous areas if their electrical conductivity is taken into consideration. Only electrically conductive outer materials may be used so that no sparking occurs in the event of any friction between two non-conductors. These sparks could lead to an explosion in a hazardous area. Fully-metallic conduits can be used in hazardous areas without any problems. Conduit glands require ATEX approval and they must pass hardness tests as with SKINTOP® cable glands for ATEX areas.

A: When the corresponding thread sizes are taken into consideration, locknuts and adapters from the SKINDICHT® range of accessories can be used.

A: Screwed conduit glands have been specifically designed and tested for conduit sizes (inner and outer diameters) and conduit structure (e.g. corrugated conduit). The properties for conduit glands listed in the catalogue can only be achieved if the gland can be used together with the protection conduit.

A: With SILVYN® cable protection conduit systems the UL certificate can best be found on the homepage www.UL.com and the "CERTIFICATIONS" will take you to a selection screen. In UL FILE NUMBER one can enter the list number of the UL certificate to have it displayed. For SILVYN® cable conduit protection systems the UL number is E308201.

A: Cable conduit protection systems are generally bonded and welded ring packaging, which cannot be stocked in our warehouse as cut-length orders. It is also possible for customers who wish to have a sample conduit for material sorting purposes, to have it delivered through the sample warehouse. A representative size is available here as a 0.4 M meter long sample. Sample article numbers always bear an M for sample instead of the first number of the item number.

A: AGRAFF Profile refers to the double folding of metallic protection conduits. Unlike in the single "hook-in principle" the conduit is not folded just once, but hooked into itself through an additional operation step. This double fold gives the conduit higher stability, which in turn is why protection conduit with the AGRAFF profile can be subjected to higher mechanical loads than conduits that are hooked in once only. In the SILVYN® product range, the UI511 stainless-steel protection conduit is manufactured according to this principle.

A: People new to the crimping business quickly realize that although the crimping procedure initially seems to be a simple process, there is in fact a great deal more involved. It starts with the confusing array of terms and crimp contacts and stops with the selection of the most suitable production equipment coupled with quality assurance. Despite being used all around the world, and the various international testing and measuring methods, crimping is still an area in which the experience of the employees, both at the users and at the production equipment manufacturers exerts a major influence on the processing quality. Because the final result (i.e. the quality of each individual crimping) is always dependent on the perfect interplay between several products and reciprocally influencing parameters, these have to be taken into consideration not only during development, but also during the basic setting in everyday usage.

• With the proper combination of tool and cable lug a reduction of between 5 and 15% can be achieved
• Free combinations between various make enable a result of    -15 and 25% to be easily achieved!
• It is difficult to visually indicate whether a faulty crimp has been made or not
• The result here would be diminished safety margins

A: For belt-linked contacts there are generally two crimping procedures occurring at the same time - the so-called wire crimp (lead crimp) and the insulation crimp. Continuous evolution of the connection technology has also resulted in a variety of new crimp connections as with the 3-zone crimp for coaxial cables. The wire crimp makes the mechanical-electrical connection between the stripped inner conductor (e.g. stranded wire conductor) and the contact, and it has to be connected gas-tight to it. The insulation crimp should intercept acting forces such as vibration or pulling, so that they do not act on the wire crimp and they represent a purely mechanical connection of the contact element to the cable insulation. It is important, that the insulation is not damaged by the insulation crimp.

A: Processes for fault detection and fault prevention are also part of the critical process steps when crimping is conducted. The central testing device used for monitoring the press and the tools involved in the process, is the crimp monitoring system. This enables faults to be detected during an ongoing process. Today, two out of every three crimp presses have such a function. The quality of the crimp connections must correspond to the respective specifications.
The detection of production faults at an early stage has, in the meantime, become standardized and it is assisted by a variety of measuring methods. Although this means that consequential costs can be reduced, it only applies when the production of a cable is already faulty. It is always better to avoid having the fault in the first place. Next to in-house organizational measures, faults can also be avoided through the use of state-of-the-art technology in advance.
Our production specialists will be glad to assist you when required.

A: Due to the fact that in semi-automated processing, the individual processes are performed on various (including some in different locations) machines, additional operations are required which in turn harbor the potential for additional faults. However, through the combination of processing steps (e.g. stripper crimps) and specific quality assurance, optimum quality standards can be realized.
The human factor is not only a decisive one in the area of semi-automated processing. The technical proficiency of the setters, operators and inspectors is also decisive as the material quality and the precision of the processing equipment. Ultimately the interplay of man and machine determines the crimping quality.
Lapp Kabel will be glad to provide you with special training materials as well as on-site training courses with your employees. All you need to do is get in touch with us!

A: Ergonomics is the science of adapting technology to people to alleviate work. As with other hand-tools, pliers should - where possible - provide effective support to the human hand-arm system while at the same time exerting as small a load as possible.
When designing pliers, stripping and crimping tools ergonomic criteria are taken extensively into consideration.
The objective here is to ensure that the application:

1. Requires as little force as possible for use
2. Guarantees a low load and favorable position of the hand and finger joints for force application
3. Has excellent contact between the hand and grip

A vital objective in ergonomics is to reduce the work-load-specific impairments to the muscular system by adapting the work to the person, instead of forcing the person to adapt themselves to the work.
The shape of the human hand has evolved to grab and carry food and to make tools that were required for survival. They were not made to repeat the same grip and the same posture for extended periods. Although ideally suited for performing a variety of tasks, a monotonous sequence of movements goes hand-in-hand with problems.
The accuracy and power of the hand is controlled by 42 muscles located in the forearm. The huge force of these muscles is transferred to the hand through tendons, which are connected to the three moving joints of the fingers. Only the smallest movements of the finger are carried out by the actual muscles in the hand. The hand has 17,000 pressure-sensitive nerve cells, which inform the brain about objects touched and held by the hand.
All in all, the development of hand tools tries to comply in full with the above-mentioned requirements.

A: The quality of an electrical connection depends to a great extent on the choice of suitable components in the respective nominal section widths and using recommended tools for processing.
Size differences between the cable and the connector (pipe-type cable lug/multicore cable end) are the result when only one crimp contact lead in class 5 und 6 - even with different structure (bunched conductor, stranded or compressed strand) could be compressed. Despite what appear visually to the sleeves, the correct combination of conductor, contact and tool can provide "gas-tight" crimping. The dimensional stability on the above-mentioned connecting points is guaranteed by, among other things, the following standards:

• DIN EN 60228 (VDE 0295), September 2005 "Conductors for cables and insulated lines"
The content of the standard includes among other things the maximum wire diameter and the maximum conductor resistance for the respective nominal cross sections (mm²), but not however, the number of wires or the structure. Improved technologies in the area of copper production mean that the conductor resistance specified in the standard can now be achieved with reduced cross sections.

• DIN 46228 – 4, September 1990 "Multicore cable ends – tube-type with plastic sleeve"

• Quality of crimping as per DIN 46228 – 1 and DIN EN 50027
The continuous incoming quality control of our Quality Assurance ensures that the above-mentioned standards are complied with.

A: Application description: Connectors are installed on a welding robot. Our customer would like to know exactly which type of connection is better in the connector – soldered or crimped. This is our recommendation:

a) Crimp connection
The crimp connection is the best type of connection for all loaded applications. The advantage compared against all other connection contact cables is - 100% process-consistent fabrication (using recommended tool and crimp that complies with the standard) . All our crimp connections are qualified in accordance with the standard and they are approved, among other things, for:

- Tensile strength
- Current load
- Forward resistance

Cuts are made to check the quality of the crimp with regard to:

- Gas tightness
- Deformation quality
Specified settings yield reproducible results!

b) Solder connection: The difference between "soldered by hand" or "automatically soldered" applies. If soldering is done by hand, the quality of the soldering point is then dependent on the following:

- the experience of the person doing the soldering
- temperature changes and movement, as the soldering point can deteriorate as time passes (problems that occur with the electronics/electrical system are often down to "dry solder joints" - in other words, poor contact)

A: Under crimping, also frequently referred to as connecting, one understands the gas-tight connection of a cable with a contact element – the "crimp" (also known as "contact" or "crimp contact"). Crimp contacts are available in an almost infinite variety, although they all have one thing in common: They are connected to a cable through mechanical deformation "crimping".

A: a.) Crimping tool
The crimping tool is at the heart of a crimping procedure – irrespective of whether it is a semi or fully automatic process. When deforming the crimp claw fastener of a crimp contact, the degree and type of deformation are defined by the crimping tool or the contact-specific wear parts of the crimping tool such as the stamp and the anvil. Only tools that are ideally suited to be used on the crimp contact to be processed can ensure an excellent crimping quality.

b.) Settings to crimping tool
To achieve an optimum crimping action, a variety of contact-specific settings can be made to the crimping tool: this range from basic parameters such as the crimp height of the wire and insulation crimping, on to precision adjustments for bell mouth size or the transport end position. A decisive advantage is given here if settings can be made in the press itself, so that any required precision adjustments can be executed quickly and then be immediately verified.

A: The TÜV Rheinland tests photovoltaic devices according the EN 50521. These standard tests can be performed by many laboratories such as VDE, UL and the Lapp laboratory. TÜV Rheinland has approved many years ago, PV connectors, even before there ever was standardization for the testing of photovoltaic connectors. This “pioneering work” gave the TÜV Rheinland a very good worldwide reputation in testing of photovoltaic connectors.
Manufactures of PV components and installers trust the standard tests by TÜV Rheinland. PV components must fulfill the standard requirements, which reviewed and confirmed these will be freely chosen, but ultimately the market determines the TÜV Rheinland familiar.

A: Crimps are a very good connection between the wire leads and the crimping contact. They are mechanical robust, have a low resistance, require less space and they have long term stability. This only works, if the crimp was skillfully gastight. This can only be sure with Lapp approved crimping tools. For this purpose it’s important to use the correct cross section, the right contact, the use of approved tools and the right crimping dies. Extensive testing by LAPP ensures a proper function over a long period to ensure. Therefore it’s only allowed to use approved tools.

A: A PV system is a customized plan to an object. Every roof, every meadow, every field is a unique and must be adapted to the expectations of the user. Numbers of modules in the string, type of modules, inverter distance are some of the factors which affect the efficiency. There is planning software available on the market to dimension PV plants. Such software allows to calculate cable cross sections. Usually, the ampacity of the cables and connectors are mostly significant larger than the actual current flowing. The cable losses should be less than 1%.

A: The low voltage directive, basically “electrical equipment” for voltages between 50V and 1000V AC or 75V and 1500V DC. For such equipment, CE marking is required. Connectors are “basic components” within the meaning of the low voltage directive and therefore excluded from the scope of the directive. As basic components are expressly connectors (fastener, connector) mentioned in section 9 in the footnote 11th.
A further aspect is the safety. This is to be assessed only after installation or assembly. EPIC® connectors are sold in pieces. Only during the assembly by the user, the safety is established.
This is the official statement from the ZVEI (Zentralverband Elektrotechnik- und Elektronikindustrie e.V.), (Electrical and Electronic Manufactures Association)
„DIRECTIVE 2006/95/EG of the European Parliament and the council of 12 December 2006 on the approximation of the laws of the member states relating to electrical equipment for use within certain voltage limits”

A: Cycles of mechanical operation are tested according to European standard DIN EN 60512. The complete test program consists of many single tests. The most important tests out of the standard are
Visual examination: No damage shall occur which could impair normal use and the change of contact resistance shall be no more than 50% of the reference value at first mating or <= 5MOhm. The higher value is permissible
Very of the change of contact resistance is the limiting factor, which means that the resistance is more than 5mOhm or 50% than reference value. The connector is after given mating cycles mostly alright but does not apply with values given in the standard. Finally decides the application if the connector has to be replaced.

A: Numerical value which states the anticipated pollution in the micro-environment.

Pollution degree 1: No pollution or only dry, non-conductive pollution occurs. This pollution has no influence. e.g.: Open, unprotected insulations in air-conditioned or clean dry rooms.

Pollution degree 2: Only non-conductive pollution occurs. Occasionally, however, it may be anticipated that transient conductivity arises due to condensation. e.g.: Open unprotected insulations in residential, commercial or business premises (fine mechanical engineering workshops, laboratories, test areas, rooms used for medical purposes).

Pollution degree 3: Conductive pollution arises, or dry, non-conductive pollution which becomes conductive because condensation has to be anticipated. e.g.: Open unprotected insulations in rooms of industrial, commercial and agricultural companies, unheated storage rooms, boiler houses and workshops.

Pollution degree 4: Contamination leads to continuous conductivity caused by condensation or other environmental contaminants. e.g.: External exposed installations subject to all environmental changes.

Pollution degree 3 is typical for an industrial environment, whilst pollution degree 2 is typical for households.
This means, the manufacturer defines the expected application area of the products, identifies the appropriate pollution degree and calculates with these specifications the rated voltage. Beside the pollution degree is the distance between the conductive parts as well as the used plastic the relevant parameters for the rated voltage.

Example:
If the rated voltage would give for one and the same connector at different pollution degrees, the rated voltage would be different for each pollution degree. The higher the figure of the pollution degree the lower the calculated rated voltage.

A: The derating curve indicates the maximum current that can permanently and simultaneously flows through all connections if the component is exposed to ambient temperatures below its upper limit temperature. The upper limit temperature of a component is determined by the materials.
The maximum temperature is calculated from the ambient temperature and from heating due to current loading; it must not exceed the upper limit temperature of the component. The derating of a component is not a constant value, but decreases hand-in-hand with the increase in component ambient temperature. Furthermore, current loading capacity is dependent upon geometry, the materials employed, the number of poles and the conductor.
Since it is not advisable to use Heavy Duty connectors at their loading limits, the base curve is reduced. If the loading currents are reduced to 80%, then this produces the reduced base curve in relation to the various connectors and measurement uncertainties at which temperature measurements are taken into account. Experience shows that the reduced base curve is a successful popular application.
NB: Only the reduced base curve is reproduced on the following derating curves for inserts. At the x-axis is the value for the component temperature given so the maximum loading current can be extracted.

A: EPIC® connectors may not be mated or unmated under load (DIN EN 61984) as they are connectors without breaking capacity.

A: Numerical value which states the anticipated pollution in the micro-environment.

Pollution degree 1: No pollution or only dry, non-conductive pollution occurs. This pollution has no influence. e.g.: Open, unprotected insulations in air-conditioned or clean dry rooms.

Pollution degree 2: Only non-conductive pollution occurs. Occasionally, however, it may be anticipated that transient conductivity arises due to condensation. e.g.: Open unprotected insulations in residential, commercial or business premises (fine mechanical engineering workshops, laboratories, test areas, rooms used for medical purposes).

Pollution degree 3: Conductive pollution arises, or dry, non-conductive pollution which becomes conductive because condensation has to be anticipated. e.g.: Open unprotected insulations in rooms of industrial, commercial and agricultural companies, unheated storage rooms, boiler houses and workshops.

Pollution degree 4: Contamination leads to continuous conductivity caused by condensation or other environmental contaminants. e.g.: External exposed installations subject to all environmental changes.

Pollution degree 3 is typical for an industrial environment, whilst pollution degree 2 is typical for households.
This means, the manufacturer defines the expected application area of the products, identifies the appropriate pollution degree and calculates with these specifications the rated voltage. Beside the pollution degree is the distance between the conductive parts as well as the used plastic the relevant parameters for the rated voltage.

Example:
If the rated voltage would give for one and the same connector at different pollution degrees, the rated voltage would be different for each pollution degree. The higher the figure of the pollution degree the lower the calculated rated voltage.

A: The construction of a rectangular connector can be selected specifically for a customer‘s requirement. EPIC® industrial connectors from Contact are made up of various components (housings and contact inserts). The various components of the heavy duty rectangular connector are purchased individually and made up on a modular principle. A wide range of housing sizes and many options of inserts and contacts make it possible to design the ideal connector for each application.
The following individual components have to be purchased in order to produce the complete rectangular connector:

1. Cable Gland: The Cable Gland provides a seal between the cable and the connector housing. It may also be used to offer additional functions like strain relief and braid continuity for EMC protection.

2. Hood: The connector housing for the cable entry.

3. Male insert: Types of contact termination
Screw
Cage clamp
Crimp
3.1 only Crimp: contacts have to be ordered separately

4. Female insert: Types of contact termination
Screw
Cage clamp
Crimp

4.1 only Crimp: contacts have to be ordered separately

5. Base:
Panel mount: Cable entry though cut out in panel
Surface mount: Cable entry through a gland into the side of the connector base
Cable Coupler: for cable to cable connection

For circular connectors the principle is the same, but there may be the possibility that certain components are already put together. e.g. housing + cable gland. In this case less single components have to be ordered
EPIC® connectors can easily be configured with the connector selector
http://www.lappusa.com/Selector.asp

A: The rated voltage is the voltage according to which the connectors are designed and related to the relevant operating characteristics. The rated current is besides others dependent on the following:

- the minimum distance along the surface of an insulating material between two conducting surfaces
- The minimum gap of air between two conducting surfaces
- Comparative Tracking Index which is a value of the comparative index of tracking (CTI or comparative tracking index ) as per IEC 112 provides a comparison of the characteristics of various insulating materials under test conditions.
- Pollution Degree

A: A current value assigned by the manufacturer, which the connector or PSD can carry continuously (without interruption) and simultaneously through all its contacts wired with the largest conductor preferably at an ambient temperature of 40°C without the upper temperature being exceeded.

A: The coating of the base material with a precious metal is necessary to guarantee a long lasting and good connection. The contacts are plated normally by galvanic processes. To reach a long-lasting plating, there are some requirements for the contact and the plating material.

Requirements on contact material:
• Good dimensional stability
• High corrosion resistance
• Good electrical conductivity
Brass (copper zinc alloy) is used for its good mechanical properties and its electrical conductivity. Because it is also relatively economical it has become one of the most preferred contact materials.

Requirements on contact coatings:
• High abrasion resistance
• High hardness
• Low contact resistance
• High corrosion resistance
• Low porosity
• Good coat formation
• Solderability
Silver or gold are the normal choice for surface coating.
• Silver possesses the highest electrical conductivity of any metal and is the most cost-effective precious metal. With sulphur or sulphurous products in the ambient air, a brownish to black oxide coating made up of silver sulphide (Ag2S) will rapidly be formed. However, this coating will break up in the process of mating and will be broken down by high currents, so that the necessary electrical conductivity is maintained. Passivation of the silver surface will delay the formation of the oxide coating and will reduce the mating and unmating forces.
• Gold is the most tarnish resistant precious metal. Formation of oxides and sulphides can be discounted. Gold contacts are distinguished by their low mating and unmating forces. They are mainly used for transmission of signals with low current and voltage values.

Alternative materials for surface coating:
• Nickel is normally applied as a corrosion protection and blocking layer. Furthermore, the relatively high hardness of the Ni coating has a positive effect on wear characteristics.
• Tin or Tin/Lead is one of the most frequently employed metals for contacts, especially in the automotive field. As an aid to soldering, virtually all partially coated strips in the connection area are coated with tin or Tin/Lead. Due to the low hardness of tin, the mating forces are very high and this makes it unsuitable for connectors that are designed for a high number of mating cycles.

A: As a measure for saltwater resistance serve the salt spray tests ASTM-B-117, ISO 9227 as well as DIN 60068-2-52. The tests differ in time duration and as well as the exposure to dry heat, however simulate an ageing and serve to predict the suitability of a product for offshore applications. As the corrosion is a complex chemical process, influenced by various parameters, there is not always a direct correlation between test result and service life.

EPIC® ULTRA is tested as a complete system according to IEC 60068-2-52 with severity level 2, which means a 72-hour test. In this process periods with salt spray treatment alternate with periods of exposure to dry heat. Effects to the product become more apparent compared to tests with permanent, constant wet salt spray

The information which connector housing is tested according to a salt spay test is given in the catalogue.

A: This type of termination is noted for its ease and speed of fitting without an additional tool. The compensating effect of the cage clamp enables good contact to be maintained in the long term.

A: IP mode of protection:
IP - “insulation Protection” is a measure of protection against water and particle ingression that a device will withstand. The level of protection offered by a device is laid down in the manufacturer’s specification according to DIN VDE 0470-1. The first digit of the code states the level of protection against particle ingression and the second digit states the level of protection against penetration of water.

Modes of protection as per DIN VDE 0470-1 (EN 60529)
Degrees of protection against solid foreign bodies
First Code

0 No particular protection
People protection: no protection
1 Protection against penetration of Back hand solid foreign bodies whose Diameter exceeds 50 mm. No protection against intentional access e.g. by hand, but exclusion of larger parts of the body
People protection: Back hand

2 Protection against penetration of Finger solid foreign bodies whose diameter exceeds 12,5 mm to exclude fingers or similar parts
People protection: Finger

3 Protection against penetration of Tool solid foreign bodies whose diameter exceeds 2.5 mm To exclude tools, wires or similar items whose thickness exceeds 2.5 mm
People protection: Tool

4 Protection against penetration of Wire solid foreign bodies whose diameter exceeds 1 mm. To exclude tools, wires, or similar items whose thickness exceeds 1 mm
People protection: Wire

5 Protection against harmful accumulations of dust. Penetration of dust s not entirely preventive; but dust must not penetrate in such quantities hat the mode of operation of the equipment unit is affected (dust protection). Complete contact prevention
People protection: Wire

6 Prevention of penetration of dust (dust proof) Complete contact prevention
People protection: Wire

Degrees of protection against water
Second Code

0 No particular protection

1 Protection against water dropping perpendicularly. No harmful effect must arise (water drip)

2 Protection against water dropping perpendicularly. No harmful effect must arise with an equipment unit 15° in relation to its normal position (casing) (obliquely water drip)

3 Protection against water dropping at any angle of up 60° to the perpendicular. No harmful effect must arise (water spray)

4 Protection against water which splashes onto the equipment unit (e.g. casing) from any direction. No harmful effect must arise (water splash)

5 Protection against water steam from a jet which is directed against the equipment unit (casing) from any direction. No harmful effects must arise (water spray)

6 Protection against heavy sea or powerful water jet. Water must not penetrate the operating equipment in harmful quantities (flooding)

7 Protection against water if the operating equipment is dipped in water under certain pressure and time Water must not penetrate in harmful quantities (dipping)

8 The operating media (casing) is suitable for permanent dipping in water under conditions which are to be defined by the manufacturer (immersion).

A: Screw termination:
This simple type of termination is distinguished by its ease of maintenance. No special tool is required, just a screwdriver to undo and to tighten up the terminal screws.

A: Crimp termination: The purpose of crimping is to produce a good mechanical, electrical and gas-tight connection. This should remain unchanged with regard to quality in the long-term, and should thus be reliable. Crimping also reduces termination time and allows the designer to achieve more connections than screw termination would permit in the same space Hand-operated tools or crimping machines can be used to assemble crimp contacts. The following points must be harmonized with each other in order to obtain the ideal crimping result:

• Cross section dimension/gauge size and structure of the cable
• Contact type and size
• Tool and tool setting

There are two different contact types: machined and stamped. These two types of contact have differing characteristics in terms of quality and how the termination is made. Stamped contacts: The crimping sleeve allows a wider range of wire gauges to be crimped. This guarantees reliable crimping quality. Furthermore, the insertion and extraction force is usually lower with stamped pin and socket contacts. This is achieved by the large contact area and the spring characteristics of the stamped contact’s material. Stamped contacts can be supplied on a bandolier for use with automatic feed crimping tools. Machined contacts: With this popular type of contact, the suitable contact size is matched to the wire gauge of the cable. The correct crimping tool or dies must be used.

A: The CCC certificate (China Compulsory Certificate "3C") was introduced in 2002 on the basis of legal directives and regulations of the People’s Republic of China (PRC) and applies to both imported and Chinese-made products. Products requiring certification can only be imported into China, sold in China or used in Chinese business activities after the relevant CCC certification has been requested and granted. As to whether CCC certification is required for a specific product or product group, this depends on whether the relevant product is assigned to one of the product groups which the PRC has deemed subject to certification.
When imported to China as individual components – that is, provided separately rather than as part of a machine or system – Lapp cables and wires are subject to CCC certification, provided they are not part of an exception or exemption. Harmonized cables also require CCC identification. According to the labeling regulations, the manufacturer must be identifiable. Harmonized ÖLFLEX® cables with CCC identification are produced in separate plants.

Products of the Lapp catalogue for final use in China which may not be exported due to missing CCC certification:

• H05V-K, H07V-K, H05RR-F, H05RN-F, H07RN-F, H07RN8-F, H07ZZ-F, H01N2-D

• ÖLFLEX® 140 / 140 CY, 150 / 150 CY QUATTRO

• ÖLFLEX® 550 P (H05BQ-F, H07BQ-F)

• Miscellaneous <HAR> certified cables or single cores

Other cables that do not meet any IEC/HAR standard are still subject to the exemption regulation. These products are registered with the Chinese customs authorities and are identified on the basis of a self-declaration issued by the importer in conjunction with the catalogue and data sheet. The CCC exemption applications provided on the Intranet can be used to facilitate the import process. These applications do not act as certificates, but merely declare that the specified cable products are subject to CCC regulations. Applications must contain the following:
• The English-language catalogue page with the description and product image
• A declaration form for the relevant Chinese import authority (Shanghai) "Inspection & Quarantine Bureau" 
• The "previous exemption certificate" (if available) to support the content of the declaration form. This (previous) exemption certificate is no longer a general requirement of the procedure, but is still useful for verification purposes.

Whether a previous CCC declaration for a cable is available you can check here.

Further information about the import of cables and wires into China is available at the following link:

http://www.china-certification.com/en/

A: The capacitance (C) of a component – in this case a cable – represents its ability to store electrical energy. A cable with low capacitance can be used over longer distances and offers lower transmission losses than a standard cable of the same length.

Whether or not a cable qualifies as "low-capacitance" depends on the insulation material that is used. In the field of data network cables, pure air would be one of the best and thus also one of the lowest capacity insulation materials. However, since it is technically impossible to use air as core insulation and to strand the bare copper conductors without contact, a range of different plastics are used for insulation purposes. Air has a dielectric constant of 1. Similarly, all insulation plastics used in cable technology also have a specific dielectric constant, which is measured at a specified frequency and ambient temperature. The dielectric constant indicates the factor by which the capacitance increases when air is replaced with a different insulation material such as polyvinyl chloride (PVC) or polyethylene (PE). The higher the dielectric constant, the greater the capacity. The lower the constant, the better suited the material is to electrical core insulation. Compared to other insulation materials, PE for instance has a very low dielectric constant of approx. 2.2, which is why it is used for higher quality products such as LAN, BUS or coaxial cables. In some cases, small air bubbles or foam are encapsulated in the PE insulation to further improve the transfer quality. Depending on its composition, PVC takes up a mid-table position with values between 3.5 and 7. With dielectric constants of up to 9.0, elastomers such as chloroprene rubber are at the bottom of the pile when it comes to insulation materials for data network cables; even when used for connecting or control cables, relatively thick insulation wall thicknesses of such materials are required to achieve satisfactory insulation performance. Symmetrical core stranding can also have a positive effect on the capacitance (e.g. ÖLFLEX® SERVO 9YSLCY-JB with its three-part, green/yellow protective earth conductor).

A cable can be described as "low-capacitance" if the mutual capacitance specified in the catalogue for a PE-insulated cable, for example, is approx. half that of a cable which merely has PVC insulation, for instance.

Example:
UNITRONIC® FD (PVC-insulated)    =    mutual capacitance 140 nF/km
UNITRONIC® FD P plus (PP-insulated)    =    mutual capacitance 60 nF/km (thus qualifying as low-capacitance)

The electrical capacitance is measured in Farad (F).

 A: The rated voltage of a cable is the voltage on which the construction and testing of the cable is based in the context of electrical inspections. It is specified in the form of two voltage values: U0/U.
Many ÖLFLEX® connection and control cables have a rated voltage of U0/U 300/500 V.

• U0 is the rms-value (root mean square) of the voltage between a live conductor (core) and the earth (ground).
The earth can be a metallic cable sheath (copper braid) or an earthed surrounding medium such as the metal casing of a device or control cabinet.
The U0 value is lower than the U value, as there is as electrical separation only one layer of insulation between the live copper conductor and surrounding metallic medium.

• U is the rms-value of the voltage between 2 live conductors (cores) of a multicored cable or within a system of single cores.
The U value is higher than the U0 value since there are always as electrical separation two layers of insulation between two live copper conductors in a multi-core cable or between two single cores in a switch cabinet.

The electrical voltage is measured in Volt (V).

A: For virtually all of our ÖLFLEX® cables, the rated voltage is specified in the form of an AC value (Alternating Current). In a DC system (Direct Current), the rated voltage of the system must not be greater than 1.5 times of the rated voltage of the cable.
To calculate the DC value, the relevant AC value is simply multiplied by a factor of 1.5, as in the examples below:

AC Alternating current       Factor      DC Direct current
U0/U 300/500 V                    x 1.5          U0/U 450/750 V
U0/U 450/750 V                    x 1.5          U0/U 675/1125 V
U0/U 600/1000 V                  x 1.5          U0/U 900/1500 V

The electrical voltage is measured in Volt (V).

A: The current transfer raises the temperature of cables and wires on the basis of the current amperage or the selected conductor cross-section. If the current is too high, a cable installed in a room temperature of +20°C can easily reach a surface temperature of +80°C. If the ambient temperature were also to increase significantly, the maximum permissible conductor temperature of the cable would be greatly exceeded. This could result in damage to the core insulation material, the cable sheath and even the copper conductor, or cause the premature failure of these components.

Depending on the applicable standards, the various copper conductor cross-sections are all assigned maximum current ratings. The core insulation material plays little to no part here. What is important is how the cable is installed and whether it is a single core or multicore cable. In accordance with DIN VDE 0298, part 4, table 11 (see catalogue appendix table T12-1), the power rating  values specified here apply to an ambient temperature of +30°C.
As per column B of table T12-1, the maximum continuous current that can be supplied to an ÖLFLEX® 450 P 3 G 1.5 cable for hand-held equipment at an ambient temperature of +30°C is 16 A per core (1.5 mm²).
If the ambient temperature rises to +50°C, for example, the so-called “correction resp. reduction factor" comes into play, the aim of which is to reduce the current load on the cable.

The reduction factor to be applied is derived from the prevailing ambient temperature and the maximum permissible conductor temperature of the cable. On the catalogue page for the ÖLFLEX® 450 P cable, the maximum permissible conductor temperature is specified as +70°C. Based on these two temperatures, the reduction factor 0.71 can be read from table T12-2 ("Correction factors") in the catalogue appendix; the maximum current rating is then multiplied by this factor.

If a customer wants to supply for his application a 16 A current to an ÖLFLEX® 450 P 3 G 1.5 mm² cable at an ambient temperature of +50°C, a conductor cross-section of 1.5 mm² will be insufficient!

Example calculations
ÖLFLEX® 450 P 3 G 1.5 mm²:
Max. load at +30°C as per table T12-1, column B:      16 A
Max. load at +50 ℃ as per table T12-2:                     16 A x reduction factor 0.71 = 11.36 A
Result: To be able to conduct a 16 A current at an ambient temperature of +50°C, the conductor cross-section must be increased to a suitable size.

ÖLFLEX® 450 P 3 G 2.5 mm²:
Max. load at +30°C as per table T12-1, column B:      25 A
Max. load at +50 ℃ as per table T12-2:                     25 A x reduction factor 0.71 = 17.75 A
Result: Increasing the conductor cross-section from 1.5 mm² to 2.5 mm² produces the required value of 16 A at an ambient temperature of +50°C.

Note that this calculation does not take account of other important factors for the correct determination of cable ampacity, e.g. the type of installation!

The amperage is measured in Ampere (A).

A: Although copper and steel are conductive metals, only copper (e.g. in the form of a braid) represents a suitable means of protecting a cable or wire from electromagnetic interference or shielding the environment from the interfering emissions originating from the cable itself. This not only depends on the electrical conductivity of the metal employed, but also on the braid density or the degree of coverage with which the cable is braided.

From all metals only pure silver offers marginally better conductive performance than copper. Although different qualities of iron/steel alloy exist, the conductivity of steel is generally six times lower than that of electrolyte copper. For this reason, a steel wire braid only ever protects a cable from external mechanical impact. To ensure optimized electromagnetic shielding, which also meets the requirements of the Electromagnetic Compatibility (EMC) directive, a sufficient level of copper braiding is required. As a minimum, a visual coverage level of 82-85% is required to achieve adequate screening protection. In the case of a steel wire braid used solely for mechanical protection, a visual coverage level of approx. 50% or less is standard. With a little practice, it is therefore quite easy to visually distinguish copper and steel wire braids by their degree of coverage. In addition, copper braids often have a slight reddish tinge (despite their tin plating), are somewhat softer than steel and are in comparison to steel non-magnetic.

However, even the densest, highest quality copper braid is rendered useless if it is not properly grounded! For safety reasons, steel wire braids should also be earthed when used in power networks. If the connected equipment develops a fault, this grounding prevents the transmission of dangerous voltages to the often exposed steel wire braid at the connecting points.

A: It is possible to measure the capacitance (C), inductance (L) and impedance (Z) on a cable drum or to calculate these values on the basis of specific key data. Calculations can be performed for virtually all ÖLFLEX® cables, but the values must be determined separately for each individual product article.

Calculations are only possible if the following data is known:

•Cable product and dimension
•Exact dielectric constant of core insulation material
•Diameter of copper conductor
•Wall thickness of core insulation

Accurate calculations are only possible if the relevant cable was produced in one of our own Lapp factories, meaning that all the above values are available.
The capacitance, inductance and impedance of many ÖLFLEX® products have already been established in the past and can be obtained on request from the PDC Technology department.

The electrical capacitance is measured in Farad (F).
The inductance is measured in Henry (H).
The impedance is measured in Ohm (Ω).

A: As a cable and wire manufacturer, we are not generally permitted to calculate the ampacity of cables for the planning or operation of electrical equipment, plants and systems. Such calculations usually involve many different factors, of which neither we nor – as is often the case – the customer are aware. If incorrect planning results in the selection of the wrong conductor cross-section, which in turn leads to faults, fire damage or personal injury during later operation of the machine or system, the party who conducted the planning will be held responsible! This is why a number of engineering consultancies make their living by planning electrical plants and systems.

The following are just some of the important factors required to ensure accurate and, most importantly, safe determination of the right conductor cross-section:

•What power level is to be transferred?
•What length of cable is to be installed?
•What is the ambient temperature where the cables are used?
•Are there any mechanical forces or chemical stressors affecting the cable?
•How are the cables installed? In pipes, open or closed cable ducts, cable conduits, on-wall or in-wall?
•How many cables are installed in the pipe, duct or conduit?
•How far apart are the cables in the conduit?
•Etc.

In some cases, we can provide reference values for advisory purposes. However, such data is always provided in a non-binding capacity and under consideration of the above points. It must also be pointed that full and adequate planning can only be performed by a recognized engineering consultancy. Written confirmations should not be provided!

A: No! This could easily result in fires or lethal electric shocks! Data network cables and power cables are subject to completely different design and test standards. The main difference lies in the core insulation strength. UNITRONIC® data cables are typically used in data networks with a voltage range of 6 to 48 V. ÖLFLEX® connection and control cables, on the other hand, are predominantly used for devices with a 230 V mains voltage (e.g. drills, lawnmowers etc.) or for machines in power or three-phase networks, e.g. U0/U 300/500 V or 600/1000 V.

Since the size of the voltage is directly connected to the strength of the core insulation, this represents the greatest difference between data and power cables.

To be able to cope with voltage ranges of U0/U 300/500 V, the core insulation of an ÖLFLEX® CLASSIC 100 power cable, for example, is on average 50-70% thicker than that of a UNITRONIC® LiYY data cable. It is possible for voltage peaks of 250 V to occur in data networks. However, under no circumstances must this voltage be equated with a stabilized alternating current of 230 V at 50 Hz supplied from a mains power socket! Using a data cable in this case would carry a very high risk of cable fires or electrocution resulting from the insufficient strength of the core insulation! The dielectric strength of data cables is generally only checked with 1200 to 1500 V for one minute periods. Connection and control cables, on the other hand, are tested with 4000 V for periods of 15 minutes.

Indirect connection of data cables to the power network is only possible if a transformer is used to convert the mains voltage to the permissible low voltage of the operated device (e.g. a laptop or model railway). In this case, it must be ensured that an ÖLFLEX® cable with the appropriate voltage class (e.g. U0/U 300/500 V) is used to connect the transformer to the mains supply and that the UNITRONIC® data cable is only used to link the relevant device with the transformer.

The electrical voltage is measured in Volt (V).

A: Heating systems, for example, require a relatively high voltage to ignite the pilot flame, but this is only needed once or twice a day and for a matter of milliseconds. Operators and users are often of the opinion that a cable with a rated voltage class of, for example, U0/U 300/500 V can be briefly supplied with a higher voltage, provided that it does not exceed the specified testing voltage. In such cases, it is very important to note that a cable with a rated voltage class of 300/500 V and a testing voltage of, for example, 4000 V must never be subjected a voltage exceeding the specified rated voltage – not even for a matter of milliseconds! Even if, for example, a voltage of 2500 V occurs just once per day for a single second, the relevant cable, and the core insulation thickness in particular, must be constructed and tested to ensure the appropriate rated voltage. In this particular case, a cable a with a rated voltage class of 1.8/3 kV must be used to safely handle the briefly occurring voltage of 2500 V.

The testing voltage listed for a specific product on the catalogue page, particularly in the case of ÖLFLEX® connection and control cables, in no way indicates that the relevant cable can be subjected to higher voltages – no matter how briefly.

The withstand or high voltage test is a required element of the final acceptance resp. inspection of each and every cable and only serves as a means of identifying any insulation faults after production.

A: Virtually all ÖLFLEX® connection and control cables are screened with tin-plated copper braiding. UNITRONIC® data cables are screened with copper braids and aluminum-laminated synthetic foils, which are generally wrapped around the core bundle in overlapping spirals. Some data cables, such as the UNITRONIC® Li2YCY PiMF or ETHERLINE® Cat.5, actually feature both an aluminum foil and an additional copper braid.

Copper braids primarily protect the cable against inductive coupling in the low frequency range in which virtually all connecting and control cables operate. If, for example, a UNITRONIC® data cable is installed in the direct vicinity of an ÖLFLEX® connecting cable that may not have copper screen braiding, the data cable should be protected against inductive interference from the connection cable by means of a screening braid. The same applies if a connecting cable is installed in the proximity of an insufficiently shielded or EMC-compliant machine or in the vicinity of an electric motor, which can also generate fields of inductive interference.
Aluminum foils are primarily used in data cables, as data is generally transferred at very high frequencies, thus necessitating protection against capacitive coupling.
The so-called coupling resistance and the transfer impedance act as indicators of the shielding performance – the lower the measured transfer impedance, the greater the effectiveness of the cable screening.

Of course, the best results are achieved by combining a foil shield with copper screen braiding. The disadvantage is that the aluminum foil laminate makes the cable quite stiff and inflexible, meaning that it is mostly only really suitable for fixed installations in conventional cable construction design. Frequent movement of the cable can quickly tear or displace the sensitive foil shield, which will have a negative impact on screening performance.

A: Up to a maximum of 1000 N, the operational tensile strain for all cables and wires is calculated as 15 N of tensile load for each mm² of cross-sectional copper area. It is irrelevant whether the cables or wires employed have a solid or flexible conductor, or whether they are intended for fixed or flexible use. During laying or installing of solid conductor core cables, such as NYY for fixed installations, a factor of 50 N/mm² can be used.

Example calculation of maximum tensile load for an ÖLFLEX® CLASSIC 100 5 G 10 mm² (stranded flexible conductor) in operation:
Total copper cross-section:    5 cores x 10 mm² = 50 mm²
Tensile load in Newton:             50 mm² x 15 N = 750 N
Tensile load in kilograms:             750 N : 10 = 75 kg

Calculation of the resulting max. vertical cable suspension length:
Cable weight, version 5 G 10 mm²:          792 kg = 1000 m
Cable length, version 5 G 10 mm²:           75 kg =   ???   m
Max. suspension length:                   (75 x 1000) : 792  = 94.7 m

If a cable features a separate support element, the maximum tensile load specified on the relevant catalogue page applies. Support elements are also required if a lamp, device or control console is to be affixed to a free-hanging cable. In this case, it must be ensured that the combined weights of the cable and the lamp or device do not exceed the maximum recommended tensile strain!

The mechanical tensile strain or force is measured in Newton (N).

A: No, extension or compensating can´t be used in combination with a Pt 100/Pt 1000 temperature probe.
There are two very different ways of performing temperature measurements:

Temperature measurement with a "Pt100/Pt1000 temperature probe or resistance thermometer":
The measurement of temperatures using resistance thermometers is based on the fact that all conductors and semiconductors alter their electrical resistance in line with the current temperature. The Pt100 and Pt1000 sensors are widely used temperature probes that measure changes in resistance of a platinum element at different temperatures. Highly accurate measurements between -200 ℃ and +850°C are often based on the change in electrical resistance of a platinum wire or layer. Unlike with sheathed thermocouples, no so-called extension or compensating cables are used to connect resistance thermometers. Ordinary copper conductors are used instead.

Temperature measurement with a "thermocouple or sheathed thermocouple":
A thermocouple comprises two electrical conductors made of different metals, which are connected at one end (measuring point). The two open ends form the comparison point. In the case of sheathed thermocouples, the two conductors are enclosed in a protective tube, usually made of steel. Thermocouples can measure somewhat higher temperatures (> 1600°C) than resistance thermometers and offer faster response times. Extension and compensating cables are effectively used to extend the thermocouple. The cables are usually connected to a display device, e.g. a galvanometer or an electronic measuring instrument, via a temperature comparison point.

A: The above flame resistance and fire propagation tests are often confused with one another on the basis of their very similar designations. However, the test methods employed are quite different.

IEC 60332-1-2: Test for vertical flame propagation for a single insulated wire or cable
This flame resistance test is passed by most cables constructed of flame-retardant materials, e.g. PVC and chloroprene rubber, or materials with special flame-retardant additives such as PUR. In the test, a single core or cable with a length of approx. 60 cm is mounted vertically using two clamps, after which a pre-defined flame is applied to the bottom end for a period of 60 seconds (or 120 seconds in the case of cable diameters > 25 mm). The test is deemed passed if, after the flame has been removed, the burning cable extinguishes itself and the fire damage is at least 50 mm from the upper mounting clamp. It is irrelevant how long the cable burns before extinguishing itself.

IEC 60332-3: Test for vertical flame spread of vertically-mounted bunched wires or cables
This fire propagation test is also known as the "bundle fire test" and is generally only passed by specially developed cables and wires with highly flame-retardant insulation and sheath material. This includes cables such as the ÖLFLEX® CLASSIC 110 H and ÖLFLEX® PETRO C HFFR. In most cases, the flame resistance of the plastics used is greatly enhanced by the addition of aluminium or magnesium hydroxide. Multiple cables are bundled or layered in lengths of approx. 3.5 m and vertically affixed to a ladder-like metal structure, after which a flame is applied to the lower end of the cables using a propane burner. The cable volume and time of flame application is defined by the test method, since IEC 60332-3 comprises four different bundle fire tests:

• IEC 60332-3-22 Category A:    7 litres of combustible material per metre / flame application: 40 minutes
• IEC 60332-3-23 Category B: 3.5 litres of combustible material per metre / flame application: 40 minutes
• IEC 60332-3-24 Category C: 1.5 litres of combustible material per metre / flame application: 20 minutes / cable diameter > 12.0 mm
• IEC 60332-3-25 Category D: 0.5 litres of combustible material per metre / flame application: 20 minutes / cable diameter< 12.0 mm

The test most frequently performed with our highly flame-retardant ÖLFLEX® cables is IEC 60332-3-24 Category C. IEC 60332-2-22 Category A is often used for maritime applications on oil rigs and ships, for example. The test is deemed passed if, after the burner has been switched off, the burning cables extinguish themselves and the fire damage does not cover more than 2.5 m measured from the bottom cable end. It is impossible to say which of the four test categories poses the most difficult challenge, since there are a range of different factors to consider.

IEC 60331: Functional integrity and fire resistance of electric cables
Unlike IEC 60332-1-2 and IEC 60332-3, this test does not assess the flame propagation but instead checks the electrical functioning of the cable in the event of a fire. In the test, a flame is applied across the entire horizontal length of a single, 120 cm cable for a period of 90 minutes. The test is deemed passed, if the cable continues to conduct electricity without shorting throughout the 90 minute flame application and for a subsequent 15 minute cooling period. This test is generally only passed by cables and wires with special, flame-retardant glass or mica wrapping enclosing the individual cores as well as the entire cable bundle.

No, they control the construction and testing requirements of the cables insuring that all electrical, physical, and environmental parameters are in compliance.

National Electrical Code regulations cited by the authority having jurisdiction in the area generally the local electrical inspector.

Depending upon your application and whether your product is being installed in building - yes. If you are not sure of the final destination of the machine it advisable to comply with NFPA 79 for purposes of compliance and safety and also to avoid any unnecessary litigation.

Not necessarily. There are machines that use UL listed cordage incorrectly. For example, some listed cables are only intended for temporary applications. Other listed cables may not meet the minimum stranding requirements needed for NFPA 79 compliance.

Machine Tool Wire (MTW) approval requires that the cable be flexible and offer a high degree of mechanical durability. These characteristics allow it to perform under the challenging conditions surrounding industrial machines.

In the long run yes, due much in part to issues surrounding liability and safety. In short, no one will purchase a machine that does not comply that could possibly expose them to liability.

Yes, all compliant MTW cables minimally meet the requirements of the UL Oil Res I test. For applications requiring a more severe exposure, the more rigorous Oil Res II test is also a permitted option.

No, unless the cable has an Exposed Run approval such as TC-ER (according to UL 1277)

A: Yes it is!

Passwort ändern: Wenn Sie angemeldet sind können Sie unter MY LAPP > Persönliche Daten Ihr Passwort jederzeit ändern.

Passwort vergessen: Unter MY LAPP > Passwort vergessen, können Sie sich ein neues Passwort anfordern. Das neue Passwort wird an Ihre e-Mail-Adresse gesendet.

A: Answer 2

A: Answer 3

• přístup k individuálním cenám a nastavením (např. platební podmínky),
• online kontrola dostupnosti materiálů,
• možnost uložení šablony opakujících se objednávek,
• možnost objednávání pomocí vlastních čísel materiálů,
• možnost zadání vlastního čísla objednávky,
• online přehled všech objednávek včetně aktuálního stavu i historie,
• možnost tisku návrhu objednávky s cenami.

Ano, materiály, které stříháme, lze objednat i v nestandardních délkách. V nákupním koši zvolte v poli „Množství“ klikem na šipku údaj „Jiná hodnota“ a do oranžového pole doplňte Vámi požadovanou délku.

Ano, alternativní dodací adresu je možno zadat v nákupním kroku „Adresa“.

Zboží objednané přes e-shop dodáváme v rámci České a Slovenské republiky. Dodávka do jiného státu není možná. V případě potřeby kontaktujte zákaznické centrum na e-mailové adrese: eshopcz@lappgroup.com, případně telefonicky na čísle +420 573 501 011.

Obchodní podmínky internetového obchodu LAPP KABEL s.r.o., jsou dostupné v části nápověda v sekci MY LAPP: MY LAPP/ Nápověda/ Obchodní podmínky internetového obchodu.

Vaše podrobné cenové podmínky vidíte okamžitě po přihlášení do e-shopu v nákupním kroku „Nabídka“.

Termín dodání není zobrazen v případě, že existují otevřené faktury po splatnosti, případně je překročen interní limit pro aktuální pojistnou částku sumy Vašich otevřených faktur a objednávek.
Pokud dokončíte objednávku, neprodleně Vám zašleme potvrzení s termíny dodání, případně Vás budeme kontaktovat.

Prosím kontaktujte zákaznické centrum na e-mailové adrese: eshopcz@lappgroup.com, případně telefonicky na čísle +420 573 501 011.

V sekci MY LAPP zvolte odkaz „Zapomněli jste heslo?“, vyplňte svou e-mailovou adresu a obdržíte e-mail s odkazem na stránku, kde budete moci zadat nové heslo.

Stav objednávky naleznete po přihlášení v sekci „Stav objednávek“, do které se dostanete přes menu MY LAPP.

Ano, v sekci „Stav objednávek“ můžete nastavit období, které chcete zobrazit. Zobrazený přehled není omezen objednávkami uskutečněnými pouze přes e-SHOP, vidíte tedy celou historii Vašich objednávek za zadané období.

Informace o ceně mědi je zobrazena v sekcích „Nákupní košík“ a „Stav objednávek“.
Přehled o vývoji hodnoty mědi naleznete na titulní stránce našeho webu nebo v sekci SLUŽBY/Vývoj hodnoty CU.

Vaše heslo si můžete změnit v sekci „Osobní údaje“ – změnit heslo.

V prohlížeči máte nastavenu volbu „vymazat paměť při ukončení aplikace“. Jděte do nastavení Vašeho prohlížeče a změňte tuto volbu. Následně si bude prohlížeč pamatovat i nedokončený nákup a můžete pokračovat v objednávání kdykoliv si otevřete naše stránky.

V případě, že potřebuje poradit, kontaktujte zákaznické centrum na e-mailové adrese eshopcz@lappgroup.com, případně telefonicky na čísle +420 573 501 011.

Kontaktujte zákaznické centrum na e-mailové adrese eshopcz@lappgroup.com, případně telefonicky na čísle +420 573 501 011.

Protože je technicky nemožné vyrobit přesnou délku kabelu beze zbytku, vyhrazujeme si právo dodat +- 10 % objednané délky. Toto je taktéž uvedeno v Obchodních podmínkách internetového obchodu společnosti LAPP KABEL čl. 6.1.

Kontaktujte zákaznické centrum na e-mailové adrese eshopcz@lappgroup.com, případně telefonicky na čísle +420 573 501 011.

Datové listy je možné stáhnout ve formátu pdf z katalogu kliknutím na ikonu „i“ vedle čísla výrobku.

V případě potřeby reklamace kontaktujte zákaznické centrum na e-mailové adrese eshopcz@lappgroup.com, případně telefonicky na čísle +420 573 501 011.

Informace o dostupnosti jsou uvedeny v nákupním koši. V případě zobrazení zelené ikony je zboží dostupné ze skladu v České republice nebo v Německu s dodávkou maximálně 8 dnů. Termín dodání je následně uveden v nákupním kroku „Nabídka“. Termín dodání je následně uveden i v potvrzení objednávky, které obdržíte po dokončení všech kroků v nákupním koši.

ID číslo je jedinečné číslo kontaktní osoby, pod kterým jste vedeni v našem systému SAP (není totožné s číslem zákazníka). Kromě e-mailové adresy můžete ID číslo kontaktní osoby použít pro přihlášení LAPP e-SHOPu. V případě, že chcete znát své ID číslo, kontaktujte nás na e-mail eshopcz@lappgroup.com.

A: Under crimping, also frequently referred to as connecting, one understands the gas-tight connection of a cable with a contact element – the "crimp" (also known as "contact" or "crimp contact"). Crimp contacts are available in an almost infinite variety, although they all have one thing in common: They are connected to a cable through mechanical deformation "crimping".

slsl

A: a) Crimping tool
The crimping tool is at the heart of a crimping procedure – irrespective of whether it is a semi or fully automatic process. When deforming the crimp claw fastener of a crimp contact, the degree and type of deformation are defined by the crimping tool or the contact-specific wear parts of the crimping tool such as the stamp and the anvil. Only tools that are ideally suited to be used on the crimp contact to be processed can ensure an excellent crimping quality.

b) Settings to crimping tool
To achieve an optimum crimping action, a variety of contact-specific settings can be made to the crimping tool: this range from basic parameters such as the crimp height of the wire and insulation crimping, on to precision adjustments for bell mouth size or the transport end position. A decisive advantage is given here if settings can be made in the press itself, so that any required precision adjustments can be executed quickly and then be immediately verified.

Note: Refer catalogue for the Crimping tools under the Heading "Accessories- Connection and Crimping”

A: Processes for fault detection and fault prevention are also part of the critical process steps when crimping is conducted. The central testing device used for monitoring the press and the tools involved in the process, is the crimp monitoring system. This enables faults to be detected during an ongoing process. Today, two out of every three crimp presses have such a function. The quality of the crimp connections must correspond to the respective specifications.

The detection of production faults at an early stage has, in the meantime, become standardized and it is assisted by a variety of measuring methods. Although this means that consequential costs can be reduced, it only applies when the production of a cable is already faulty. It is always better to avoid having the fault in the first place. Next to in-house organizational measures, faults can also be avoided through the use of state-of-the-art technology in advance.

A: For belt-linked contacts there are generally two crimping procedures occurring at the same time - the so-called wire crimp (lead crimp) and the insulation crimp. Continuous evolution of the connection technology has also resulted in a variety of new crimp connections as with the 3-zone crimp for coaxial cables.

The wire crimp makes the mechanical-electrical connection between the stripped inner conductor (e.g. stranded wire conductor) and the contact, and it has to be connected gas-tight to it.

• The insulation crimp should intercept acting forces such as vibration or pulling, so that they do not act on the wire crimp and they represent a purely mechanical connection of the contact element to the cable insulation. It is important, that the insulation is not damaged by the insulation crimp.

A:  Eg:-Application description: Connectors are installed on a welding robot. Our customer would like to know exactly which type of connection is better in the connector – soldered or crimped. This is our recommendation:

a) Crimp connection
The crimp connection is the best type of connection for all loaded applications. The advantage compared against all other connection contact cables is - 100% process-consistent fabrication (using recommended tool and crimp that complies with the standard) . All our crimp connections are qualified in accordance with the standard and they are approved, among other things, for:

- Tensile strength
- Current load
- Forward resistance

Cuts are made to check the quality of the crimp with regard to:

- Gas tightness
- Deformation quality

Specified settings yield reproducible results!

b) Solder connection

The difference between "soldered by hand" or "automatically soldered" applies. If soldering is done by hand, the quality of the soldering point is then dependent on the following:

- The experience of the person doing the soldering
- Temperature changes and movement, as the soldering point can deteriorate as time passes (problems that occur with the electronics/electrical system are often down to "dry solder joints" - in other words, poor contact)

Q: The quality of an electrical connection depends to a great extent on the choice of suitable components in the respective nominal section widths and using recommended tools for processing.

Size differences between the cable and the connector (pipe-type cable lug/multicore cable end) are the result when only one crimp contact lead in class 5 und 6 - even with different structure (bunched conductor, stranded or compressed strand) could be compressed. Despite what appear visually to the sleeves, the correct combination of conductor, contact and tool can provide "gas-tight" crimping. The dimensional stability on the above-mentioned connecting points is guaranteed by, among other things, the following standards:

• DIN EN 60228 (VDE 0295), September 2005 "Conductors for cables and insulated lines" The content of the standard includes among other things the maximum wire diameter and the maximum conductor resistance for the respective nominal cross sections (mm²), but not however, the number of wires or the structure. Improved technologies in the area of copper production mean that the conductor resistance specified in the standard can now be achieved with reduced cross sections.
• DIN 46228 – 4, September 1990 "Multicore cable ends – tube-type with plastic sleeve"
• Quality of crimping as per DIN 46228 – 1 and DIN EN 50027The continuous incoming quality control of our Quality Assurance ensures that the above-mentioned standards are complied with.

A: People new to the crimping business quickly realize that although the crimping procedure initially seems to be a simple process, there is in fact a great deal more involved. It starts with the confusing array of terms and crimp contacts and stops with the selection of the most suitable production equipment coupled with quality assurance. Despite being used all around the world, and the various international testing and measuring methods, crimping is still an area in which the experience of the employees, both at the users and at the production equipment manufacturers exerts a major influence on the processing quality. Because the final result (i.e. the quality of each individual crimping) is always dependent on the perfect interplay between several products and reciprocally influencing parameters, these have to be taken into consideration not only during development, but also during the basic setting in everyday usage.

•  With the proper combination of tool and cable lug a reduction of time and waste between 5 and 15% can be achieved
•  Free combinations between various make enable a result of -15 and 25% to be easily achieved!
•  It is difficult to visually indicate whether a faulty crimp has been made or not
• The result here would be diminished safety margins

A: The CCC certificate (China Compulsory Certificate "3C") was introduced in 2002 on the basis of legal directives and regulations of the People’s Republic of China (PRC) and applies to both imported and Chinese made products. Products requiring certification can only be imported into China, sold in China or used in Chinese business activities after the relevant CCC certification has been requested and granted. As to whether CCC certification is required for a specific product or product group, this depends on whether the relevant product is assigned to one of the product groups which the PRC has deemed subject to certification.

When imported to China as individual components – that is, provided separately rather than as part of a machine or system – Lapp cables and wires are subject to CCC certification, provided they are not part of an exception or exemption. Harmonised cables also require CCC identification. According to the labelling regulations, the manufacturer must be identifiable. Harmonised ÖLFLEX® cables with CCC identification are produced in separate plants.

Products of the Lapp catalogue for final use in China which may not be exported due to missing CCC certification:

• H05V-K, H07V-K, H05RR-F, H05RN-F, H07RN-F, H07RN8-F, H07ZZ-F, H01N2-D
• ÖLFLEX® 140 / 140 CY, 150 / 150 CY QUATTRO
• ÖLFLEX® 550 P (H05BQ-F, H07BQ-F)
• Miscellaneous <HAR> certified cables or single cores

Other cables that do not meet any IEC/HAR standard are still subject to the exemption regulation. These products are registered with the Chinese customs authorities and are identified on the basis of a self-declaration issued by the importer in conjunction with the catalogue and data sheet. The CCC exemption applications provided on the Intranet can be used to facilitate the import process. These applications do not act as certificates, but merely declare that the specified cable products are subject to CCC regulations. Applications must contain the following:

• The English-language catalogue page with the description and product image 
• A declaration form for the relevant Chinese import authority (Shanghai) "Inspection & Quarantine Bureau" 
• The "previous exemption certificate" (if available) to support the content of the declaration form. This (previous) exemption certificate is no longer a general requirement of the procedure, but is still useful for verification purposes.

Whether a previous CCC declaration for a cable is available you can check here.
Further information about the import of cables and wires into China is available at the following links:

CCC Declaration.pdf 

www.china-certification.com/en/

A: INTERNATIONAL STANDARDS  

Flame Spread

• IEC 60332 standards (Tests on electric cables under fire conditions) establish the benchmark in procedures testing non-flame spread in cables. There are several designations depending on the degree of flame resistance.
• IEC 60332-1 & IEC 60332-2: No flame spread to a greater or lesser degree
• IEC 60332-3 No fire propagation
• In each test, simulation protocols are different:

IEC 60332-1 Vertical Flame Test
IEC 60332-3 Vertical Tray Flame Test

Fire Resistance

To check fire resistance, IEC 60331 standards apply, with different variations depending on the type of cable being tested.

Fume Emanation

Two parameters are mainly considered: combustion gas toxicity and smoke density produced.
IEC 60754-1 (amount of halogen acid gas) and IEC60754-2 (acidity of gases evolved during combustion) standards provide for calling a cable “Halogen Free” or “Zero Halogen”.
IEC 61034-1 and 61034-2 are used to measure opacity and thereby establish the “Low Smoke” characteristic.
All these standards have substantial equivalents in Europe.

French Specificities

In France, regulations require fulfilling customer specifications who have chosen to comply with NF C 32 070. Cables are rated according to their resistance to flame:
Category / Rating
C3: Non-fire rated
C2: Flame retardant
C1: Fire retardant
CR1: Fire resistant

A: The above flame resistance and fire propagation tests are often confused with one another on the basis of their very similar designations. However, the test methods employed are quite different.

IEC 60332-1-2: Test for vertical flame propagation for a single insulated wire/cable
This flame resistance test is passed by most cables constructed of flame-retardant materials, e.g. PVC and chloroprene rubber, or materials with special flame-retardant additives such as PUR. In the test, a single core or cable with a length of approx. 60 cm is mounted vertically using two clamps, after which a pre-defined flame is applied to the bottom end for a period of 60 seconds (or 120 seconds in the case of cable diameters > 25 mm). The test is deemed passed if, after the flame has been removed, the burning cable extinguishes itself and the fire damage is at least 50 mm from the upper mounting clamp. It is irrelevant how long the cable burns before extinguishing itself.

IEC 60332-3: Test for vertical flame spread of vertically-mounted bunched wires/cables
This fire propagation test is also known as the "bundle fire test" and is generally only passed by specially developed cables and wires with highly flame-retardant insulation and sheath material. This includes cables such as the ÖLFLEX® CLASSIC 110 H and ÖLFLEX® PETRO C HFFR. In most cases, the flame resistance of the plastics used is greatly enhanced by the addition of aluminium or magnesium hydroxide. Multiple cables are bundled or layered in lengths of approx. 3.5 m and vertically affixed to a ladder-like metal structure, after which a flame is applied to the lower end of the cables using a propane burner. The cable volume and time of flame application is defined by the test method, since IEC 60332-3 comprises four different bundle fire tests:

• IEC 60332-3-22 Category A: 7 litres of combustible material per metre / flame application: 40 minutes
• IEC 60332-3-23 Category B: 3.5 litres of combustible material per metre / flame application: 40 minutes
• IEC 60332-3-24 Category C: 1.5 litres of combustible material per metre / flame application: 20 minutes / cable diameter > 12.0 mm
• IEC 60332-3-25 Category D: 0.5 litres of combustible material per metre / flame application: 20 minutes / cable diameter< 12.0 mm

The test most frequently performed with our highly flame-retardant ÖLFLEX® cables is IEC 60332-3-24 Category C. IEC 60332-2-22 Category A is often used for maritime applications on oil rigs and ships, for example. The test is deemed passed if, after the burner has been switched off, the burning cables extinguish themselves and the fire damage does not cover more than 2.5 m measured from the bottom cable end. It is impossible to say which of the four test categories poses the most difficult challenge, since there are a range of different factors to consider.

IEC 60331: Functional integrity and fire resistance of electric cables
Unlike IEC 60332-1-2 and IEC 60332-3, this test does not assess the flame propagation but instead checks the electrical functioning of the cable in the event of a fire. In the test, a flame is applied across the entire horizontal length of a single, 120 cm cable for a period of 90 minutes. The test is deemed passed, if the cable continues to conduct electricity without shorting throughout the 90 minute flame application and for a subsequent 15 minute cooling period. This test is generally only passed by cables and wires with special, flame-retardant glass or mica wrapping enclosing the individual cores as well as the entire cable bundle.

A: Selection of cables and wires for use in potentially explosive atmospheres according VDE 0165 part 1 version 05/2009 (EN 60079-14:2008).

Please find enclosed the answer.

Explosive_atmospheres_VDE0165-1_Edition_05-2009.pdf  

A: ASTM D2843 is the standard test method for density of smoke from the burning or decomposition of plastics.

Tests made on a material under conditions herein prescribed are of considerable value in comparing the relative smoke obscuration characteristics of plastics.

This test method serves to determine the extent to which plastic materials are likely to smoke under conditions of active burning and decomposition in the presence of flame.

Note - The visual and instrumental observations from this test compare well with the visual observations of the smoke generated by plastic materials when added to a freely burning large outdoor fire.

The usefulness of this test procedure is in its ability to measure the amount of smoke obscuration produced in a simple, direct, and meaningful manner under the specified conditions. The degree of obscuration of vision by smoke generated by combustibles is known to be affected by changes in quantity and form of material, humidity, draft, temperature, and oxygen supply.

1. Scope

1.1 This fire-test-response test method covers a laboratory procedure for measuring and observing the relative amounts of smoke obscuration produced by the burning or decomposition of plastics. It is intended to be used for measuring the smoke-producing characteristics of plastics under controlled conditions of combustion or decomposition. Correlation with other fire conditions is not implied. The measurements are made in terms of the loss of light transmission through a collected volume of smoke produced under controlled, standardized conditions. The apparatus is constructed so that the flame and smoke is observable during the test.

1.2 During the course of combustion, gases or vapours, or both, are evolved that are potentially hazardous to personnel. Adequate precautions are taken to protect the operator.

1.3 The values stated in SI units are to be regarded as the standard. The values given in parentheses are for information purposes only.

1.4 This standard is used to measure and describe the response of materials, products, or assemblies to heat and flame under controlled conditions, but does not by itself incorporate all factors required for fire hazard or fire risk assessment of the materials, products, or assemblies under actual fire conditions.

1.5 Fire testing is inherently hazardous. Adequate safeguards for personnel and property has tol be employed in conducting these tests. Specific safety warning statements are given in 1.2 and 9.11.

1.6 This standard does not purport to address all of the safety problems, if any, associated with its use. It is the responsibility of the user of this standard to establish appropriate safety and health practices and determine the applicability of regulatory limitations prior to use. 

A: Harmonised Cables, commonly known as HAR Cables, conform to a European Harmonisation Standard, have a single system of designation code and are manufactured following specifications and standards outlined by the European CENELEC harmonisation scheme. The norms HAR Cables abide by are outlined in harmonisation documents HD 361 and DIN VDE 0292.

Why are Harmonised Cables manufactured?

For companies trading across the continent, using cables with a HAR certification mark promotes safety and consistency. Manufacturing HAR Cables promotes the free European market and widens project scope for Pan European companies. Buying cable becomes easier with unique specifications and unique codes.

Which industries use Harmonised Cables?

HAR Cables are used in a range of industries including Automation and Process Control, Building and Construction and Rail and Transport.
Harmonised Cables are suitable for various environments, from industrial conditions to domestic.

For example, H07BN4-F Cable is mostly used in industrial environments where good flexibility and resistance to mechanical abrasion are required, while H05BN4-F is used in households, kitchen and office apparatus.

Which countries recognise the HAR mark?

The countries participating in the HAR scheme are the following: Belgium, Germany, France, Italy, the United Kingdom, Finland, The Netherlands, Sweden, Austria, Denmark, Ireland, Norway, Greece, Portugal, Switzerland, Spain and Hungary.

How to interpret the harmonised codes?

HAR Cable codes can be divided in three parts. Each of them containing subsections:

• The first part deals with the full compliance of the cable with CENELEC common rules and nominal voltage
• The second part focuses on the design be it the insulating and sheathing material or design features and conductor type
• The third part indicates the number of cores and the nominal cross section(s) of conductors

For example, H07RN-F cable could be broken down as follows:

• Part One - H07RNF is a Harmonised cable (H) with 450/750V voltage rating (07)
• Part Two - H07RNF is EPR insulated (R) with a PCP sheath (N)
• Part Three - H07RNF has a Class 5 flexible conductor (F)

How can HAR Cables be identified?

HAR Cables carry the HAR certification mark on their sheath.

HAR Cables conforming to other norms cannot carry their logos on the sheath. However, the other logos can be displayed on the packaging or in the User’s Manual and Installation Guide.

A: Machine Tool Wire, or most commonly referred to as MTW, is a stranded flexible hook-up wire. MTW is used in control wiring for machine tools and in various other building applications. Although machine tool wire is qualified for many wiring applications it is a simply constructed wire that is made up of a highly stranded bare copper conductor. This high stranding of bare copper gives the wire its superior flexibility compared to that of THHN building wire. The bare copper conductor helps to keep the overall cost of the wire down as opposed to its sister Thermoplastic Equipment Wire, or TEW that is made with tinned copper conductors. The jacket compound on MTW is usually a tough durable Polyvinyl chloride (PVC). This compound allows the cable to be heat, moisture, and oil-resistant.

With this also refer Technical Table T-29-1 to T29-5 for more information.

A: Underwriters Laboratories Inc. is an independent non-profit organization that writes and tests products for safety and certifies them. UL has developed more than 800 standards for safety, and millions of products and their components are tested to ULs safety standards. If a product is UL listed, you know it has passed ULs stringent tests for electrical safety. The Canadian Standards Association (CSA) is a non-profit association serving business, industry, government and consumers in Canada and the global marketplace. Among many other activities, CSA develops standards that enhance public safety. A Nationally Recognized Testing Laboratory, CSA is very familiar with U.S. requirements. According to OSHA regulations, the CSA-US Mark qualifies as an alternative to the UL Mark.

With this also refer Technical Table T-29-1 to T29-5 for more information.

A: No written confirmations or certificates are available to verify that our cables, wires and accessories comply with these regulations and guidelines. The abundance of specifications regarding hazardous substances and environmental protection systems is requiring manufacturers to produce ever increasing numbers of certifications to verify their compliance with legal regulations. For this reason, we have revised table T30 in the technical appendix of our main catalogue to ensure that all REACH, RoHS, Deca-BDE and PFOS matters are comprehensively covered.

Especially the international subject of REACH is constantly changing and undergoing permanent updates at our end. A summarised U.I. Lapp customer letter to be used for general REACH information purposes can be found at the following link: REACH Customer Information

Further information about REACH and RoHS is available at the following links:

Table T30 - Substances, Legislation and REACH

Below are the links for more information
http://echa.europa.eu
http://www.rohs.eu

A: REACH is the European Community Regulation on chemicals and their safe use (EC 1907/2006). It deals with the Registration, Evaluation, Authorization and Restriction of Chemical substances. The aim of REACH is to improve the protection of human health and the environment through the better and earlier identification of the intrinsic properties of chemical substances. At the same time, REACH aims to enhance innovation and competitiveness of the EU chemicals industry. The REACH Regulation places greater responsibility on industry to manage the risks from chemicals and to provide safety information on the substances. Manufacturers and importers are required to gather information on the properties of their chemical substances, which will allow their safe handling, and to register the information in a central database.

A: Restriction of Hazardous Substances Directive

ROHS is the Directive on the restriction of the use of certain hazardous substances in electrical and electronic equipment 2002/95/EC. The RoHS directive took effect on 1 July 2006, and is required to be enforced and become law in each member state. This directive restricts (with exceptions) the use of six hazardous materials in the manufacture of various types of electronic and electrical equipment. It is closely linked with the Waste Electrical and Electronic Equipment Directive (WEEE) 2002/96/EC which sets collection, recycling and recovery targets for electrical goods and is part of a legislative initiative to solve the problem of huge amounts of toxic e-waste.

RoHS is often referred to (inaccurately) as the lead-free directive, but it restricts the use of the following six substances:

1. Lead (Pb)
2. Mercury (Hg)
3. Cadmium (Cd)
4. Hexavalent chromium (Cr⁶⁺)
5. Polybrominated biphenyls (PBB)
6. Polybrominated diphenyl ether (PBDE)

PBB and PBDE are flame retardants used in several plastics. Hexavalent chromium is used in chrome plating, chromate coatings and primers, and in chromic acid.

The maximum permitted concentrations in non-exempt products are 0.1% or 1000 ppm (except for cadmium, which is limited to 0.01% or 100 ppm) by weight. The restrictions are on each homogeneous material in the product, which means that the limits do not apply to the weight of the finished product, or even to a component, but to any single substance that could (theoretically) be separated mechanically—for example, the sheath on a cable or the tinning on a component lead.

Everything that can be identified as a homogeneous material must meet the limit. So if it turns out that the case was made of plastic with 2,300 ppm (0.23%) PBB used as a flame retardant, then the entire radio would fail the requirements of the directive.

RoHS applies to these products in the EU whether made within the European Union(EU) or imported. Certain exemptions apply, and these are updated on occasion by the EU.

A: ISI mark is a certification mark for industrial products in India. The mark certifies that a product confirms to the Indian Standard, mentioned as IS:xxxx on top of the mark, developed by the Bureau of Indian Standards (BIS), the national standards body of India. The ISI mark is by far the most recognized certification mark in the Indian subcontinent. The name ISI is an abbreviation of Indian Standards Institute, the former name of the Bureau of Indian Standards. The ISI mark is mandatory for certifying products to be sold in India, like many of the electrical appliances.

At Lapp, ÖLFLEX® 100 I, ÖLFLEX® UNIPLUS, ÖLFLEX® INFRA and  ÖLFLEX® POWER LV are ISI certified products.

A: Many operators and users are unaware that special factors have to be considered when installing cables in areas with raised ambient temperatures. This not only includes the self-heating resulting from the current load, but also the material-specific behaviour of the core and sheath insulation in high ambient temperatures. Non-electricians in particular are mostly not familiar with the fact that the ampacity of a cable is reduced as the temperature increases.

For example, an ÖLFLEX® CLASSIC 100 3 G 1.5 mm² can carry 18 A (100%) at an ambient temperature of +30°C. If the temperature rises to +60°C, the ampacity is reduced to 9 A (50%) – calculated on the basis of VDE 0298-4 / catalogue appendix table T12-1 or T12-2.

Due to a complex chemical conversion process (formation of orthosilicic acid), insulation materials like silicone, which are regularly used in ambient temperatures up to +180°C, can harden and embrittle prematurely as of +100°C in the absence of adequate ventilation. Exceeding the maximum permissible ampacity and associated self-heating also accelerates the aging process accordingly. To counteract this effect, adequate volumes of air or oxygen must be supplied to such cables and wires when operated in high ambient temperatures. If closed ducts, tubes or pipes are packed full of cables, this can often result in premature damage as a result of disintegrated insulation and cable sheaths or even corrosion of the copper conductor.

A: For virtually all of our ÖLFLEX® cables, the rated voltage is specified in the form of an AC value (Alternating Current). In a DC system (Direct Current), the rated voltage of the system must not be greater than 1.5 times of the rated voltage of the cable.
To calculate the DC Voltage value, the relevant AC Voltage value is simply multiplied by a factor of 1.5, as in the examples below:

AC Voltage Value                              Factor                                      DC Voltage value
U0/U 300/500 V                      x          1.5                                            U0/U 450/750 V
U0/U 450/750 V                      x          1.5                                            U0/U 675/1125 V
U0/U 600/1000 V                     x          1.5                                            U0/U 900/1500 V

The electrical voltage is measured in Volt (V).

Although copper and steel are conductive metals, only copper (e.g. in the form of a braid) represents a suitable means of protecting a cable or wire from electromagnetic interference or shielding the environment from the interfering emissions originating from the cable itself. This not only depends on the electrical conductivity of the metal employed, but also on the braid density or the degree of coverage with which the cable is braided. From all metals only pure silver offers marginally better conductive performance than copper. Although different qualities of iron/steel alloy exist, the conductivity of steel is generally six times lower than that of electrolyte copper. For this reason, a steel wire braid only ever protects a cable from external mechanical impact. To ensure optimized electromagnetic shielding, which also meets the requirements of the Electromagnetic Compatibility (EMC) directive, a sufficient level of copper braiding is required. As a minimum, a visual coverage level of 82-85% is required to achieve adequate screening protection. In the case of a steel wire braid used solely for mechanical protection, a visual coverage level of approx. 50% or less is standard. With a little practice, it is therefore quite easy to visually distinguish copper and steel wire braids by their degree of coverage. In addition, copper braids often have a slight reddish tinge (despite their tin plating), are somewhat softer than steel and are in comparison to steel non-magnetic. However, even the densest, highest quality copper braid is rendered useless if it is not properly grounded! For safety reasons, steel wire braids should also be earthed when used in power networks. If the connected equipment develops a fault, this grounding prevents the transmission of dangerous voltages to the often exposed steel wire braid at the connecting points.

A: As a cable and wire manufacturer, we are not generally permitted to calculate the ampacity of cables for the planning or operation of electrical equipment, plants and systems. Such calculations usually involve many different factors, of which neither we nor – as is often the case – the customer are aware. If incorrect planning results in the selection of the wrong conductor cross-section, which in turn leads to faults, fire damage or personal injury during later operation of the machine or system, the party who conducted the planning will be held responsible! This is why a number of engineering consultancies make their living by planning electrical plants and systems.

The following are just some of the important factors required to ensure accurate and, most importantly, safe determination of the right conductor cross-section:

• What power level is to be transferred?
• What length of cable is to be installed?
• What is the ambient temperature where the cables are used?
• Are there any mechanical forces or chemical stressors affecting the cable?
• How are the cables installed? In pipes, open or closed cable ducts, cable conduits, on-wall or in-wall?
• How many cables are installed in the pipe, duct or conduit?
• How far apart are the cables in the conduit?

In some cases, we can provide reference values for advisory purposes. However, such data is always provided in a non-binding capacity and under consideration of the above points. It must also be pointed that full and adequate planning can only be performed by a recognised engineering consultancy. Written confirmations should not be provided!

A: There are no separate UL certificates for ÖLFLEX® and UNITRONIC® cables detailing, for example, the product name and a description, as in the case of GL (Germanischer Lloyd) certificates for instance. Whether or not a cable is legitimately UL-certified is indicated by the normative element of the cable imprint. It must contain all UL AWM styles or UL listings for which the cable has been tested and certified. The UL file number (e.g. E63634 for U.I. Lapp), a code for the manufacturer or certificate owner, is usually found at the end of the cable imprint. A public UL database is available on the Internet at www.ul.com. By selecting "Certifications" and entering the file number in the relevant field, anybody can check whether the relevant cable manufacturer is certified by the UL authority and thus authorised to print an UL AWM style or UL listing on their products. This website can be used to search by file number or company name. Some 1000 available UL AWM styles (Appliance Wiring Material) are listed under the U.I. Lapp file number E63634 alone.

UL-recognised and UL-listed cables are subject to very strict production controls. Manufacturers cannot simply produce cables with incorrect UL imprints and without the correct authorisation or bring such products to market. The productions plants are periodically audited by UL inspectors, who check the accuracy of the imprint on UL-certified cables and take production samples for subsequent examination in the UL laboratory. With the UL labelling system, each drum of UL-certified cable is registered using special, sequentially numbered UL label stickers. These measures ensure that manufacturers only produce UL-imprinted cables for which they have UL authorisation and have paid the necessary certification fees.

If a customer requires a UL "certificate" for a specific ÖLFLEX® or UNITRONIC® cable, he can visit the aforementioned website and use the relevant file number to check the validity of the UL AWM styles or UL listings printed on the core insulation or cable outer sheath.

 

A: Vacuum technology is particularly prevalent in the coating industry, where it is used for a large number of products. Vacuums enable the application of very thin layers to the relevant product, while preventing oxidation and contamination. Today, products such as compact discs, eyeglass lenses, precision optical components, mobile telephones, tools, semiconductors and even flat screens are coated under vacuum conditions. In vacuum coating systems, it is often necessary to pass cables through the vacuum, e.g. to contact light sensors. In many cases, the evaporation produced in the negative vacuum pressure results in increased ambient temperatures, which further limits the potential cable selection. The size of the occurring negative pressure is also relevant. Many insulation and outer jacket materials already emit substances, such as plasticizers, at normal atmospheric conditions and this process is both facilitated and accelerated by the negative pressure in a vacuum. As a result, cables can harden and brittle prematurely, while the emitted substances can contaminate the entire vacuum. Due to their relatively high gas emission, plastics such as PVC, chloroprene rubber and silicone in particular are less suitable for vacuum applications. Although we have limited experience and test data with regard to vacuum applications, we would recommend the use of fluoropolymer cables made of PTFE, such as the ÖLFLEX® HEAT 260, due to their wide temperature range and very low gas emission. Plastics such as PEEK (polyetheretherketone), PI (polyimide) and PA (polyamide) are also well suited to vacuum applications, but these materials are very stiff and quite expensive, making them unsuitable for use for standard cables.

A: Even though some customers have successfully employed standard ÖLFLEX® cables in drag chain applications, despite their not being developed for permanent flexible use in energy supply chains, we are unable to recommend such practices as no corresponding experience or test data exists. In our test centers, we only assess the suitability of ÖLFLEX® and UNITRONIC® cables with the designation "FD", which were developed specifically for such highly flexible applications. It is entirely at the customer's discretion to employ cables for unintended purposes.  Eg: as drag chain cables.

A:  If the manufacturer of an electrical device, appliance or machine wishes to obtain an officially approved "UL listing" to release the relevant item as a series product or acquire a "field labelling" for a stand-alone machine or system, the US body tasked with the certification (the National Recognized Testing Laboratory or NRTL) must be provided with all construction-relevant documentation. The entire certification process will be significantly faster, simpler and cheaper if all cables and wires used in the product are already "UL-listed" or at least "UL-recognized". Any cables without UL certification must first be subjected to protracted testing in the UL laboratory. All machine exporters are therefore advised to employ UL-certified cables and wires as a matter of course. UL AWM recognized cables with AWM style numbers, e.g. ÖLFLEX® 150 QUATTRO: Appliance wiring material or better known as "AWM" comprises cables and wires intended solely for use in factory-wired electrical equipment, devices, appliances, control cabinets and industrial machinery as part of a "listed assembly". AWM is not intended for on-site or field wiring purposes. Cables and wires with UL AWM Style labelling must be used for the applications stipulated by the relevant style designation. The use of AWM-recognized cables and wires is restricted to the applications detailed in the corresponding style specification (www.ul.com). AWM styles are not part of the North American NEC (National Electrical Code). Following the introduction of the 2007 edition of the NFPA 79 standard, the use of UL AWM recognized cables in industrial machinery and systems can be very problematic in terms of the machine certification, as the installation of AWM cables in this environment is only permitted under strict observance of specific conditions. "UL-listed" cables, e.g. ÖLFLEX® CONTROL TM: The intended use of cables and wires in this category is for fixed wiring in residential buildings as well as for commercial and industrial use. UL-listed cables and wires not only have to meet individual UL product standards, but must also comply with the relevant paragraphs of the National Electrical Code (NEC). The NEC contains detailed specifications relating to the correct usage of listed cables and wires. Such products can be used both for factory wiring of electrical equipment, devices, appliances and machines as well as for on-site or field wiring of industrial machinery and systems according to NFPA 79.

A: The resistance of our cable products to specific organic and inorganic chemicals is already detailed in table T1 of our technical catalogue appendix. If the required substance is not contained in this table, it is possible to contact our laboratory in Stuttgart to enquire whether any data or information concerning resistance to this chemical medium exists in the relevant technical literature. Statements regarding the resistance of our cables to specific branded products, such like for instance “Exxon Mobile XY or Castrol XY transmission fluid”, are not generally possible since these constitute unknown mixtures of different oils and additives. In the case of commercially attractive projects, the laboratory may agree to test our cable products with the specific chemical substances (usually oils) used in the customer's application. The customer would have to supply one liter of the relevant substance along with the corresponding safety data sheets. However, we reserve the right to refuse any chemicals that present even the slightest safety risk to our lab personnel. For this reason, the general test scope and schedule should be agreed with the laboratory in advance. The resistance tests are generally performed in accordance with the relevant VDE, EN, IEC or UL test methods.

A: The capacitance (C) of a component – in this case a cable – represents its ability to store electrical energy. A cable with low capacitance can be used over longer distances and offers lower transmission losses than a standard cable of the same length. Whether or not a cable qualifies as "low-capacitance" depends on the insulation material that is used. In the field of data network cables, pure air would be one of the best and thus also one of the lowest capacity insulation materials. However, since it is technically impossible to use air as core insulation and to strand the bare copper conductors without contact, a range of different plastics are used for insulation purposes. Air has a dielectric constant of 1. Similarly, all insulation plastics used in cable technology also have a specific dielectric constant, which is measured at a specified frequency and ambient temperature. The dielectric constant indicates the factor by which the capacitance increases when air is replaced with a different insulation material such as polyvinyl chloride (PVC) or polyethylene (PE). The higher the dielectric constant, the greater the capacity. The lower the constant, the better suited the material is to electrical core insulation. Compared to other insulation materials, PE for instance has a very low dielectric constant of approx. 2.2, which is why it is used for higher quality products such as LAN, BUS or coaxial cables. In some cases, small air bubbles or foam are encapsulated in the PE insulation to further improve the transfer quality. Depending on its composition, PVC takes up a mid-table position with values between 3.5 and 7. With dielectric constants of up to 9.0, elastomers such as chloroprene rubber are at the bottom of the pile when it comes to insulation materials for data network cables; even when used for connecting or control cables, relatively thick insulation wall thickness of such materials are required to achieve satisfactory insulation performance. Symmetrical core stranding can also have a positive effect on the capacitance (e.g. ÖLFLEX® SERVO 9YSLCY-JB with its three-part, green/yellow protective earth conductor). A cable can be described as "low-capacitance" if the mutual capacitance specified in the catalogue for a PE-insulated cable, for example, is approx. half that of a cable which merely has PVC insulation, for instance.

A: It goes without saying that all products in our ÖLFLEX® FD and UNITRONIC® FD ranges designated as suitable for drag chain use have been thoroughly tested in our drag chain centre during development. However, due to the wide range of cable dimensions as well as the limited test chain capacity and the relatively long test duration, it is not possible to perform separate tests for each individual product article. In many cases, conducting drag chain tests until such time that the cable is damaged or destroyed is neither possible nor expedient, since a large number of cables would require several million bending cycles and would thus spend many years in the test centre before they eventually fail. We subject our FD cables to at least five million bending cycles under the strictest test conditions. This means that cables listed in the catalogue and data sheet with a flexible bending radius of, for example, 7.5 x cable diameter have actually only been tested with a test chain radius of 5 x cable diameter. Our extensive experience in this area has shown that cables reaching five million cycles can easily accomplish significantly higher cycle numbers without encountering problems. In some cases, cables have been removed from the test chain without significant damage after 11 million bending cycles, simply to make room for new test cables. Depending on individual travel and speeds, our test chains complete between 5000 and 20,000 cycles per day. Even if test logs detailing the exact number of bending cycles exist for the inspected cable dimension, these cannot be made available to customers or third parties.

 If a customer contacts you to obtain confirmation on bending cycle numbers for a specific product, you can request a customer letter from the product manager responsible for ÖLFLEX® FD and UNITRONIC® FD cables. This letter provides general information on the suitability of all ÖLFLEX® FD and UNITRONIC® FD cables for at least five million bending cycles as well as details on test conditions and parameters.

Please find attached a statement from the UIL Product Management regarding the service life of our FD cables.

Service life and test conditions of FD cables-02.2013.pdf 

A: To be used underground without additional protection, cables must meet the relevant standards (as in the case of NYY cable) or at least fulfil specific constructional design requirements for this installation. The outer jacket of cables that is laid underground without extra protection must be reinforced and of a sufficient strength and resistant to both mechanical impact and hydrolysis. The minimum outer sheath thickness for direct burial depends on the cable dimension, but should not be less than 1.8 mm. As far as possible; cables that meet these requirements should still be embedded in sand or covered by a protective covering to offer mechanical protection from rubble and stones. Generally speaking, all cables are suitable for direct burial, provided that they are enclosed in suitable protective tubes and pipes and are adequately resistant to hydrolysis.

A: The CE mark refers to the European Parliament's Low Voltage Directive 2006/95/EC and applies to cables and wires designed specifically for voltages between 50 and 1000 V (alternating current) or 75 and 1500 V (direct current) – i.e. voltage classes U0/U 100/100 V, 300/500 V, 450/750 V and 600/1000 V). Network data cables < 50 V as well as connecting cables exceeding 1000 V (e.g. voltage class Uo/U 1.8/3 kV or 3.6/6 kV) are not subject to the Low Voltage Directive 2006/95/EC and therefore, do not feature the CE mark on the outer sheath or packaging label.

A: Extreme installations require considerations of the five general parameters(FAQ 76), Plus other criteria. In hot applications, for example, designers must account for the fact that connectors are gradually derated with increasing temperatures. 

Also refer above Q &  A.

A: No - unless downtime must be reduced. Power and signal disruptions have many mechanical and electrical causes, from forklift  accidents to over-current conditions. In installations where critical electrical connections abound, some will eventually get damaged. Connectors add a small premium to the initial cost of cabling. but can pay for themselves by eliminating even a few minutes of inevitable downtime on a busy production line.

Benefit:  Minimize installation time; Minimize installation, operation, and maintenance expenses.

Aslo refer above Q & A.

A: The low voltage directive, basically “electrical equipment” for voltages between 50V and 1000V AC or 75V and 1500V DC. For such equipment, CE marking is required. Connectors are “basic components” within the meaning of the low voltage directive and therefore excluded from the scope of the directive. As basic components are expressly connectors (fastener, connector) mentioned in section 9 in the footnote 11th.
A further aspect is the safety. This is to be assessed only after installation or assembly. EPIC® connectors are sold in pieces. Only during the assembly by the user, the safety is established.

This is the official statement from the ZVEI (Zentralverband Elektrotechnik- und Elektronikindustrie e.V.), (Electrical and Electronic Manufactures Association)

"DIRECTIVE 2006/95/EG of the European Parliament and the council of 12 December 2006 on the approximation of the laws of the member states relating to electrical equipment for use within certain voltage limits”

"

A: Crimps are a very good connection between the wire leads and the crimping contact. They are mechanical robust, have a low resistance, require less space and they have long term stability. This only works, if the crimp was skillfully gastight. This can only be sure with Lapp approved crimping tools. For this purpose it’s important to use the correct cross section, the right contact, the use of approved tools and the right crimping dies. Extensive testing by LAPP ensures a proper function over a long period to ensure. Therefore it’s only allowed to use approved tools.

A: Typically, connectors are required for cabling on highly dynamic applications - to 1000 V, 125 A, and 280 contacts where required.

Elsewhere, connectors are used on machinery that must withstand extreme environments - with protection to IP 65, 67, 68 and NEMA 4, 4X, or 12.

• When equipment consists of interchangeable modules (quick disconnect)
• When equipment must be portable (quick disconnect)
• When machines are very large and must be broken down for shipment and re-assembled at customer location (assembly speed and accuracy)

A: Cycles of mechanical operation are tested according to European standard DIN EN 60512. The complete test program consists of many single tests. The most important tests out of the standard are
Visual examination: No damage shall occur which could impair normal use and the change of contact resistance shall be no more than 50% of the reference value at first mating or <= 5MOhm. The higher value is permissible.

Very of the change of contact resistance is the limiting factor, which means that the resistance is more than 5mOhm or 50% than reference value. The connector is after given mating cycles mostly alright but does not apply with values given in the standard. Finally decides the application if the connector has to be replaced.

A: Follow below steps

1. Refer above Q & A.

2. Note all the parameters according to application requirement.

3. Pls connect to the below link and do the configuration.

4. Apply all the parameters step by step to arrive the connector set.

https://products.lappgroup.com/nc/connectorselector.html

A: The construction of a rectangular connector can be selected specifically for a customer‘s requirement. EPIC® industrial connectors from Contact are made up of various components (housings and contact inserts). The various components of the heavy duty rectangular connector are purchased individually and made up on a modular principle. A wide range of housing sizes and many options of inserts and contacts make it possible to design the ideal connector for each application.

The following individual components have to be purchased in order to produce the complete rectangular connector:

1. Cable Gland: The Cable Gland provides a seal between the cable and the connector housing. It may also be used to offer additional functions like strain relief and braid continuity for EMC protection.
2. Hood: The connector housing for the cable entry.
3. Male insert: Types of contact termination
                                                                        Screw
                                                                        Cage clamp
                                                                        Crimp
                        3.1 only Crimp: contacts have to be ordered separately
4. Female insert: Types of contact termination
                                                                        Screw
                                                                        Cage clamp
                                                                        Crimp
                        4.1 only Crimp: contacts have to be ordered separately
5. Base:
              Panel mount: Cable entry though cut out in panel
              Surface mount: Cable entry through a gland into the side of the connector base
              Cable Coupler: for cable to cable connection

For circular connectors the principle is the same, but there may be the possibility that certain components are already put together. e.g. housing + cable gland. In this case less single components have to be ordered

EPIC® connectors can easily be configured with the connector selector

A: A connector consists of

• Gland ( SKINTOP )
• Hood
• Female insert and contacts
• Male inserts and contacts
• Base

A: Dozens of connector varieties and thousands of individual connectors exist, but five key parameters help narrow the options:

1. Number of contacts:

            it may seem obvious that the number of contacts in the connector should match or exceed the number in the cable - but one common mistake is to miscount by nt counting ground, while connectors do not.

2. Wire Gauge(AWG) or  (conductor size).

            Cable's wire gauge (conductor size) must be within the allowed range of the connector contacts. In general, screw contacts accommodate a broader range of wire gauges than comparable crimped contacts.

3. Cable outside diameter (OD):

            This dimension is often overlooked during specification. A poor seal results if the cable OD is too small relative to the connector, whereas an oversized cable OD may prevent it from fitting into the connectors.

4. + 5. Maximum voltage and current:

            Perhaps the most important specification to ensure a safe design a connector must be rated to handle the voltage and current of an application.

Other parameters must be taken into consideration for difficult operating  environments or unusual electrical requirements - as when, for example, a connector sports the correct number of contacts, wire gauge, and OD but an insufficient current or voltage rating.

A: It is a component which mechanically connects conductors and provides an electrical connection that is easily disconnectable.

A typical manufacturing plant has thousands of electric connections on both fixed equipment and moving machines. When those connections wear out or fail, it brings production machines to a dead stop - because hardwiring new replacement cable can take hours. One way to minimize such downtime is to fit multi-conductor power and signal cables with quick connectors at both ends, so that cables can be replaced in just minutes. It also necessary to protects the connected portion from external particles.

Benefit:  Minimize installation time; Minimize installation, operation, and maintenance expenses.

A: SILVYN® CHAIN energy guiding systems are a versatile and comprehensive range which includes both plastic chains and steel chains. This means that incorporating it into the general product range would entail an additional 200 pages in the catalogue. In addition to this, the SILVYN® CHAIN article numbers are issued on an individual customer basis, because each chain system contains different lengths and components.

For any chain requirement, pls send the filled format with all specification to provide specific solution.

Contact Lapp sales representative for offer.

A: A cable gland was developed to clamp and seal cables that have a solid core (made of copper). SKINTOP®, in particular, has products with a variable clamping range, which enables the use of different cable outer diameters. When using SKINTOP® cable glands with a protection conduit, the protection conduit may end up being pressed-in, nor can connections be guaranteed to have a high tensile strength. SILVYN® conduit glands by contrast are always designed for a specific conduit size, and they only provide a connection option for this particular conduit size coupled with the appropriate sealing capability.

A: Cable protection conduits can also be installed in hazardous areas if their electrical conductivity is taken into consideration. Only electrically conductive outer materials may be used so that no sparking occurs in the event of any friction between two non-conductors. These sparks could lead to an explosion in a hazardous area. Fully-metallic conduits can be used in hazardous areas without any problems. Conduit glands require ATEX approval and they must pass hardness tests as with SKINTOP® cable glands for ATEX areas.

A: All plastic conduits, which are marked as UV- resistant. For metallic conduits the corrosion resistance must be considered, the customer must be fully aware of the application area involved. The most reliable choice amongst metallic conduits are the stainless-steel conduits because they are made of rust-resistant steel.

There is no general and accessible CE certificate for conduit protection systems, they have to be requested and made separately from Product Management or technical department.

A: The correct locknuts for conduit glands are located in the catalogue section for cable glands, plastic locknuts in SKINTOP® metallic locknuts under SKINDICHT®.

A: SILVYN® cable protection conduit systems can provide protection against external influences (mechanical, chemical, electrical). SILVYN® HIPROJACKET even protects the cable against fire or liquid metal, however the conduit cannot prevent the temperature inside the conduit being heated up. In other words, protection conduits can ward off sources of heat but they cannot actively cool the temperature.

A: Twisted pair cabling is a type of wiring in which two conductors of a single circuit are twisted together for the purposes of cancelling out electromagnetic interference from external sources; for instance, electromagnetic radiation from unshielded twisted pair cables, and crosstalk between neighbouring pairs.

A: Today’s manufacturing and processing operations are largely controlled and measured by electronic circuitry. To ensure accuracy and greater control, interconnecting cables, Instrumentation cables are designed and manufactured to ensure ease of installation, minimum interference in transmission of signals and full compliance recognised industrial standards.

Instrumentation cables have very diverse applications. Manufactured to BS 53288 Cables are designed for use in communication and instrumentation applications in and around process industries like oil exploration, cement, paper, steel, power generation and others. Cables made to specific rigid requirements are utilised in process controls, transmission of signals, computers, control systems and monitor networks as well as power plants.

Instrumentation Cable is for use on Class 1 remote-control and signalling circuits where signals precision and accuracy is desired. These cables monitor process parameters such as pressure, flow speed, temperature and transmit low Voltage signals to the instrumentation and process control room. Instrumentation cables come in multiple twisted pair configurations with each pair gathering one set of process data.

For use indoors, outdoors, direct burial, free air, raceways, encased in concrete, open trays, troughs or continuous rigid cable supports.

For use in Class I, Div 2, hazardous locations. 

For use as a non-power limited fire alarm circuit cable. Rated for wet and dry applications at temperatures not to exceed 90°C. Provides sunlight, cold bend and cold impact resistance.

A: The difference between control and instrumentation cable is mainly in use. Either can be solid or stranded.

Back in the "good old days" control cables (for motors) needed to have larger wire than instrumentation cables in order to handle the larger currents required for the motor starters. They were typically terminated under screw terminals, and solid wire makes this termination easier.

The instrumentation cables were smaller diameter and frequently made of stranded wire which is more flexible. Today, with greater use of electronic starter controls, it is mainly switch gear (breaker) control wiring that needs the larger diameter wire.

The other difference between the 2 types is that the instrumentation cable is typically a shielded (screened), twisted pair. This construction serves to minimize "cross-talk" (inductive coupling) that causes erroneous readings for the instrumentation.

The control cables, whose circuits operated at 125 VDC, 110 VAC or 220 VAC levels were generally immune to this, and so did not require the shielding. When the control signals are run at 24 VDC, the shielded twisted pair construction is advised.

Still need to be careful about level separation, but as long as you are dealing with low DC voltages (28 V maximum), resistive loads, and using shielded twisted pair cables, can combine the control and instrumentation cores into a single cable where needed. (It is still better practice to keep them separate.)  Also should keep inductive loads (like solenoids and relays) separate from the instrumentation, since they can create high inductive spike voltages when they are de-energized.

Important,  you still need to choose a wire size sufficient to handle the maximum current and insulated for the maximum voltage. For the control wiring, be careful about using a single common wire for multiple devices - it will need to be sized for the total current.

A: The key factors to look for when choosing instrument cable are good screening from noise and low capacitance.

Screening

Keeping noise to a minimum is achieved by shielding the conductor from electrical interference, usually with a braided copper, some form of conductive plastic jacket, or both. Different manufacturers have different methods but, typically, any good quality audio cable should be appropriately screened.

Capacitance

Capacitance refers to the cable’s ability to respond changes in voltage, and is measured in picofarads (pF) per metre or per foot; a figure of around 70 pF/m would be quite low for instrument cable. Lower capacitance translates into better frequency response. Also, since capacitance is measured per unit of length, a longer cable will have more capacitance than a shorter one, so it makes sense to use only as much cable as you really need.

A: LAPP doesn't calculate voltage drops because the formula contains many variables and would require many data.

We can only provide resistance value of the conductor to calculate the drop. Customer can calculate on the actual installation type and other circuit parameters.

Why LAPP doesn't calculate voltage drops? Again below also will vary based on installation type and other circuit parameters.

Example:

How do you compute voltage drop and cable size over distance?

You must know the amperes the cable is conducting and the resistance of the individual core sizes.
Knowing this, the formula for calculating the voltage drop is
VD =I(amps )* R (ohm / mtr)
Knowing this, the formula for calculating the voltage drop  for 100 mtr length.

VD =I(amps )* R (ohm / mtr) * 100 mtr.
where, VD is the voltage drop
I is the current(circuit current or current rating of the conductor after power de-rating)
R is the total resistance for the cable (Refer Table Table T11 of standard catalogue) convert to Ohm / mtr
R = resistivity of copper * (length in meters / area in square meters)

==========================================================================LAPP doesn't calculate voltage drops. And the formulas containing many variables would require many data.

We can only provide resistance value of the conductor to calculate the drop. Customer can calculate on the actual installation type and other circuit parameters.

Why LAPP doesn't calculate voltage drops? Again below also will vary based on installation type and other circuit parameters. Examples:

For DC system     VD = I*R*L where,
I= current in the conductor
R= dc resistance of the cable per unit length
L=Length of the cable

·         For 1phase AC system
VD= Iph*(R*cos(theta) + X*sin(theta))*L
where,
Iph=phase current
R= ac resistance of the cable per unit length
X= reactance of the cable per unit length
cos(theta)= power factor
L=Length of the cable

·         For 3phase AC system
VD= sqrt 3*Iph*(R*cos(theta) + X*sin(theta))*L
where,
Iph=phase current
R= ac resistance of the cable per unit length
X= reactance of the cable per unit length
cos(theta)= power factor
L=Length of the cable
 

A: No, that is not strictly true. The relevant standard (VDE 0165) merely stipulates that cables in intrinsically safe circuits must be labelled accordingly so that they can be identified as part of such circuits. In cases where cables in intrinsically safe circuits are to be indicated by their color, the outer sheath must be light blue. Cables which do not have a blue sheath but are still used in intrinsically safe circuits must be identified by other means, to be agreed with the relevant testing engineer/certifier. This can be done, for example, using blue cable ducts or by affixing FLEXIMARK® marking products. In some cases, cables forming part of intrinsically safe circuits can also be installed such that they are spatially separated from other cables. An exception to these rules is when the intrinsically safe or all non-intrinsically safe cables and wires are armoured, metal-sheathed or screened, in which case no separate identification of intrinsically safe cables and wires is required. The decision as to how cables are installed or distinguished in intrinsically safe environments must be made by the user in conjunction with the relevant testing institute.

A: In principle, most materials used in the cable industry are resistant to salt or sea water. Even though some plastics absorb more or less water than others, it is largely irrelevant whether the cables are made of PVC, PUR, chloroprene rubber, PTFE or even silicone. However, caution is advised in the case of some halogen-free and highly flame-retardant cables made of special, highly filled polymers. The flame-retarding additives can be strongly hygroscopic and are thus easily saturated with water. Even if the cable sheath compound displays no negative effects when exposed to sea water, not every cable is suitable for maritime use. At high sea in particular, cables are subjected to high levels of UV radiation and must be sheathed accordingly. Another factor to be considered is whether the cable only makes occasional contact with sea water or is used underwater on a permanent basis. As the water depth increases, so does the pressure on the cable. This is referred to as the water column. The pressure for a 1 meter water column is 0.10 bar. Therefore, at a depth of 100 meters, the pressure is already 11 bar (100 m x 0.1 bar = 10 bar + 1 bar air pressure at sea level). At this pressure, cables with many air cavities in the core stranding can become compressed, or the water may gradually diffuse through the cable jacket and insulation and reach the conductor. In many cases, cables intended for such applications are chosen indiscriminately due to a distinct lack of alternatives which have been thoroughly tested and approved for underwater use. However, deep-sea applications definitely necessitate special cables, which are designed to cope with the conditions and water pressures prevalent at such depths. Within the Lapp Group, LAPP Muller in France is one company that has specialized in the development of cables for underwater use.

A: In choosing the right type of wire for a project, there are a number of important considerations. Based on the amperage load and application, the electrician needs to determine the appropriate gauge of wire to use, as well as the type of metal wire to use.

Beyond choosing between aluminium or copper, the wiring expert will understand the difference between stranded and solid wire and will choose the appropriate wire core to use for their chosen project. While solid wire consists of a single metal core, a stranded wire is composed of numerous thinner wires laid together into a cohesive bunch. Both types of wire are appropriate for commercial and residential installation, however each has particular advantages and disadvantages that lead to the choice of one over another for each particular application.

While both types of wire will transmit electricity effectively, each is better suited to specific applications in both residential and commercial uses. Solid wire is the wire of choice for outdoor or rugged-duty applications which may expose the wire to corrosive elements, adverse weather condition or frequent movement. Stranded wire, conversely, serves a better purpose in intricate usages, such as electronic devices and circuit boards, where the wire will be protected but may undergo bending or twisting in order to connect electronic components.

The advantage of solid wire is one of cost, simplicity and durability. Because it is merely a single, thick strand of wire, the wire is very resistant to damage and extremely simple to make. However, for applications which require a great deal of movement — such as robotics or vehicular applications — or will require the wire to be bent into complex shapes — such as electronics and circuit boards — solid wire is undesirable because it lacks the strength and malleability to endure reshaping and motion. On the other hand, stranded wire is well-suited to applications which will demand flexibility and reshaping. For preventing electronic interference, however, stranded wire holds a disadvantage because the air channels between strands magnify the skin effect caused by magnetic fields on the surface of the wire.

In choosing based on cost, initial cost needs to be weighed against long-term durability. While a solid wire initially costs significantly less to purchase than stranded wire, a stranded wire will last longer in environments where motion or frequent alterations to the wiring may occur. All of these factors need to be taken into account before making a decision about the type of wire to choose for an application.

A: Bare Copper Wires vs. Tinned Wires

Copper itself is a great metal choice when it comes to electrical engineering. Everything from your car to your house, even city lights finds its current running through a copper wire or cable. Copper has a great conductivity (second only to silver,) a durable tensile strength and is easy to machine into wire and other specialty wire and cables. For these reasons, copper finds itself being used to create many alloys that are used for electrical work or for machining such as brass, nickel, silver or bronze.

However, even with the fairly high resistance to corrosion that copper has, wet environments or other places with high humidity find things like bare copper wire corroding and losing performance. So items such as solar panels or marine motors can quickly find their bare copper wires sporting some damage. That's where tinned wire comes into play. Tin plating helps to make a sort of specialty wire & cable. Where many plated wires, such as gold or nickel plated wires can be more for cosmetic purposes such as in jewellery wire wrapping, tin is a much more practical choice.

Benefits of Tinned Wire

Tin is a useful plating for copper because it not only , it also helps the wire to last much longer than it would normally. In fact, a 12 gauge tin coated copper wire can last up to ten times longer than a similar helps to boost copper's properties

As tin resists corrosion and doesn't oxidize the plating helps to protect the copper underneath.

This wards off additional wear and tear that would detract years off the life of a bare copper cable.

This is especially so in instances where the operating temperatures of the wire exceed 100 degrees Celsius.

At higher temperatures, the corrosion resistance of copper declines, making a tin coating valuable for protecting the wire in this state.

It is also highly desirable for any marine electronics, and tinned copper is infamous for its uses in marine technologies.

Tinned wires are also desirable for soldering as they make connections and soldering an easy task given tin is a primary component in solder.

Tin also helps to strengthen the copper wire underneath, making it more resilient to breakage or lost connections while also boosting coppers conductivity.

So while tinned copper wire is more expensive than bare copper wire, it is often considered to be a much more prudent expenditure in the long run. Given that simple tin plating can drastically increase the life of copper, as well as ensure its effectiveness in high humidity areas, it pays for itself with strong performance and a lot less maintenance.

A: Heating systems, for example, require a relatively high voltage to ignite the pilot flame, but this is only needed once or twice a day and for a matter of milliseconds. Operators and users are often of the opinion that a cable with a rated voltage class of, for example, U0/U 300/500 V can be briefly supplied with a higher voltage, provided that it does not exceed the specified testing voltage. In such cases, it is very important to note that a cable with a rated voltage class of 300/500 V and a testing voltage of, for example, 4000 V must never be subjected a voltage exceeding the specified rated voltage – not even for a matter of milliseconds! Even if, for example, a voltage of 2500 V occurs just once per day for a single second, the relevant cable, and the core insulation thickness in particular, must be constructed and tested to ensure the appropriate rated voltage. In this particular case, a cable a with a rated voltage class of 1.8/3 kV must be used to safely handle the briefly occurring voltage of 2500 V. The testing voltage listed for a specific product on the catalogue page, particularly in the case of ÖLFLEX® connection and control cables, in no way indicates that the relevant cable can be subjected to higher voltages – no matter how briefly. The withstand or high voltage test is a required element of the final acceptance resp. inspection of each and every cable and only serves as a means of identifying any insulation faults after production.

A: The current transfer raises the temperature of cables and wires on the basis of the current amperage or the selected conductor cross-section. If the current is too high, a cable installed in a room temperature of +20°C can easily reach a surface temperature of +80°C. If the ambient temperature were also to increase significantly, the maximum permissible conductor temperature of the cable would be greatly exceeded. This could result in damage to the core insulation material, the cable sheath and even the copper conductor, or cause the premature failure of these components.

Depending on the applicable standards, the various copper conductor cross-sections are all assigned maximum current ratings. The core insulation material plays little to no part here. What is important is how the cable is installed and whether it is a single core or multicore cable. In accordance with DIN VDE 0298, part 4, table 11 (see catalogue appendix table T12-1), the power rating values specified here apply to an ambient temperature of +30°C.

As per column B of table T12-1, the maximum continuous current that can be supplied to an ÖLFLEX® 450 P 3 G 1.5 cable for hand-held equipment at an ambient temperature of +30°C is 16 A per core (1.5 mm²).
If the ambient temperature rises to +50°C, for example, the so-called “correction resp. reduction factor" comes into play, the aim of which is to reduce the current load on the cable.

The reduction factor to be applied is derived from the prevailing ambient temperature and the maximum permissible conductor temperature of the cable. On the catalogue page for the ÖLFLEX® 450 P cable, the maximum permissible conductor temperature is specified as +70°C. Based on these two temperatures, the reduction factor 0.71 can be read from table T12-2 ("Correction factors") in the catalogue appendix; the maximum current rating is then multiplied by this factor.

If a customer wants to supply for his application a 16 A current to an ÖLFLEX® 450 P 3 G 1.5 mm² cable at an ambient temperature of +50°C, a conductor cross-section of 1.5 mm² will be insufficient!

 Example calculations
ÖLFLEX® 450 P 3 G 1.5 mm²:
Max. load at +30°C as per table T12-1, column B: 16 A
Max. load at +50 ℃ as per table T12-2: 16 A x reduction factor 0.71 = 11.36 A
Result: To be able to conduct a 16 A current at an ambient temperature of +50°C, the conductor cross-section must be increased to a suitable size.

ÖLFLEX® 450 P 3 G 2.5 mm²:
Max. load at +30°C as per table T12-1, column B: 25 A
Max. load at +50 ℃ as per table T12-2: 25 A x reduction factor 0.71 = 17.75 A
Result: Increasing the conductor cross-section from 1.5 mm² to 2.5 mm² produces the required value of 16 A at an ambient temperature of +50°C.

Note that this calculation does not take account of other important factors for the correct determination of cable ampacity, e.g. the type of installation!

The amperage is measured in Ampere (A).

A: There´s a short description of that topic. This is also depending on county specific standards.

The fire loading of a building or compartment is a way of establishing the potential severity of a hypothetical future fire.

It is the heat output per unit floor area, often in kJ/m2, calculated from the calorific value of the materials present. Fire loading is used for evaluating industrial safety risks.

An empty room with cement floor and ceiling, cinderblock walls, and no flammable materials would have approximately zero fire loading; any fire entering such a room from elsewhere will find nothing to feed on. However, nearly anything that makes a room useful (such as furniture, electrical appliances, or computer equipment), or attractive (such as wood panelling, acoustic tile, carpeting, curtains, or wall decorations), will increase the fire loading. Some usages inherently carry high fire loading as a side effect (an art gallery and studio, for example, is likely to contain large amounts of canvas, paints, solvents, and wooden framing). Buildings under construction or renovation tend to carry high fire loads in the form of construction materials, solvents, and fuel for generators.

Usually the fire load only is needed for installation cables in buildings. but could be also interesting for rolling stock to ensure the safety for the passengers etc.

Please see table T27 in our catalogue for Fire load values of cables.

 

A: The conductor resistance of our cables is specified according to  VDE 0295, depending on the cross-section. Please check catalogue appendix T 11.

The temperature dependence is according to the following formula

The Temperature Coefficient of Copper (near room temperature) is +0.393 percent per degree C. This means if the temperature increases 1°C the resistance will increase 0.393%.

Resistance values for conductors at any temperature other than the standard temperature (usually specified at 20 Celsius) on the specific resistance table must be determined through yet another formula:

The "alpha" (α)=0.393

A: Up to a maximum of 1000 N, the operational tensile strain for all cables and wires is calculated as 15 N of tensile load for each mm² of cross-sectional copper area. It is irrelevant whether the cables or wires employed have a solid or flexible conductor, or whether they are intended for fixed or flexible use. During laying or installing of solid conductor core cables, such as NYY for fixed installations, a factor of 50 N/mm² can be used.

Example calculation of maximum tensile load for an ÖLFLEX® CLASSIC 100 5 G 10 mm² (stranded flexible conductor) in operation:
Total copper cross-section: 5 cores x 10 mm² = 50 mm²
Tensile load in Newton: 50 mm² x 15 N = 750 N
Tensile load in kilograms: 750 N : 10 = 75 kg

Calculation of the resulting max. vertical cable suspension length:
Cable weight, version 5 G 10 mm²: 792 kg = 1000 m
Cable length, version 5 G 10 mm²: 75 kg = ??? m
Max. suspension length: (75 x 1000) : 792 = 94.7 m

If a cable features a separate support element, the maximum tensile load specified on the relevant catalogue page applies. Support elements are also required if a lamp, device or control console is to be affixed to a free-hanging cable. In this case, it must be ensured that the combined weights of the cable and the lamp or device do not exceed the maximum recommended tensile strain!

The mechanical tensile strain or force is measured in Newton (N).

A: In outdoor use, cables are subjected to higher levels of UV radiation than when used indoors. They are also exposed to ozone effects and other atmospheric influences. In principle, all plastics are susceptible to oxidation. However, different types of plastic possess varying degrees of UV stability. Light and oxygen cause premature ageing of plastics as a result of photo oxidation. The UV rays contained in sunlight penetrate the molecular chains of the cable jacket. This causes the chains to split and results in the formation of highly reactive radicals, which continue to attack the molecular structure of the plastic. The ultimate consequence of this process is that plastics age and brittle faster in outdoor use. PVC cables in particular are subject to increased wear as the added volatile plasticisers or softeners in the thermoplastic polymer vaporize more quickly. There are a number of ways of protecting plastics against the effects of UV radiation. The material can be shaded from the light or special UV absorbers can be added to filter out the UV rays. The simplest way of making a cable UV-resistant is to add carbon black to the polymer used for the outer jacket, thus coloring it black. This ensures full shading of the jacket material, which results in complete light absorption. The harmful UV rays are absorbed by the carbon particles in the outer jacket and transformed into far less damaging thermal energy. This also prevents the formation of free radicals as well as the occurrence of photo-oxidation. As mentioned above, the different materials possess very different degrees of UV resistance. Some jacket materials display a good level of resistance to ultraviolet rays without the need for black coloration. Most of these substances are not thermoplastic polymers, which often require the addition of plasticisers, but belong to the group of cross-linked elastomers or TPE types. Non-black-colored PUR cables, for example, may fade or whiten in outdoor use, but usually maintain their flexibility and mechanical stability. Silicone cables without black-colored jackets, like the ÖLFLEX® HEAT 180, also possess a good level of UV resistance. However, such cables are only suitable for temperate climates. If used in locations with persistently high levels of UV radiation (coastal areas, deserts, oceans, high mountains, Polar Regions and areas with very high UV radiation such as South Australia or New Zealand), these cables should also be encased in a black, carbonized outer jacket.

A: The bending radii of cables are defined according to their installation type. In the case of fixed or static installation, a smaller bending radius can be chosen than would be required for flexible applications since the cable is only bent once in the former case. In the cable industry, we generally distinguish between three installation types: Fixed installation: The cables are installed statically, in cable ducts for instance, where they are fixed and immovable. In this case, there should be no movement or vibrations during operation. The cables can therefore be bent more sharply and usually subjected to somewhat higher or lower ambient temperatures than in the case of flexible applications. Highly flexible application (e.g. permanent bending in drag chain): The bending radii specified for ÖLFLEX® and UNITRONIC® FD cables are always based on continuous flexible use in the energy supply chain. Even though all drag chains vary and have different parameters, it is possible to use the relevant bending radius, acceleration and travel to make an educated assessment as to a cable's suitability for the intended application. These specifications provide a relatively clear impression of the exact application planned by the customer. Flexible application (occasional flexing): Unfortunately, no exact definitions exist for this installation type, unlike for the fixed and highly flexible options. How often and how sharply a cable is bent in the customer's application varies from case to case. In order to reflect as many applications as possible, a relatively high bending radius is specified for this installation type. It is then largely irrelevant whether the cable is bent just once per day or moved more often, e.g. in the case of a connecting cable for a portable device that is unplugged/plugged in multiple times over the course of a day. However, to avoid situations where cables that are not designed for highly flexible drag chain use are subjected to permanent bending outside the energy supply chain, the property "occasional flexing" is used on many of our catalogue pages. This reduces the danger of cables being used in continuous flexible applications for which they are not intended.

A: Virtually all ÖLFLEX® connection and control cables are screened with tin-plated copper braiding. UNITRONIC® data cables are screened with copper braids and aluminium-laminated synthetic foils, which are generally wrapped around the core bundle in overlapping spirals. Some data cables, such as the UNITRONIC® Li2YCY PiMF or ETHERLINE® Cat.5, actually feature both an aluminium foil and an additional copper braid. Copper braids primarily protect the cable against inductive coupling in the low frequency range in which virtually all connecting and control cables operate. If, for example, a UNITRONIC® data cable is installed in the direct vicinity of an ÖLFLEX® connecting cable that may not have copper screen braiding, the data cable should be protected against inductive interference from the connection cable by means of a screening braid. The same applies if a connecting cable is installed in the proximity of an insufficiently shielded or EMC-compliant machine or in the vicinity of an electric motor, which can also generate fields of inductive interference. Aluminium foils are primarily used in data cables, as data is generally transferred at very high frequencies, thus necessitating protection against capacitive coupling. The so-called coupling resistance and the transfer impedance act as indicators of the shielding performance – the lower the measured transfer impedance, the greater the effectiveness of the cable screening. Of course, the best results are achieved by combining a foil shield with copper screen braiding. The disadvantage is that the aluminium foil laminate makes the cable quite stiff and inflexible, meaning that it is mostly only really suitable for fixed installations in conventional cable construction design. Frequent movement of the cable can quickly tear or displace the sensitive foil shield, which will have a negative impact on screening performance.

A: The rated voltage of a cable is the voltage on which the construction and testing of the cable is based in the context of electrical inspections. It is specified in the form of two voltage values: U0/U.
Many ÖLFLEX® connection and control cables have a rated voltage of U0/U 300/500 V.

• U0 is the rms-value (root mean square) of the voltage between a live conductor (core) and the earth (ground).

The earth can be a metallic cable sheath (copper braid) or an earthed surrounding medium such as the metal casing of a device or control cabinet.

The U0 value is lower than the U value, as there is as electrical separation only one layer of insulation between the live copper conductor and surrounding metallic medium.

• U is the rms-value of the voltage between 2 live conductors (cores) of a multi cored cable or within a system of single cores.

The U value is higher than the U0 value since there are always as electrical separation two layers of insulation between two live copper conductors in a multi-core cable or between two single cores in a switch cabinet.

The electrical voltage is measured in Volt (V).

A: OM1 (62.5/125) Multi mode.

Below are FO 50 / 125 Multi mode

OM2 is 50mm first version
OM3 is 50mm Laser Optimized for higher bandwidth/transmission rates
OM4 is basically OM3 with longer distance capabilities

Note : OS2 is 9/125 single mode

OM1 (62.5/125) should be all but obsolete now save for legacy installations seeing as OM2 offers twice the bandwidth of OM1 and is at a better price-point. OM1's only boast of supporting 10Mb farther than OM2. However, nobody is pushing 10Mb in the backbone these days.

All of OM2, OM3, and OM4 will support 1Gb/s & 10Gb/s. The question you need to ask is how far you plan to run the said protocol. OM3 & OM4 have been optimized for VCSEL-based optical transmission. OM3 is characteristically guaranteed to support 10Gb/s to 300m and OM4 to a minimum of 550m with some mfgs boasting longer distances.

However, with 40G and 100G around the corner, Recommended OM3 at a minimum and OM4 can fit in budget. It could save an upgrade 5-10 years down the road.

OM3 and OM4 Fiber Optic Cable : With each passing year demand for higher data rates in data center environments grow. More and more sophisticated equipment is introduced into the marketplace and more users need access to data center services. Today, we are able to transmit data within the data center at 10 Gig / second using multimode fiber.

While this seems like an enormous transmission rate, user demand will catch up with it fairly quickly. Thankfully technologies are emerging that will allow transfer rates of up to 100 Gig / second in the data center. Also on the horizon are 10 Gig / second data rates to the desktop. As demand for service grows so must the transmission standard. These new increased data rates will require cleaner signals for transmission of laser pulses on multimode fiber.

Introduction of Laser Optimized Fiber

Standard, Non-Laser Optimized Multimode fiber, typically is manufactured with an optical defect in the centre of the core. While this defect is not detrimental to the transmission of light emitted by LED’s, coherent light emitted by lasers is greatly affected. In order to efficiently transmit laser light through multimode cable one must use a mode conditioning cable. These costly patch cables offset the launch of the laser to avoid the center defect. In the early 2000’s optical fiber manufactures began producing fiber without the center defect… Laser Optimized Multimode Fiber was born. OM3 was the first standard to emerge, codifying laser optimization of multimode fiber. This technology was the first to allow designs of laser transmission systems utilizing multimode optical fiber without the use of mode conditioning cables. This new fiber when paired with new low cost Vertical-cavity surface-emitting laser technology allowed for 10 Gig transmission.

OM3 vs OM4

OM4 fiber has been on the market since 2005, sold as premium OM3 or OM3+ fiber. The OM4 designation standardizes the nomenclature across all manufacturers so that the customer has a clearer idea of the product that they are buying. OM4 is completely backwards compatible with OM3 fiber and shares the same distinctive aqua jacket. OM4 was developed specifically for VSCEL laser transmission and allows 10 Gig / second link distances of up to 550 Meters (compared to 300M with OM3).

The effective modal bandwidth for OM4 is more than double that of OM3 (4700 MHz.km for OM4 v/s 2000 MHz.km for OM3).

While OM3 fiber will still be future proof in most applications, allowing speeds of 10GB/s up to 100GB/s, OM4 fiber offers users longer length distances and more wiggle room in optical budgets

For more information on our FO cable pls use below link.

products.lappgroup.com/products/optical-transmission-systems/for-communication-technology/gof-cables.html

A: For Ethernet transmission, there are some standards like ISO11801 which defined the transmission categories like Cat.5, Cat.6 or Cat.7.

In former times there were no transmission categories for Cat.6 for higher frequency. Therefore some companies created the category of Cat.6e. But since 2002 there is a new category for 500 MHz transmission frequency and this is called Cat.6A. So the old Cat.6e is not relevant anymore or means that this was never a right transmission class standardised in a standard.

For Cat.6A: You have to care for the right writing. Because Cat.6A is a transmission category out of the North American Standard (EIA/TIA 568) and Cat.6A is out of the European and international standard ISO.

So our components (either cables or connectors) are suitable for the European standard Cat. 6A.

Q: A fast connect cable has an inner sheath.

The problem is, when you have to connect the cable with a connector, you have to strip the outer sheath in a special length, than you have to cut the copper braiding in a special length, so that it fits to the connect.

The fast connect is a standard. So it means, when you prepare the cable for connecting, the distance between cores and shielding and the distance between shielding and jacket is standardized.

If you use a Fast Connect cable, you can use the easy stripping tool where you have to knives in. And this stripping tool cuts the jacket and the copper braid shielding in the correct distance and you have only one step to prepare the cable for a FC connector.

The advantage is that on the one hand, you and our customers can save time for connecting the cable with the connector. But on the other hand you have to take care, that the connector is also a FC one.

But for FC connectors fast connect means also not to strip the insulation of the cores. The fast connect cable have a special insulation for connecting the cable with an IDC technique.

A: No! This could easily result in fires or lethal electric shocks! Data network cables and power cables are subject to completely different design and test standards. The main difference lies in the core insulation strength. UNITRONIC® data cables are typically used in data networks with a voltage range of 6 to 48 V. ÖLFLEX® connection and control cables, on the other hand, are predominantly used for devices with a 230 V mains voltage (e.g. drills, lawnmowers etc.) or for machines in power or three-phase networks, e.g. U0/U 300/500 V or 600/1000 V. Since the size of the voltage is directly connected to the strength of the core insulation, this represents the greatest difference between data and power cables. To be able to cope with voltage ranges of U0/U 300/500 V, the core insulation of an ÖLFLEX® CLASSIC 100 power cable, for example, is on average 50-70% thicker than that of a UNITRONIC® LiYY data cable. It is possible for voltage peaks of 250 V to occur in data networks. However, under no circumstances must this voltage be equated with a stabilized alternating current of 230 V at 50 Hz supplied from a mains power socket! Using a data cable in this case would carry a very high risk of cable fires or electrocution resulting from the insufficient strength of the core insulation! The dielectric strength of data cables is generally only checked with 1200 to 1500 V for one minute periods. Connection and control cables, on the other hand, are tested with 4000 V for periods of 15 minutes. Indirect connection of data cables to the power network is only possible if a transformer is used to convert the mains voltage to the permissible low voltage of the operated device (e.g. a laptop or model railway). In this case, it must be ensured that an ÖLFLEX® cable with the appropriate voltage class (e.g. U0/U 300/500 V) is used to connect the transformer to the mains supply and that the UNITRONIC® data cable is only used to link the relevant device with the transformer. The electrical voltage is measured in Volt (V).

: It is possible to measure the capacitance (C), inductance (L) and impedance (Z) on a cable drum or to calculate these values on the basis of specific key data. Calculations can be performed for virtually all ÖLFLEX® cables, but the values must be determined separately for each individual product article.

Calculations are only possible if the following data is known:

• Cable product and dimension
• Exact dielectric constant of core insulation material
• Diameter of copper conductor
• Wall thickness of core insulation

Accurate calculations are only possible if the relevant cable was produced in one of our own Lapp factories, meaning that all the above values are available.
The capacitance, inductance and impedance of many ÖLFLEX® products have already been established in the past and can be obtained on request from the PDC Technology department.

The electrical capacitance is measured in Farad (F).
The inductance is measured in Henry (H).
The impedance is measured in Ohm (Ω).

A: Extension and compensating cables are connected to thermocouples, which always contain two different metal wires that are insulated from one another. The greater the price or quality of the metal wires in the thermocouple, the more accurately higher temperatures can be measured. By welding the two wires together to form a measuring point, the prevailing temperature of a medium can be determined on the basis of the "Seebeck effect". If the temperature between the measuring point on the thermocouple and the comparison point (cold junction) varies while the applied temperature remains constant (e.g. 0°C), this represents a very low thermoelectric potential in the microvolt range; a specific temperature value can be assigned to this voltage, depending on its size.

The most common metal combinations used in thermocouples are Fe/CuNi (iron/cupro-nickel), NiCr/Ni (nichrome/nickel) and PtRh/Pt (platinum-rhodium/platinum).

Extension cables always include identical conductor alloys like the metal alloy wires used in the thermocouple.
Fe/CuNi (iron/cupro-nickel) is a typical example of a extension cable as the metals and alloys employed (also known as constantan) are widely available and relatively affordable.

The conductor materials of compensating cables are not identical to the metal wires in the thermocouple, but instead use completely different metal combinations.

PtRh/Pt is one typical combination used in compensating cables. Unlike with thermocouples, it is obviously not possible to use kilometres of real platinum and purest rhodium as a core conductor material. The resulting cable drum would probably cost several million Euro! For this reason, the industry employs compensating metals, which offer virtually the same thermoelectric properties as the original thermocouple material, but at a fraction of the cost. A compensating cable for a platinum-rhodium/platinum thermocouple actually contains copper/cupro-nickel conductor alloys. In the case of cables for NiCr/Ni thermocouples, the customer can choose between expensive extension cable versions or cheaper compensating cable versions, whereby the measuring tolerance and accuracy can vary accordingly.

The decision if a extension or compensating cable should be used must always be made by the customer on the basis of his intended application. As a cable manufacturer, we can only offer limited advice in this regard.

A: No, extension or compensating can´t be used in combination with a Pt 100/Pt 1000 temperature probe.

There are two very different ways of performing temperature measurements:

Temperature measurement with a "Pt100/Pt1000 temperature probe or resistance thermometer":

The measurement of temperatures using resistance thermometers is based on the fact that all conductors and semiconductors alter their electrical resistance in line with the current temperature. The Pt100 and Pt1000 sensors are widely used temperature probes that measure changes in resistance of a platinum element at different temperatures. Highly accurate measurements between -200 ℃ and +850°C are often based on the change in electrical resistance of a platinum wire or layer. Unlike with sheathed thermocouples, no so-called extension or compensating cables are used to connect resistance thermometers. Ordinary copper conductors are used instead.

Temperature measurement with a "thermocouple or sheathed thermocouple":

A thermocouple comprises two electrical conductors made of different metals, which are connected at one end (measuring point). The two open ends form the comparison point. In the case of sheathed thermocouples, the two conductors are enclosed in a protective tube, usually made of steel. Thermocouples can measure somewhat higher temperatures (> 1600°C) than resistance thermometers and offer faster response times. Extension and compensating cables are effectively used to extend the thermocouple. The cables are usually connected to a display device, e.g. a galvanometer or an electronic measuring instrument, via a temperature comparison point.

A: A number of ignition protection types exist to eliminate the dangers posed, for example, by ignitable sparks in explosive atmospheres. As well as for instance the use of pressure-resistant engine casings (ignition protection type d “drive enclosure”), this also includes amongst others intrinsic safety (ignition protection type i “intrinsic safety”). Intrinsic safety is a technical property, in which special construction principles are applied to prevent the occurrence of dangerous situations, even in the event of a fault. Electrical or electronic devices with ignition protection type "i" are used especially in explosive atmospheres for measurement and control purposes. Power is supplied to electrical equipment via a safety barrier, which limits the voltage and current such that the minimum ignition energy and temperature of an explosive gas, dust or vapour mixture is never reached. Intrinsically safe circuits are therefore used in explosive environments in which no sparks or thermal effects must occur that may ignite an explosive atmosphere. The operating voltage and current must not generate sufficient energy to cause an explosion.

A: In most cases, customers simply ask whether our cables and wires are free of silicone. What is actually being queried is whether the cables are free of "PWIS" (paint-wetting impairment substances), as silicone is not the only substance that can impede paint-coating. The main PWIS are silicones, paraffin, oils and greases. Cables and wires that contain such substances should not come into contact with any parts to be painted. The storage of such products in paint shops can also be problematic, even if there is no direct contact with unpainted work pieces; this is because substances like silicone in particular emit a lot of gas, which can settle on unpainted parts or even contaminate entire priming paint baths. The undesired consequence is that the paint fails to bond with the PWIS-contaminated sections of the work piece, resulting in the dreaded circular "craters" or "pinpricks" on the painted surface. Therefore, products containing silicone are strictly prohibited in such applications. In most cases, this restriction not only applies to cables and wires, but also to cable glands, connectors, protective conduits and other accessories. Lapp Kabel can confirm that especially the ÖLFLEX® and UNITRONIC® cables which were tested in our own laboratory are free of PWIS. However, this confirmation only applies to the materials used during product manufacture. It does not cover the potential risk of subsequent contamination with paint-impeding substances when the products are handled during transport, storage and further processing. Additional information, a list of all PWIS-inspected Lapp cable products and a pre-defined confirmation letter can be found at the following link: LABS-PWIS

Ano, můžete. Po přihlášení do prostředí MY LAPP najdete v sekci Nákupní košík kolonku "Vaše číslo objednávky". Tam můžete zadat Vaše interní číslo objednávky, popř. i její víceslovný název. Toto číslo/název objednávky se následně propíše do všech dokumentů, které s danou cenovou nabídkou souvisí, i do vytištěné nabídky.

Ano, je to možné při tisknutí nákupního koše. Při objednávce ve 3. kroku (Cena a termín dodání) najdete vpravo dole možnost "Vytisknout nákupní koš". Po kliknutí na tlačítko se otevřou možnosti tisku - zde místo konkrétní tiskárny vyberete možnost "Uložit do PDF".

Die Anwendung von Kabel und Leitungen (K&L) in Bauwerken ist praktisch so alt wie die Übertragung elektrischer Energie selbst. Die Einordnung  von K&L als Bauprodukt hat aber erst mit der Wirksamkeit der  (CPR) Verordnung (EU) Nr. 305/2011 im Juli 2013 und der Veröffentlichung der europäischen Norm EN 50575 im September 2014 entscheidend an Fahrt gewonnen.

Die  Regeln zur Einordnung von jeweiligen Bauprodukt -K&L in Leistungsklassen,  die Produktkennzeichnung und die zugehörige  Dokumentation  sind oft nur  unzureichend bekannt. Lapp Kabel möchte hier einen Beitrag leisten, der Hersteller, Händler und Anwender gleichermaßen betrifft.  

Dieses FAQ bezieht sich auf K&L im Anwendungsbereich einer harmonisierten Norm, nämlich  EN 50575:2014+ A1:2016

U.I. Lapp GmbH, Produktmanagement, März 2017

Im Deutschen: K& L für ‚Kabel und Leitungen‘;  im Englischen spricht man nur von  ‚Cables‘.

In diesem FAQ wird  die Abkürzung  zusammenfassend für die im Anwendungsbereich von EN 50575 angeführten  ‚K&L‘  zur Elektrizitätsversorgung und für Steuer- und Kommunikationszwecke im Bauwesen verwendet.

Zumindest diese Dokumente sollte man gut kennen:

1.

305/2011/EU – dies betrifft alle Bauprodukte; hier kurz: 305/ 2011
Construction Product Regulation (CPR)  …harmonised conditions for the marketing of construction products

Bauprodukten-Verordnung (BauPVO) … harmonisierter Bedingungen für die Vermarktung von Bauprodukten

2.

EN 50575:2014 + A1:2016 – dies betrifft Kabel und Leitungen (K&L); hier kurz: EN 50575
Harmonised standard: Power, control  and communication cables  – Cables for general applications in construction works subject to reaction to fire requirements.

Harmonisierte Norm: Starkstromkabel und -leitungen, Steuer- und Kommunikationskabel  – Kabel und Leitungen für allgemeine Anwendungen in Bauwerken in Bezug auf die Anforderungen an das Brandverhalten.

Als DIN-Norm:  DIN EN 50575 (VDE 0482-575):2017-02

Ab dem 1. Juli 2017 muss die EN 50575 angewendet werden, wenn sogenannten Wirtschaftsakteure Kabel und Leitungen (K&L) als Bauprodukt in den Verkehr bringen. Siehe auch: Was bedeutet „Inverkehrbringen“ ?

305/2011 definiert in Artikel 2, 17 „Inverkehrbringen“  als die erstmalige Bereitstellung eines Bauprodukts auf dem Markt der Union; dies ist bedeutsam in Bezug auf Lagerbestände mit Kauf/ Einlagerung vor dem 1.Juli 2017 und Verkauf/ Auslagerung danach. Siehe auch: Was bedeutet „Nachetikettieren“ ?

305/2011 definiert sog. Wirtschaftsakteure; diese unterliegen jeweils unterschiedlichen Pflichten.

„Hersteller“ ist jede natürliche oder juristische Person, die ein Bauprodukt herstellt beziehungsweise entwickeln oder herstellen lässt und dieses Produkt unter ihrem eigenen Namen oder ihrer eigenen Marke vermarktet.

„Importeur“ ist jede in der Union ansässige natürliche oder juristische Person, die ein Bauprodukt aus einem Drittstaat auf dem Markt der Union in Verkehr bringt.

„Händler“ ist jede natürliche oder juristische Person in der Lieferkette außer dem Hersteller oder Importeur, die ein Bauprodukt auf dem Markt bereitstellt.

Lapp Kabel ist  Hersteller von Produkten der Marken ÖLFLEX®, UNITRONIC®, ETHERLINE®, HITRONIC® und vermarktet weitere Produkte unter dem Namen ‚Lapp‘.

CP = Construction Products (Bauprodukte);  R = Regulation;

CPR steht als Abkürzung für eine Verordnung (Regulation) für die  Mitgliedsstaaten. Im Deutschen spricht man von Bauprodukten-Verordnung (BauPVO).  Im englischen Wortlaut:

REGULATION (EU) No 305/2011 OF THE EUROPEAN PARLIAMENT AND OF THE COUNCIL of 9 March 2011

laying down harmonised conditions for the marketing of construction products and repealing Council Directive 89/106/EEC

Zu den harmonisierten Bedingungen gehört auch die Beseitigung technischer Hemmnisse im Bausektor durch harmonisierte technische Spezifikationen, anhand derer die Leistung von Bauprodukten bewertet wird.

Die Bauprodukte sind in Produktbereiche geteilt; die Verordnung führt im Anhang IV dabei auch Strom-, Steuer- und Kommunikationskabel auf. Die diesbzgl. harmonisierte technische Spezifikation wurde entsprechend eines EU-Mandats erstellt und liegt als EN 50575 vor.

305/2011,  2.1.  (gekürzt):  …jedes Produkt, das  hergestellt und in Verkehr gebracht wird, um dauerhaft in Bauwerke  (Bauten sowohl des  Hochbaus  als  auch des Tiefbaus ) eingebaut zu werden, und dessen Leistung sich auf die Leistung des Bauwerks im Hinblick auf die Grundanforderungen an Bauwerke auswirkt…

In Anhang I sind Grundanforderungen aufgeführt. Dazu gehört Brandschutz.

Bekannt sind Bauprodukte wie Beton und Stahl, Dämmstoffe, Türen und Bodenbeläge. Nun gehören auch Strom-, Steuer-und Kommunikationskabel dazu. Das bei Prüfung gezeigte Brandverhalten ist entscheidend für die Klassifizierung.

Der Begriff ‚Brandschutzkabel‘ wird  in der Bauproduktenverordnung und der zugehörigen harmonisierten technischen Norm nicht geführt. Es ist im allgemeinen Verständnis ein Branchenbegriff für Kabel, die im Brandfall weniger Rauch und giftige Gase verursachen. 

Entscheidend ist aber eine transparente und nachvollziehbare  Leistungserklärung zu wesentlichen Merkmalen und die kann und muss auch für Kabel getroffen werden, die mehr Rauch / Gase verursachen und die als Bauprodukt vermarktet werden. Siehe auch: Welche Kabel …sind betroffen ?

Lapp Produkte, die als Bauprodukt verwendet werden könnten, liegen im Anwendungsbereich von EN 50575. Dies sind Starkstromkabel und –leitungen, Steuerleitungen, Kommunikationskabel, Lichtwellenleiterkabel und Hybridkabel, welche eine Kombination von zwei oder mehreren dieser Kabel- und Leitungstypen sind.

Betroffen sind auch isolierte Leiter (Einzeladern). EN 50575 gilt, wenn die Kabel als Bauprodukt vermarktet werden, um dauerhaft in Bauwerke eingebaut zu werden. Kabel, die mit ein- oder zweiseitig angebrachten Steckvorrichtungen in den Verkehr gebracht werden, werden nicht dauerhaft eingebaut. EN 50575 nimmt auch ausdrücklich sogenannte Sicherheitskabel aus, also K&L für Kontinuität der Strom- und/oder Signalversorgung im Brandfall. (Normenverweis: Funktionserhalt nach DIN 4102-12)

Es gibt sehr klare Fälle im Lapp Kabel Angebot – dazu gehören Installationsleitungen. Das Paradebeispiel ist  die PVC-Installationsleitung NYM nach DIN VDE 0250-204. Allgemein gibt  DIN VDE 0298-3 (VDE 0298-3):2006-06 mit Tabelle 4, Leitungen für feste Verlegung einen guten und breiten Überblick der betroffenen (N)- Bauarten.

Besonderer Bedeutung haben auch LAN-Kabel für die strukturierte Gebäudeverkabelung.

Hinzu kommen K&L, die nicht exklusiv für die  Installation in Bauwerken bestimmt sind, die aber mit geringer Brandfortleitung und  reduzierter Rauch/ Gasentwicklung zu den sogenannten Brandschutzkabeln gezählt werden. Lapp Kabel Beispiele sind ÖLFLEX® CLASSIC 100 H, ÖLFLEX® CLASSIC 110 H oder ÖLFLEX® HEAT 125 MC.

Ja, diese Liste ist auf  www.lappkabel.de/cpr vorübergehend verfügbar. Die Artikel sind auf das sogenannte‚ CPR-Package‘ verlinkt. In absehbarer Zeit werden CPR-Artikel in Katalogen einfach auffindbar sein. 

CPR-Package ist ein .zip-Download, der über den  Produktnamen oder die Lapp Artikelnummer auf www.lappkabel.de/cpr aufgerufen werden kann. Der Download enthält besonders die Leistungserklärung (DoP) und die Zuordung zum Produkttyp und Etiketten.

Lapp Kabel klassifiziert Bestandsprodukte. Damit sind technische Prüfungen und administrative Prozeduren verbunden. Die Produkte selbst werden dadurch nicht verändert. Die Artikelnummer bleibt unverändert bestehen.  

Neuprodukte und neue Artikelnummern werden in den Vordergrund treten, wenn die Anwendung von K&L als Bauprodukt weitergehend konkretisiert wird und von den  Baubehörden in deren (lokales) Vorschriftwerk übernommen wird.

Lapp Kabel konzentriert sich  auf die  Klassen B2ca, Cca, Dca, Eca im Anwendungsbereich von  EN 50575.

Die Anwendung von Bauprodukten (Kabeln und Leitungen) mit diesen Klassen in Bauwerken ist in den Mitgliedsländern noch nicht abschließend geregelt. Es werden auch unterschiedliche Festlegungen erwartet.

Lapp Kabel bereitet sich darauf vor, zum Ende der sog. Koexistenzperiode am 1.Juli 2017 K&L, die als Bauprodukt in Frage kommen, mit zugehöriger CE-Kennzeichnung in den Verkehr zu bringen. Dies  sind K&L wie z.B. ÖLFLEX® CLASSIC 110 H oder ÖLFLEX® HEAT 125 MC als Vertreter der Klassen B2ca und Cca. 

Es ist zu erwarten, daß diese Klassen bevorzugt in Fluchtwegen Verwendung finden (Siehe  auch Empfehlungen in Vornorm  DIN VDE V 0250-10). Die Klassen Dca und Eca  finden dann sonstige Verwendung. Typische Vertreter von Eca  sind ÖLFLEX®CLASSIC 110 und UNITRONIC®LiYY.

Beispiel: Hat ein Kabel mit nachgewiesener Brandklasse B2ca auch die (niederen) Klassen Cca oder Dca?

Kann der Hersteller eine entsprechende Leistungserklärung ohne weiteres ausstellen?

Nein, die jeweils angegebene Brandklasse muss zwingend aus entsprechenden (Prüf)Unterlagen abgeleitet

werden können.

Eine ‘Rückwärtskompatibilität’ ist nicht möglich!

K&L, die Lapp Kabel als Bauprodukt vermarktet,  werden mit Artikel(Bestell)nummern  auf https://www.lappkabel.de/cpr geführt - jeweils mit Link zur Hersteller-Leistungserklärung (DoP). Zum Produkt selbst gehört eine CE-Kennzeichnung in Form eines Etiketts mit Zusatzangaben.

In den Auftragspapieren  wird  bei den betreffenden Positionen/ Artikeln  auf   www.lappkabel.de/cpr  und  die  Händler-Pflicht zur CE-Kontinuität verwiesen. Sie he auch: Was bedeutet „Nachetikettieren für CE-Kontinuität“  für d. Lapp Kunden?

Die Leistungserklärung (Declaration of Performance) wird vom Hersteller eines Produktes erstellt. Jede DoP hat eine eindeutige Dokumentnummer. Diese Nummer wird auch bei der CE-Kennzeichnung am Bauprodukt angeführt.

Die notwendigen Inhalte sind in EN 50575 festgelegt. Dazu gehört auch besonders:

• Eindeutige  Kennnummer des  Produkttyps;  siehe auch: Was ist ein “Produkttyp“?
• Identifizierung des Herstellers mit Name und Adresse - also z.B. U.I.Lapp GmbH, 70565 Stuttgart …
• Erklärte Leistung - also z.B. Klasse des  Brandverhaltens: Cca-s2-d2-a1

Siehe auch: Wie erkenne ich ein Lapp Kabel Produkt als Bauprodukt?

Die Leistungserklärung ist vorausgesetzt zur CE-Kennzeichnung.

Wesentliche  Eigenschaften  werden in EN 50575, Anhang ZZ genannt. Sie dienen der Erfüllung von 305/2011, Anhang I – Grundanforderungen  an Bauwerke. Zu den wesentlichen Eigenschaften wird die Leistung in der DoP bestätigt/ erklärt. Es sind im Einzelnen:

1.

Brandverhalten nach EN 13501-6, Klassifizierung mit d. Ergebnissen aus d. Prüfungen zum Brandverhalten von elektrischen Kabeln

2.

Freisetzung von gefährlichen Stoffen

2a.)

Bauprodukte fallen unter die REACH Verordnung 1907/2006 , die für chemische Stoffe in der EU gilt. 

Dies sind besonders  REACH, Anhang XVII (gefährliche Stoffe), REACH, Anhang XIV (zulassungspflichtige Stoffe) und  REACH, SVHC (Kandidaten  zur Aufnahme in Anhang XIV), die ggf . auch in der DoP genannt werden.

2b.)

EN 50575, 4.2 erwähnt die Bedeutung zusätzlicher nationaler Vorschriften in der EU bzgl. K&L als Bauprodukt und den derzeitigen Mangel  europäisch harmonisierter Prüfverfahren. In den DoP von Lapp Kabel  ist  auch deshalb in der Regel unter 2. ‘NPD’ (no performance determined) ausgewiesen.

Die Abkürzung wird in 305/ 2011 definiert: „NPD“ (No Performance Determined/keine Leistung festgelegt) …für die aufgelisteten Wesentlichen Merkmale, für die keine Leistung erklärt wird…

Siehe auch: „Was sind wesentliche Eigenschaften?“

Die Leistungserklärungen sind als Download auf  https://www.lappkabel.de/cpr  verfügbar. Siehe auch: ‘Was ist das CPR-Package?’

Allgemein: Aus VERORDNUNG (EG) Nr. 765/2008, Artikel 30:

Die CE-Kennzeichnung ist die einzige Kennzeichnung, die die Konformität des Produkts mit den geltenden Anforderungen

der einschlägigen Harmonisierungsrechtsvorschriften der Gemeinschaft, die ihre Anbringung vorschreiben, bescheinigt.

Bekanntes Beispiel: Für K&L gilt oft RICHTLINIE 2014/35/EU (Niederspannungsrichtlinie). Lapp Kabel erstellt als  Hersteller  eine  EU-Konformitätserklärung . Das CE–Kennzeichen steht in der Regel auf  dem Produkt-Ident-Etikett, das auf der Produktoberfläche oder der Verpackung/dem Gebinde angebracht ist.  Das  CE-Kennzeichen trägt keine Zusätze.

Siehe  demgegenüber aber:  ‚Die CE-Kennzeichnung von Bauprodukten…‘

Die CE-Kennzeichnung von Bauprodukten geht über die  allgemeinen Grundsätzen  d. Verordnung (EG) Nr. 765/2008 hinaus.

Wenn K&L (zusätzlich) als Bauprodukt  nach 305/2011  vermarktet werden, müssen auch Zusatzangaben angebracht werden. Zusatzangaben sind z.B. Leistungsklasse,  Referenznummer der Leistungserklärung, …

305/2011, Artikel 8, 2. - Die CE-Kennzeichnung wird an denjenigen Bauprodukten angebracht, für die der Hersteller eine Leistungserklärung erstellt hat.

305/2011, Artikel 9, 1 - Die CE-Kennzeichnung wird gut sichtbar, leserlich und dauerhaft auf dem Bauprodukt oder einem daran befestigten Etikett angebracht. Falls die Art des Produkts dies nicht zulässt oder nicht rechtfertigt, wird sie auf der Verpackung oder den Begleitunterlagen angebracht.

Lapp Kabel  bringt die Zusatzangaben mit einem Zusatzetikett am Bauprodukt/ Verpackung/ Gebinde an.

305/2011, Artikel 9, 3. Die CE-Kennzeichnung wird vor dem Inverkehrbringen des Bauprodukts angebracht.

305/2011, Artikel 11, 1. -  Es gehört  zu den Pflichten des  Herstellers, die CE-Kennzeichnung  anzubringen oder  anbringen zu lassen .

305/2011, Artikel 14, 2 - Bevor sie ein Bauprodukt auf dem Markt bereitstellen, vergewissern sich die Händler, dass das Produkt, soweit erforderlich, mit der CE-Kennzeichnung versehen ist.

Die CE-Kennzeichnung ist bei entsprechenden Produkten, die die Anforderungen erfüllen, obligatorisch. Anders herum ist die Anbringung der CE-Kennzeichnung untersagt, wenn  Anforderungen nicht erfüllt sind.

In der Leistungserklärung wird die  ‚eindeutige Kennnummer des Produkttyps‘  angeführt. Sie erscheint auch bei der CE-Kennzeichnung/ Etikettierung.  305/2011, Artikel  2, 9  liefert dazu eine  eher schwer lesbare  Begriffsbestimmung.

Deshalb besser ein Beispiel: Die Lapp Kabel Produkte ‚ÖLFLEX®CLASSIC 100 450/ 750V‘ und ‚ÖLFLEX®CLASSIC 100 YELLOW‘ werden  unter einem Produkttyp mit der Kennnummer ‚OELFLEX_CLASSIC_100-1‘ zusammen gefasst.

Diese Kennnummer ist einzigartig und wird  sowohl  in der  zugehörigen (einzigartigen) Leistungserklärung geführt als  auch auf den Etiketten (CE-Kennzeichnung), die an den einzelnen Gebinden angebracht sind. Die  Leistungserklärung beschreibt das Brandverhalten mit ‚Eca‘.

Die Produkte ‚ÖLFLEX®CLASSIC 100 450/ 750V‘ und ‚ÖLFLEX®CLASSIC 100 YELLOW‘ wurden von Lapp Kabel hier als Familie definiert, weil nicht nur die wesentliche Merkmale und die Leistung gleich sind sondern auch  die Bauart der Kabel und der Leiter. Ebenfalls gleich sind Nennspannung und wesentliche Materialien.

Auf  www.lappkabel.de/cpr  sind  (Bestell)Artikelnummern von  ‚ÖLFLEX®CLASSIC 100 450/ 750V‘ und‚ ÖLFLEX®CLASSIC 100 YELLOW‘  der Produkttyp-Kennnummer zugeordnet.

Dies bezieht sich auf  die CE-Kennzeichnung unter CPR, die das CE-Zeichen selbst und Zusatzangaben umfasst. Diese CE-Kennzeichnung wird in der Regel auf einem Etikett am Produkt angebracht.

Nachetikettieren von Ware in der Handelskette zur Erfüllung der CE – Kennzeichnungspflicht:

Bei Kabel und Leitungen werden die  Gebinde(Längen), die vom Hersteller in den Verkehr gebracht werden, oft in der Handelskette gestückelt, d.h. in kleineren Gebinden(Längen) weiterverkauft.

Mit den oben genannten Pflichten muss der Hersteller den Händler in die Lage versetzen, die CE-Kennzeichnung auf der gestückelten Ware anzubringen.

Der Händler ist zur Ausführung verpflichtet. 305/ 2011,  14,2

Das CPR-Package auf  https://www.lappkabel.de/cpr  enthält Lapp Kabel Etiketten-Schablonen in 3 unterschiedlichen Abmessungen. Siehe auch: „Was ist das CPR-Package?“

Der QR-Code kodiert die URL  www.lappkabel.de/cpr.

Die Webseite hat einen Sprachenschalter DE/ EN.

Wenn Sie sich weiteres selbst erarbeiten möchten, dann ist unsere Empfehlung:

https://www.dibt.de/en/Departments/Section_P3.html

Lapp Kabel hilft gern unter info@lappkabel.de oder im Telefonkontakt mit Ihrer lokalen Vertriebsstelle.

Im überarbeiteten techn. Anhang T14  des Lapp Kabel Hauptkataloges wird eine Übersicht von K&L als Bauprodukt geführt.

Pokud budete chtít najít více informací k tomuto tématu, doporučujeme Vám navštívit stránky:

www.dibt.de/en/Departments/Section_P3.html

Rádi Vám pomůžeme prostřednictvím e-mailu na adrese info@lappgroup.cz, nebo můžete kontaktovat telefonicky zákaznické centrum společnosti LAPP KABEL s.r.o. na telefonním čísle +420 573 501 011.

V revidované technické Příloze T14 hlavního katalogu skupiny Lapp najdete přehled kabelů a vodičů klasifikovaných jako stavební výrobky.

QR kód odkazuje na www.lappgroup.cz/cpr.

Webová stránka je k dispozici v němčině (DE), angličtině (EN) a v češtině (CZ).

Jedná se o CE označení podle CPR, které kromě samotného označení CE obsahuje také doplňující informace. Toto CE označení se obvykle uvádí na etiketě na výrobku.

Zpětné označování výrobků v dodavatelském řetězci ke splnění označovací povinnosti CE:

V případě kabelů jsou balení (délky) uváděné na trh výrobcem často v dodavatelském řetězci rozděleny na kusy, to znamená, že jsou dále prodávány po menších baleních (délkách). V souladu s výše uvedenými povinnostmi musí výrobce zajistit, aby distributor mohl opatřit označením CE i výrobky rozdělené na menší části.

Distributor to musí zajistit: 305/2011, 14, 2.

CPR balíček na www.lappgroup.cz/cpr obsahuje předlohy etiket skupiny Lapp ve třech různých rozměrech. Viz také: Co je CPR balíček?

Unikátní identifikační kód typu výrobku je uveden v Prohlášení o vlastnostech. Objevuje se také v CE označování/etiketování. V 305/2011, článek 2, 9 je uvedena poměrně obtížně srozumitelná definice.

Proto je lepší příklad: Výrobky skupiny Lapp 'ÖLFLEX^® CLASSIC 100 450/750V' a 'ÖLFLEX^® CLASSIC 100 YELLOW' jsou sdruženy do jednoho typu výrobku s identifikačním kódem 'OELFLEX_CLASSIC_100-1'.

Tento identifikační kód je unikátní a je uveden jak v příslušném (unikátním) Prohlášení o vlastnostech, tak i na etiketách (CE označení) připevněných na jednotlivých baleních. Prohlášení o vlastnostech popisuje reakci na oheň s 'Eca'.

Výrobky 'ÖLFLEX^® CLASSIC 100 450/750V' a 'ÖLFLEX^® CLASSIC 100 YELLOW' byly skupinou Lapp definovány jako jeden typ výrobku, protože mají nejen stejné základní charakteristiky a vlastnosti, ale i stejnou konstrukci kabelu a vodičů. Jmenovité napětí

a základní materiály jsou také stejné.

Na www.lappgroup.cz/cpr jsou k identifikačnímu kódu typu výrobku přiřazena čísla výrobků (objednací čísla) 'ÖLFLEX^® CLASSIC 100 450/750V' a 'ÖLFLEX^® CLASSIC 100 YELLOW'.

Označení CE stavebních výrobků přesahuje obecné zásady Nařízení (ES) č. 765/2008.

Pokud jsou kabely a vodiče prodávány (navíc) jako stavební výrobky podle 305/2011, pak musí být výrobky opatřeny také doplňujícími informacemi. Doplňující informace jsou například výkonnostní třída, referenční číslo Prohlášení o vlastnostech atd.

305/2011, článek 8, 2. - Označení CE se připojí k těm stavebním výrobkům, pro které výrobce vypracoval prohlášení o vlastnostech v souladu s články 4 a 6.

305/2011, článek 9, 1. - Označení CE musí být viditelně, čitelně a nesmazatelně připojeno ke stavebnímu výrobku nebo k jeho štítku. Pokud to vzhledem k povaze výrobku není možné nebo odůvodněné, připojí se k obalu nebo k průvodní dokumentaci.

Skupina Lapp umísťuje doplňující informace na stavební výrobek/obal pomocí etikety.

305/2011, článek 9, 3. - Označení CE se připojí před uvedením stavebního výrobku na trh.

305/2011, článek 11, 1. - Výrobci vypracují prohlášení o vlastnostech v souladu s články 4 a 6 a připojí označení CE v souladu s články 8 a 9.

305/2011, článek 14, 2. - Před dodáním stavebního výrobku na trh distributoři zajistí, aby výrobek nesl, je-li vyžadováno, označení CE…

Označení CE je povinné pro výrobky splňující požadavky. Naopak použití CE označení je zakázáno pro výrobky, které požadavky nesplňují.

Obecně: Dle Nařízení evropského parlamentu a rady (ES) č. 765/2008, článek 30:

Označení CE je jediné označení osvědčující shodu výrobku s příslušnými požadavky harmonizačních právních předpisů Společenství, které upravují jeho připojování.

Běžný příklad: U kabelů a vodičů se často uplatňuje Směrnice č. 2014/35 /EU (tzv. Nízkonapěťová směrnice - LVD). Jako výrobce vypracovává skupina Lapp EU prohlášení o shodě. Označení CE se zpravidla umísťuje na identifikační etiketu připevněnou na výrobek nebo na obal. Označení CE neobsahuje žádné doplňkové informace.

Viz ale naproti tomu „Označení CE stavebních výrobků...”

Prohlášení o vlastnostech jsou k dispozici ke stažení na adrese www.lappgroup.cz/cpr. Viz také: Co je CPR balíček?

Zkratka je definována v Nařízení č. 305/2011: „NPD” (No Performance Determined / Není stanovena žádná vlastnost)… pro vyjmenované základní charakteristiky, pro které není stanovena žádná vlastnost.

Viz také: Co jsou „základní charakteristiky“?

Základní charakteristiky jsou uvedeny v EN 50575, příloha ZZ. Slouží k naplnění požadavků Nařízení č. 305/2011, příloha I - Základní požadavky na stavby. Vlastnosti související se základními charakteristikami jsou potvrzeny/deklarovány v DoP. Jedná se zejména o:

1. Reakce na oheň podle EN 13501-6, Klasifikace podle výsledků zkoušek reakce na oheň elektrických kabelů

2. Uvolňování nebezpečných látek

2a.) Na stavební výrobky se vztahuje nařízení REACH č. 1907/2006, které platí pro chemické látky v rámci Evropské unie.

Jedná se zejména o REACH Příloha XVII (nebezpečné látky), REACH Příloha XIV (látky podléhající schvalování) a REACH SVHC (kandidáti pro zařazení do přílohy XIV), které mohou být případně uvedeny také v Prohlášení o vlastnostech (DoP).

2b.) EN 50575, 4.2 zmiňuje význam dalších národních předpisů v Evropské unii týkajících se kabelů a vodičů jako stavebních výrobků a současný nedostatek evropských harmonizovaných zkušebních postupů. V DoP skupiny Lapp je také proto zpravidla pod 2. uvedeno „NPD” (No Performance Determined / Není stanovena žádná vlastnost).

Prohlášení o vlastnostech (Declaration of Performance) vypracovává výrobce produktu. Každé Prohlášení o vlastnostech (DoP) má unikátní číslo dokumentu. Toto číslo je také uvedeno v označení CE na stavebním výrobku.

Požadovaný obsah je uveden v EN 50575. Zahrnuje především:

• Jednoznačné identifikační číslo typu výrobku, viz také: Co je „typ výrobku”?
• Identifikaci výrobce s názvem a adresou, tedy například U.I. Lapp GmbH, 70565 Stuttgart apod.
• Deklarovanou vlastnost, například: Třída reakce na oheň: Cca-s2-d2-a1

Viz také: Jak rozpoznám, že výrobek skupiny Lapp je stavební výrobek?

Prohlášení o vlastnostech je předpokladem pro označení CE.

Kabely a vodiče uváděné skupinou Lapp na trh jako stavební výrobky jsou uvedeny spolu s číslem výrobku (objednacím číslem) na www. lappgroup.cz/cpr. Každý z nich je propojen s Prohlášení výrobce o vlastnostech (DoP). Samotný výrobek obsahuje označení CE ve formě etikety s doplňujícími informacemi.

Příslušné položky/výrobky v smluvních dokumentech odkazují na www. lappgroup.cz/cpr a povinnost distributora týkající se kontinuity CE. Viz také: Co znamená „Zpětné označování pro kontinuitu CE” pro zákazníky skupiny Lapp?

Příklad:

Má kabel s prokázanou třídou reakce na oheň B2ca také (nižší) třídy Cca nebo Dca?

Může výrobce automaticky vydat odpovídající Prohlášení o vlastnostech?

Ne. Je nezbytné, aby uvedená třída reakce na oheň byla pokaždé nutně odvozena z odpovídajících (zkušebních) dokumentů. „Zpětná kompatibilita” není možná!

Skupina Lapp se zaměřuje na třídy B2ca, Cca, Dca, Eca v rámci působnosti normy EN 50575.

Použití stavebních výrobků (kabelů) s těmito třídami ve stavbách není dosud v členských zemích kompletně regulováno. Očekávají se také různé specifikace.

Skupina Lapp připravuje uvedení kabelů a vodičů vhodných pro použití jako stavební výrobky na trh společně se souvisejícím označením CE na konci tzv. období koexistence, to znamená k 1. červenci 2017. Jedná se například o kabely ÖLFLEX^® CLASSIC 110 H nebo ÖLFLEX^® HEAT 125 MC jako příklady tříd B2ca a Cca.

Očekává se, že tyto třídy budou preferovanou možností pro použití na únikových trasách (viz také doporučení v předběžné normě DIN VDE V 0250-10). Třídy Dca a Eca budou používány v jiných aplikacích. Typickými příklady třídy Eca jsou kabely ÖLFLEX^® CLASSIC 110 a UNITRONIC^® LiYY.

Skupina Lapp klasifikuje stávající výrobky. To zahrnuje technické zkoušky a administrativní postupy. Samotné výrobky se tím nezmění. Proto zůstanou čísla výrobků nezměněna.

Nové výrobky a nová čísla výrobků přijdou na pořad dne, až bude použití kabelů a vodičů jako stavebních výrobků specifikováno a začleněno stavebními úřady do příslušných (místních) předpisů.

CPR balíček je soubor dokumentů ke stažení, ke kterému je možné se dostat přes název výrobku nebo číslo výrobku Lapp na adrese www. lappgroup.cz/cpr. Soubor ke stažení obsahuje především Prohlášení o vlastnostech (DoP) a přiřazení k typu výrobku a etiketám.

Ano, tento seznam je dočasně k dispozici na adrese www.lappgroup.cz/cpr. Výrobky jsou propojeny na tzv. CPR balíček. Výrobky CPR bude možné v dohledné době snadno najít v katalozích.

Existují některé jasné příklady v sortimentu skupiny Lapp – patří k nim především instalační kabely. Typickým příkladem je PVC instalační kabel NYM podle DIN VDE 0250-204. Obecně platí, že tabulka 4 „Kabely pro pevné uložení" normy DIN VDE 0298-3 (VDE 0298-3): 2006-06 poskytuje dobrý a široký přehled dotčených konstrukčních typů (N).

Obzvláště významné jsou také LAN kabely pro strukturovanou kabeláž budov.

Zahrnuty jsou také kabely a vodiče, které nejsou určeny výlučně k instalaci ve stavbách, ale jsou považovány za tzv. požárně bezpečnostní kabely s minimálním šířením ohně a sníženou tvorbou kouře/toxických plynů. Příkladem ze sortimentu skupiny Lapp jsou kabely ÖLFLEX^® CLASSIC 100 H, ÖLFLEX^® CLASSIC 110 H nebo ÖLFLEX^® HEAT 125 MC.

Výrobky skupiny Lapp, které by mohly být použity jako stavební výrobek, spadají do působnosti normy EN 50575. Jedná se o silové, řídicí a komunikační kabely, kabely z optických vláken a hybridní kabely, které jsou kombinací dvou nebo více těchto druhů kabelů.

Dotčené jsou také izolované vodiče (jednožilové vodiče). EN 50575 platí, pokud jsou kabely uváděny na trh jako stavební výrobek za účelem jejich trvalé instalace ve stavbě. Kabely, které jsou uváděny na trh s namontovanými konektory na jedné nebo obou stranách, nejsou trvale instalovány. EN 50575 také jednoznačně vylučuje takzvané bezpečnostní kabely, což jsou kabely pro nepřerušený přívod energie a/nebo signálu v případě požáru. (Viz DIN: 4102-12 - Funkční schopnost systému)

Termín „požárně bezpečnostní kabel“ není v Nařízení o stavebních výrobcích ani v souvisejících harmonizovaných technických normách definován. Obecně se tím v branži rozumí termín pro kabely, které produkují v případě požáru méně kouře a toxických plynů.

Rozhodující je však průhledné a srozumitelné Prohlášení o vlastnostech týkající se základních charakteristik. Toto může a také musí být provedeno pro kabely produkující více kouře a plynů a prodávané jako stavební výrobky. Viz také: Kterých kabelů a vodičů se týká Nařízení o stavebních výrobcích (CPR)?

Nařízení č. 305/2011, článek 2, odst. 1. (zkráceně): … výrobek nebo sestava, které jsou vyrobeny nebo uvedeny na trh za účelem trvalého zabudování do stavby nebo její části a jejichž vlastnosti ovlivňují vlastnost stavby s ohledem na základní požadavky na stavby.

Základní požadavky jsou uvedeny v Příloze I.

Zahrnují i protipožární ochranu.

Stavební výrobky jako beton a ocel, izolační materiály, dveře a podlahové krytiny jsou známy. Nyní zahrnují také silové, řídicí a komunikační kabely. Pro klasifikaci je rozhodující reakce kabelů na oheň prověřovaná zkouškami.

CP = Construction Products (stavební výrobky); R = Regulation (nařízení)

CPR je zkratka pro Nařízení (Regulation) platné pro členské státy EU.

V němčině se hovoří o Nařízení o stavebních výrobcích (Bauprodukten-Verordnung, zkráceně BauPVO).

V anglickém znění:

REGULATION (EU) No 305/2011 OF THE EUROPEAN PARLIAMENT AND OF THE COUNCIL of 9 March 2011

laying down harmonised conditions for the marketing of construction products and repealing Council Directive 89/106/EEC.

Česky:

NAŘÍZENÍ EVROPSKÉHO PARLAMENTU A RADY (EU) č. 305/2011 ze dne 9. března 2011,

kterým se stanoví harmonizované podmínky pro uvádění stavebních výrobků na trh a kterým se ruší směrnice Rady 89/106/EHS

Harmonizované podmínky zahrnují také odstraňování technických překážek ve stavebním sektoru prostřednictvím harmonizovaných technických specifikací, které se používají pro hodnocení vlastností a chování stavebních výrobků.

Stavební výrobky se dělí do výrobkových oblastí. Nařízení přitom uvádí v příloze IV rovněž silové, řídicí a komunikační kabely. Příslušné harmonizované technické specifikace byly vytvořeny v souladu s mandátem Evropské unie a jsou k dispozici jako EN 50575.

Nařízení č. 305/2011 definuje různé „hospodářské subjekty”. Pro každého z nich platí různé povinnosti.

„Výrobce" je fyzická nebo právnická osoba uvádějící na trh pod svým jménem či firmou nebo ochrannou známkou stavební výrobek, který vyrábí nebo který si nechává navrhnout nebo vyrobit.

„Dovozce” je fyzická nebo právnická osoba usazená v Unii, která uvádí na trh Unie stavební výrobek ze třetí země.

„Distributor“ je fyzická nebo právnická osoba v dodavatelském řetězci kromě výrobce nebo dovozce, která dodává stavební výrobek na trh Unie.

Skupina Lapp je výrobcem výrobků značek ÖLFLEX^®, UNITRONIC^®, ETHERLINE^®, HITRONIC^® a uvádí na trh ostatní výrobky pod jménem „Lapp”.

Nařízení č. 305/2011 definuje v článku 2, odst. 17 „Uvedení na trh“ jako první dodání stavebního výrobku na trh Unie. To je důležité s ohledem na skladové zásoby nakoupené/naskladněné před 1. červencem 2017 a prodané/vyskladněné po tomto datu. Viz také: Co znamená „Zpětné označování pro kontinuitu CE” pro zákazníky skupiny Lapp?

Od 1. července 2017 musí být používána norma EN 50575 v případech, kdy tzv. hospodářské subjekty uvádějí kabely a vodiče jako stavební výrobek na trh. Viz také: Co znamená „Uvedení na trh”?

Důležitá je dobrá znalost minimálně následujících dokumentů:

1. Nařízení č. 305/2011/EU - platí pro všechny stavební výrobky; ve zkratce: 305/2011

Construction Product Regulation (CPR) … harmonizované podmínky pro uvádění stavebních výrobků na trh

2. EN 50575:2014 + A1:2016 - platí pro kabely a vodiče; ve zkratce: EN 50575 harmonizovaná norma: Silové, řídicí a komunikační kabely - Kabely pro obecné použití ve stavbách ve vztahu k požadavkům reakce na oheň

Jako DIN: DIN EN 50575 (VDE 0482-575):2017-02

Jako ČSN: ČSN EN 50575 (34 7113)

V němčině má K&L význam „Kabel und Leitungen”, což do češtiny překládáme jako „kabely a vodiče”.

V těchto FAQ se pojem „kabely a vodiče” používá souhrnně pro kabely pro přívod elektrické energie a pro řídicí a komunikační účely ve stavebnictví podle definice rozsahu použití uvedené v EN 50575.

Používání kabelů ve stavbách je prakticky tak staré jako samotný přenos elektrické energie. Avšak klasifikace kabelů jako stavebního výrobku začala nabírat na obrátkách až

v okamžiku, kdy nabylo účinnosti Nařízení Evropského parlamentu a Rady (EU) č. 305/2011 o stavebních výrobcích (CPR) v červenci 2013 a kdy byla publikována evropská norma EN 50575 v září 2014.

Často se objevuje nedostatečná znalost pravidel pro hodnocení vlastností a chování příslušných kabelů jako stavebních výrobků, jejich zařazování do výkonnostních tříd, značení a související dokumentace. Pomocí těchto FAQ by skupina Lapp ráda přispěla ke zlepšení znalostí, ať už se to týká výrobců, prodejců nebo uživatelů těchto výrobků.

Tyto FAQ odkazují na kabely v oblasti působnosti harmonizované normy, jmenovitě normy EN 50575:2014+ A1:2016.

U.I. Lapp GmbH, produktový management, březen 2017,

LAPP KABEL s.r.o., produktový management, listopad 2017

Wenn Sie sich weiteres selbst erarbeiten möchten, dann ist unsere Empfehlung:

https://www.dibt.de/en/Departments/Section_P3.html

LAPP hilft gern unter sales(at)lappaustria.at oder im Telefonkontakt mit Ihrer lokalen Vertriebsstelle.

Im überarbeiteten techn. Anhang T14 des LAPP Hauptkataloges wird eine Übersicht von K&L als Bauprodukt geführt.

Der QR-Code kodiert die URL  https://lappaustria.lappgroup.com/cpr.

Dies bezieht sich auf die CE-Kennzeichnung unter CPR, die das CE-Zeichen selbst und Zusatzangaben umfasst. Diese CE-Kennzeichnung wird in der Regel auf einem Etikett am Produkt angebracht.

Nachetikettieren von Ware in der Handelskette zur Erfüllung der CE–Kennzeichnungspflicht:

Bei Kabel und Leitungen werden die Gebinde (Längen), die vom Hersteller in den Verkehr gebracht werden, oft in der Handelskette gestückelt, d.h. in kleineren Gebinden (Längen) weiterverkauft.

Mit den oben genannten Pflichten muss der Hersteller den Händler in die Lage versetzen, die CE-Kennzeichnung auf der gestückelten Ware anzubringen.

Der Händler ist zur Ausführung verpflichtet. 305/ 2011,  14,2

Das CPR-Package auf  https://lappaustria.lappgroup.com/cpr  enthält Lapp Etiketten-Schablonen in 3 unterschiedlichen Abmessungen. Siehe auch: „Was ist das CPR-Package?“

In der Leistungserklärung wird die ‚eindeutige Kennnummer des Produkttyps‘ angeführt. Sie erscheint auch bei der CE-Kennzeichnung/Etikettierung. 305/2011, Artikel 2, 9 liefert dazu eine eher schwer lesbare Begriffsbestimmung.

Deshalb besser ein Beispiel: Die LAPP Produkte ‚ÖLFLEX®CLASSIC 100 450/ 750V‘ und ‚ÖLFLEX®CLASSIC 100 YELLOW‘ werden unter einem Produkttyp mit der Kennnummer ‚OELFLEX_CLASSIC_100-1‘ zusammengefasst.

Diese Kennnummer ist einzigartig und wird sowohl in der zugehörigen (einzigartigen) Leistungserklärung geführt als auch auf den Etiketten (CE-Kennzeichnung), die an den einzelnen Gebinden angebracht sind. Die Leistungserklärung beschreibt das Brandverhalten mit ‚Eca‘.

Die Produkte ‚ÖLFLEX®CLASSIC 100 450/ 750V‘ und ‚ÖLFLEX®CLASSIC 100 YELLOW‘ wurden von LAPP hier als Familie definiert, weil nicht nur die wesentlichen Merkmale und die Leistung gleich sind sondern auch die Bauart der Kabel und der Leiter. Ebenfalls gleich sind Nennspannung und wesentliche Materialien.

Auf https://lappaustria.lappgroup.com/cpr sind (Bestell)Artikelnummern von ‚ÖLFLEX®CLASSIC 100 450/ 750V‘ und‚ ÖLFLEX®CLASSIC 100 YELLOW‘ der Produkttyp-Kennnummer zugeordnet.

Die CE-Kennzeichnung von Bauprodukten geht über die allgemeinen Grundsätze d. Verordnung (EG) Nr. 765/2008 hinaus.

Wenn K&L (zusätzlich) als Bauprodukt nach 305/2011 vermarktet werden, müssen auch Zusatzangaben angebracht werden. Zusatzangaben sind z.B. Leistungsklasse, Referenznummer der Leistungserklärung, …

305/2011, Artikel 8, 2. - Die CE-Kennzeichnung wird an denjenigen Bauprodukten angebracht, für die der Hersteller eine Leistungserklärung erstellt hat.

305/2011, Artikel 9, 1 - Die CE-Kennzeichnung wird gut sichtbar, leserlich und dauerhaft auf dem Bauprodukt oder einem daran befestigten Etikett angebracht. Falls die Art des Produkts dies nicht zulässt oder nicht rechtfertigt, wird sie auf der Verpackung oder den Begleitunterlagen angebracht.

LAPP bringt die Zusatzangaben mit einem Zusatzetikett am Bauprodukt oder an der Verpackung bzw am Gebinde an.

305/2011, Artikel 9, 3. Die CE-Kennzeichnung wird vor dem Inverkehrbringen des Bauprodukts angebracht.

305/2011, Artikel 11, 1. -  Es gehört  zu den Pflichten des Herstellers, die CE-Kennzeichnung anzubringen oder anbringen zu lassen .

305/2011, Artikel 14, 2 - Bevor sie ein Bauprodukt auf dem Markt bereitstellen, vergewissern sich die Händler, dass das Produkt, soweit erforderlich, mit der CE-Kennzeichnung versehen ist.

Die CE-Kennzeichnung ist bei entsprechenden Produkten, die die Anforderungen erfüllen, obligatorisch. Anders herum ist die Anbringung der CE-Kennzeichnung untersagt, wenn Anforderungen nicht erfüllt sind.

Allgemein: Aus VERORDNUNG (EG) Nr. 765/2008, Artikel 30:

Die CE-Kennzeichnung ist die einzige Kennzeichnung, die die Konformität des Produkts mit den geltenden Anforderungen der einschlägigen Harmonisierungsrechtsvorschriften der Gemeinschaft, die ihre Anbringung vorschreiben, bescheinigt.

Bekanntes Beispiel: Für K&L gilt oft RICHTLINIE 2014/35/EU (Niederspannungsrichtlinie). LAPP erstellt als  Hersteller eine EU-Konformitätserklärung. Das CE–Kennzeichen steht in der Regel auf dem Produkt-Ident-Etikett, das auf der Produktoberfläche oder der Verpackung/dem Gebinde angebracht ist. Das CE-Kennzeichen trägt keine Zusätze.

Siehe demgegenüber aber:  ‚Die CE-Kennzeichnung von Bauprodukten…‘

Die Leistungserklärungen sind als Download auf  https://lappaustria.lappgroup.com/cpr verfügbar. Siehe auch: ‘Was ist das CPR-Package?’

Die Abkürzung wird in 305/ 2011 definiert: „NPD“ (No Performance Determined/keine Leistung festgelegt) …für die aufgelisteten wesentlichen Merkmale, für die keine Leistung erklärt wird…

Siehe auch: „Was sind wesentliche Eigenschaften?“

Wesentliche Eigenschaften werden in EN 50575, Anhang ZZ genannt. Sie dienen der Erfüllung von 305/2011, Anhang I – Grundanforderungen an Bauwerke. Zu den wesentlichen Eigenschaften wird die Leistung in der DoP bestätigt/erklärt. Es sind im Einzelnen:

1.

Brandverhalten nach EN 13501-6, Klassifizierung mit d. Ergebnissen aus d. Prüfungen zum Brandverhalten von elektrischen Kabeln

2.

Freisetzung von gefährlichen Stoffen

2a.)

Bauprodukte fallen unter die REACH Verordnung 1907/2006, die für chemische Stoffe in der EU gilt. 

Dies sind besonders  REACH, Anhang XVII (gefährliche Stoffe), REACH, Anhang XIV (zulassungspflichtige Stoffe) und REACH, SVHC (Kandidaten zur Aufnahme in Anhang XIV), die ggf . auch in der DoP genannt werden.

2b.)

EN 50575, 4.2 erwähnt die Bedeutung zusätzlicher nationaler Vorschriften in der EU bzgl. K&L als Bauprodukt und den derzeitigen Mangel europäisch harmonisierter Prüfverfahren. In den DoP von Lapp ist auch deshalb in der Regel unter 2. ‘NPD’ (no performance determined) ausgewiesen.

Die Leistungserklärung (Declaration of Performance) wird vom Hersteller eines Produktes erstellt. Jede DoP hat eine eindeutige Dokumentnummer. Diese Nummer wird auch bei der CE-Kennzeichnung am Bauprodukt angeführt.

Die notwendigen Inhalte sind in EN 50575 festgelegt. Dazu gehört auch besonders:

• Eindeutige  Kennnummer des  Produkttyps;  siehe auch: Was ist ein “Produkttyp“?
• Identifizierung des Herstellers mit Name und Adresse - also z.B. U.I.Lapp GmbH, 70565 Stuttgart …
• Erklärte Leistung - also z.B. Klasse des  Brandverhaltens: Cca-s2-d2-a1

Siehe auch: Wie erkenne ich ein LAPP Produkt als Bauprodukt?

Die Leistungserklärung ist vorausgesetzt zur CE-Kennzeichnung.

K&L, die LAPP als Bauprodukt vermarktet, werden mit Artikel(Bestell)nummern auf www.lappaustria.lappgroup.com/cpr geführt - jeweils mit Link zur Hersteller-Leistungserklärung (DoP). Zum Produkt selbst gehört eine CE-Kennzeichnung in Form eines Etiketts mit Zusatzangaben.

In den Auftragspapieren wird bei den betreffenden Positionen/Artikeln auf www.lappaustria.lappgroup.com/cpr und die Händler-Pflicht zur CE-Kontinuität verwiesen. Siehe auch: Was bedeutet „Nachetikettieren für CE-Kontinuität“  für die LAPP Kunden?

Beispiel: Hat ein Kabel mit nachgewiesener Brandklasse B2ca auch die (niederen) Klassen Cca oder Dca?

Kann der Hersteller eine entsprechende Leistungserklärung ohne weiteres ausstellen?

Nein, die jeweils angegebene Brandklasse muss zwingend aus entsprechenden (Prüf)Unterlagen abgeleitet

werden können.

Eine ‘Rückwärtskompatibilität’ ist nicht möglich!

LAPP konzentriert sich  auf die  Klassen B2ca, Cca, Dca, Eca im Anwendungsbereich von  EN 50575.

Die Anwendung von Bauprodukten (Kabeln und Leitungen) mit diesen Klassen in Bauwerken ist in den Mitgliedsländern noch nicht abschließend geregelt. Es werden auch unterschiedliche Festlegungen erwartet.

LAPP bereitet sich darauf vor, zum Ende der sog. Koexistenzperiode am 1.Juli 2017 K&L, die als Bauprodukt in Frage kommen, mit zugehöriger CE-Kennzeichnung in den Verkehr zu bringen. Dies  sind K&L wie z.B. ÖLFLEX® CLASSIC 110 H oder ÖLFLEX® HEAT 125 MC als Vertreter der Klassen B2ca und Cca. 

Es ist zu erwarten, dass diese Klassen bevorzugt in Fluchtwegen Verwendung finden (siehe auch Empfehlungen in Vornorm  DIN VDE V 0250-10). Die Klassen Dca und Eca  finden dann sonstige Verwendung. Typische Vertreter von Eca  sind ÖLFLEX®CLASSIC 110 und UNITRONIC®LiYY.

LAPP klassifiziert Bestandsprodukte. Damit sind technische Prüfungen und administrative Prozeduren verbunden. Die Produkte selbst werden dadurch nicht verändert. Die Artikelnummer bleibt unverändert bestehen.  

Neuprodukte und neue Artikelnummern werden in den Vordergrund treten, wenn die Anwendung von K&L als Bauprodukt weitergehend konkretisiert wird und von den  Baubehörden in deren (lokales) Vorschriftwerk übernommen wird.

CPR-Package ist ein .zip-Download, der über den  Produktnamen oder die LAPP Artikelnummer auf www.lappaustria.lappgroup.com/cpr aufgerufen werden kann. Der Download enthält die Leistungserklärung (DoP) und die Zuordung zum Produkttyp und Etiketten.

Ja, diese Liste ist hier vorübergehend verfügbar. Die Artikel sind auf das sogenannte‚ CPR-Package‘ verlinkt. In absehbarer Zeit werden CPR-Artikel in Katalogen einfach auffindbar sein. 

Es gibt sehr klare Fälle im LAPP Angebot – dazu gehören Installationsleitungen. Das Paradebeispiel ist  die PVC-Installationsleitung NYM nach DIN VDE 0250-204. Allgemein gibt  DIN VDE 0298-3 (VDE 0298-3):2006-06 mit Tabelle 4, Leitungen für feste Verlegung einen guten und breiten Überblick der betroffenen (N)- Bauarten.

Besondere Bedeutung haben auch LAN-Kabel für die strukturierte Gebäudeverkabelung.

Hinzu kommen K&L, die nicht exklusiv für die  Installation in Bauwerken bestimmt sind, die aber mit geringer Brandfortleitung und  reduzierter Rauch/ Gasentwicklung zu den sogenannten Brandschutzkabeln gezählt werden. Lapp Beispiele sind ÖLFLEX® CLASSIC 100 H, ÖLFLEX® CLASSIC 110 H oder ÖLFLEX® HEAT 125 MC.

LAPP Produkte, die als Bauprodukt verwendet werden könnten, liegen im Anwendungsbereich von EN 50575. Dies sind Starkstromkabel und –leitungen, Steuerleitungen, Kommunikationskabel, Lichtwellenleiterkabel und Hybridkabel, welche eine Kombination von zwei oder mehreren dieser Kabel- und Leitungstypen sind.

Betroffen sind auch isolierte Leiter (Einzeladern). EN 50575 gilt, wenn die Kabel als Bauprodukt vermarktet werden, um dauerhaft in Bauwerke eingebaut zu werden. Kabel, die mit ein- oder zweiseitig angebrachten Steckvorrichtungen in den Verkehr gebracht werden, werden nicht dauerhaft eingebaut. EN 50575 nimmt auch ausdrücklich sogenannte Sicherheitskabel aus, also K&L für Kontinuität der Strom- und/oder Signalversorgung im Brandfall. (Normenverweis: Funktionserhalt nach DIN 4102-12)

Der Begriff ‚Brandschutzkabel‘ wird  in der Bauproduktenverordnung und der zugehörigen harmonisierten technischen Norm nicht geführt. Es ist im allgemeinen Verständnis ein Branchenbegriff für Kabel, die im Brandfall weniger Rauch und giftige Gase verursachen. 

Entscheidend ist aber eine transparente und nachvollziehbare  Leistungserklärung zu wesentlichen Merkmalen und die kann und muss auch für Kabel getroffen werden, die mehr Rauch / Gase verursachen und die als Bauprodukt vermarktet werden. Siehe auch: Welche Kabel …sind betroffen ?

305/2011,  2.1.  (gekürzt):  …jedes Produkt, das hergestellt und in Verkehr gebracht wird, um dauerhaft in Bauwerke (Bauten sowohl des  Hochbaus  als  auch des Tiefbaus) eingebaut zu werden, und dessen Leistung sich auf die Leistung des Bauwerks im Hinblick auf die Grundanforderungen an Bauwerke auswirkt…

In Anhang I sind Grundanforderungen aufgeführt. Dazu gehört Brandschutz.

Bekannt sind Bauprodukte wie Beton und Stahl, Dämmstoffe, Türen und Bodenbeläge. Nun gehören auch Strom-, Steuer-und Kommunikationskabel dazu. Das bei Prüfung gezeigte Brandverhalten ist entscheidend für die Klassifizierung.

CP = Construction Products (Bauprodukte);  R = Regulation;

CPR steht als Abkürzung für eine Verordnung (Regulation) für die  Mitgliedsstaaten. Im Deutschen spricht man von Bauprodukten-Verordnung (BauPVO).  Im englischen Wortlaut:

REGULATION (EU) No 305/2011 OF THE EUROPEAN PARLIAMENT AND OF THE COUNCIL of 9 March 2011

laying down harmonised conditions for the marketing of construction products and repealing Council Directive 89/106/EEC

Zu den harmonisierten Bedingungen gehört auch die Beseitigung technischer Hemmnisse im Bausektor durch harmonisierte technische Spezifikationen, anhand derer die Leistung von Bauprodukten bewertet wird.

Die Bauprodukte sind in Produktbereiche geteilt; die Verordnung führt im Anhang IV dabei auch Strom-, Steuer- und Kommunikationskabel auf. Die diesbzgl. harmonisierte technische Spezifikation wurde entsprechend eines EU-Mandats erstellt und liegt als EN 50575 vor.

305/2011 definiert sog. Wirtschaftsakteure; diese unterliegen jeweils unterschiedlichen Pflichten.

„Hersteller“ ist jede natürliche oder juristische Person, die ein Bauprodukt herstellt beziehungsweise entwickeln oder herstellen lässt und dieses Produkt unter ihrem eigenen Namen oder ihrer eigenen Marke vermarktet.

„Importeur“ ist jede in der Union ansässige natürliche oder juristische Person, die ein Bauprodukt aus einem Drittstaat auf dem Markt der Union in Verkehr bringt.

„Händler“ ist jede natürliche oder juristische Person in der Lieferkette außer dem Hersteller oder Importeur, die ein Bauprodukt auf dem Markt bereitstellt.

LAPP ist  Hersteller von Produkten der Marken ÖLFLEX®, UNITRONIC®, ETHERLINE®, HITRONIC® und vermarktet weitere Produkte unter dem Namen ‚LAPP‘.

305/2011 definiert in Artikel 2, 17 „Inverkehrbringen“  als die erstmalige Bereitstellung eines Bauprodukts auf dem Markt der Union; dies ist bedeutsam in Bezug auf Lagerbestände mit Kauf/ Einlagerung vor dem 1.Juli 2017 und Verkauf/ Auslagerung danach. Siehe auch: Was bedeutet „Nachetikettieren“ ?

Ab dem 1. Juli 2017 muss die EN 50575 angewendet werden, wenn sogenannte Wirtschaftsakteure Kabel und Leitungen (K&L) als Bauprodukt in den Verkehr bringen. Siehe auch: Was bedeutet „Inverkehrbringen“ ?

Zumindest diese Dokumente sollte man gut kennen:

1.

305/2011/EU – dies betrifft alle Bauprodukte; hier kurz: 305/ 2011
Construction Product Regulation (CPR)  …harmonised conditions for the marketing of construction products

Bauprodukten-Verordnung (BauPVO) … harmonisierter Bedingungen für die Vermarktung von Bauprodukten

2.

EN 50575:2014 + A1:2016 – dies betrifft Kabel und Leitungen (K&L); hier kurz: EN 50575
Harmonised standard: Power, control  and communication cables  – Cables for general applications in construction works subject to reaction to fire requirements.

Harmonisierte Norm: Starkstromkabel und -leitungen, Steuer- und Kommunikationskabel  – Kabel und Leitungen für allgemeine Anwendungen in Bauwerken in Bezug auf die Anforderungen an das Brandverhalten.

Als DIN-Norm:  DIN EN 50575 (VDE 0482-575):2017-02

Im Deutschen: K&L für ‚Kabel und Leitungen‘;  im Englischen spricht man nur von  ‚Cables‘.

In diesem FAQ wird  die Abkürzung  zusammenfassend für die im Anwendungsbereich von EN 50575 angeführten  ‚K&L‘  zur Elektrizitätsversorgung und für Steuer- und Kommunikationszwecke im Bauwesen verwendet.

Die Anwendung von Kabel und Leitungen (K&L) in Bauwerken ist praktisch so alt wie die Übertragung elektrischer Energie selbst. Die Einordnung  von K&L als Bauprodukt hat aber erst mit der Wirksamkeit der  (CPR) Verordnung (EU) Nr. 305/2011 im Juli 2013 und der Veröffentlichung der europäischen Norm EN 50575 im September 2014 entscheidend an Fahrt gewonnen.

Die  Regeln zur Einordnung von jeweiligen Bauprodukt -K&L in Leistungsklassen,  die Produktkennzeichnung und die zugehörige  Dokumentation  sind oft nur  unzureichend bekannt. Lapp möchte hier einen Beitrag leisten, der Hersteller, Händler und Anwender gleichermaßen betrifft.  

Dieses FAQ bezieht sich auf K&L im Anwendungsbereich einer harmonisierten Norm, nämlich  EN 50575:2014+ A1:2016

U.I. Lapp GmbH, Produktmanagement, März 2017

Ha többet szeretne megtudni, akkor ajánlatunk:

https://www.dibt.de/en/Departments/Section_P3.html

Lapp szívesen segít a sales@lapphungaria.hu címen vagy telefonon keresztül az Ön helyi értékesítőjével.

A Lapp fő katalógus T14 átdolgozott műszaki melléklete áttekintést nyújt a kábelekről és vezetékekről mint építési termékekről.

A QR-kód a lapphungaria.lappgroup.com/cpr URL-t kódolja.

A honlapon van egy DE/EN nyelvváltási lehetőség.

Ez a CE jelölésre vonatkozik a CPR alatt, ami magát a CE jelölést és a kiegészítő adatokat foglalja magában. Ezt a CE jelölést általában egy címkén helyezik el a terméken.

Áruk utócímkézése az értékesítési láncban a CE jelölési kötelezettség teljesítéséhez:

Kábelek és vezetékek esetén a gyártó által forgalmazott kötegeket (hosszúságot) az értékesítési láncban gyakran darabokra osztják, vagyis kisebb kötegekben (hosszúságban) értékesítik tovább.

A fent említett kötelezettség alapján a gyártónak lehetővé kell tennie a forgalmazó részére, hogy CE jelölést helyezzen a darabokra szedett árura.

A forgalmazó köteles ezt végrehajtani. 305/2011, 14. cikk (2)

A CPR-csomag a https://lapphungaria.lappgroup.com/cpr oldalon 3 különböző méretű Lapp címke-sablont tartalmaz. Lásd még: „Mi a CPR-csomag?“

A teljesítménynyilatkozatban feltüntetik a ‚terméktípus egyedi azonosítószámát‘. Ez megjelenik a CE jelölésen/címkén is.  A 305/2011, 2. cikk (9) bekezdése egy eléggé nehezen értelmezhető fogalommeghatározást ad.

Ezért jobb egy példa: A Lapp Kabel termékek ‚ÖLFLEX®CLASSIC 100 450/ 750V‘ és ‚ÖLFLEX®CLASSIC 100 YELLOW‘ az ‚OELFLEX_CLASSIC_100-1‘ azonosítószámú terméktípus alatt vannak összefoglalva.

Ez az azonosítószám egyedi és fel van tüntetve mind a hozzátartozó (egyedi) teljesítménynyilatkozatban, mind a címkén (CE jelölés), amelyek az egyes kötegeken vannak elhelyezve. A teljesítménynyilatkozat a tűzállóságot ‚Eca‘-val írja le.

Az ‚ÖLFLEX®CLASSIC 100 450/ 750V‘ és ‚ÖLFLEX®CLASSIC 100 YELLOW‘ termékeket a Lapp Kabel itt termékcsaládként határozta meg, mert nem csak az alapvető jellemzők és a teljesítmény azonos, hanem a kábelek és vezetékek típusa is. A névleges feszültség és az alapvető anyagok szintén azonosak.

A https://lapphungaria.lappgroup.com/cpr az ‚ÖLFLEX®CLASSIC 100 450/ 750V‘ és ‚ÖLFLEX®CLASSIC 100 YELLOW‘ (rendelési) cikkszámai a terméktípus-azonosítószámhoz vannak rendelve.

Az építési termékek CE jelölése túlmutat a 765/2008/EK rendelet általános alapelvein.

Ha a kábeleket és vezetékeket a 305/2011 rendelet szerinti építési termékként (is) fogalmazzák, akkor kiegészítő adatokat kell feltüntetni. Kiegészítő adatok például a teljesítmény osztály, a teljesítménynyilatkozat hivatkozási száma, ...

305/2011, 8. cikk (2) – A CE jelölést az olyan építési termékeken helyezik el, amelyek tekintetében a gyártó teljesítménynyilatkozatot állított ki.

305/2011, 9. cikk (1) – A CE jelölést jól láthatóan, olvashatóan és letörölhetetlenül kell feltüntetni az építési terméken vagy az ahhoz csatolt címkén. Amennyiben a termék jellege miatt ez nem lehetséges, vagy nem indokolt, a jelölést a csomagoláson, illetve a kísérő dokumentáción helyezik el.

A LAPP a kiegészítő adatokat egy további címkén helyezi el az építési terméken/csomagoláson/kötegen.

305/2011, 9. cikk (3) A CE jelölést az építési termék forgalomba hozatala előtt kell a terméken elhelyezni.

305/2011, 11. cikk (1) – A gyártó kötelessége a CE jelölést elhelyezni vagy elhelyeztetni.

305/2011, 14. cikk (2) – A forgalmazók az építési termék forgalmazása előtt meggyőződnek arról, hogy előírás esetén a CE jelölés fel van tüntetve a terméken.

A CE jelölés megfelelő termékek esetén, amelyek megfelelnek a követelményeknek, kötelező. Fordítva, a CE jelölés felhelyezése tilos, ha a termék nem felel meg a követelményeknek.

Általánosságban: A 765/2008/EK rendelet 30. cikkéből:

A CE jelölés az egyetlen jelölés, amely tanúsítja, hogy a termék megfelel a jelölés feltüntetéséről rendelkező közösségi harmonizációs jogszabályokban szereplő követelményeknek.

Ismert példa: A kábelekre és vezetékekre gyakran vonatkozik a 2014/35/EU irányelv (kisfeszültségű berendezésekről szóló irányelv). A Lapp Kabel gyártóként egy EU megfelelőségi nyilatkozatot készít. A CE jelölés általában a termék-azonosító címkén található, ami a termék felületén vagy a csomagoláson/kötegen van elhelyezve.  A CE jelölésnek nincsenek kiegészítései.

Ezzel szemben lásd:  ‚Építési termékek CE jelölése…‘

A teljesítménynyilatkozatok letölthetők a https://lapphungaria.lappgroup.com/cpr oldalról. Lásd még: 'Mi a CPR-csomag?'

A rövidítés a 305/2011 rendeletben van meghatározva: „NPD“ (No Performance Determined/nincs meghatározott teljesítmény) … a felsorolt alapvető jellemzőkhöz, ha nem nyilatkoztak a teljesítményről…

Lásd még: „Mik az alapvető jellemzők“?

Az alapvető jellemzők az EN 50575 szabvány ZZ mellékletében vannak megnevezve. Ezek a 305/2011, I. melléklet – Építményekkel kapcsolatos alapvető követelmények teljesítésére szolgálnak. Az alapvető jellemzőkhöz a teljesítményt a nyilatkozatban erősítik meg/nyilatkoznak róla. Ezek egyenként:

1. EN 13501-6 szerinti tűzállóság, osztályozás az elektromos kábelek tűzállósági tesztjének eredményei alapján

2. Veszélyes anyagok kibocsátása

2a.) Az építési termékek a vegyi anyagokra vonatkozó 1907/2006/EU REACH rendelet hatálya alá tartoznak.

Ezek különösen a REACH XVII. melléklet (veszélyes anyagok), a REACH XIV. melléklet (engedélyköteles anyagok), valamint a REACH SVHC (anyagok felvétele a XIV. mellékletbe), amelyeket adott esetben a teljesítménynyilatkozatban is megneveznek.

2b.) EN 50575, 4.2 megemlíti további nemzeti szabályozások fontosságát az Európai Unióban kábelekre és vezetékekre mint építési termékekre vonatkozóan és a harmonizált európai vizsgálati módszerek hiányát. Ezért a Lapp Kabel teljesítménynyilatkozataiban általában a 2. pont alatt ‘NPD’ (no performance determined) van megadva.

A teljesítménynyilatkozatot (Declaration of Performance) a termék gyártója állítja ki. Minden teljesítménynyilatkozatnak van egy egyedi dokumentumszáma. Ezt a számot az építési terméken a CE jelölésnél is feltüntetik.

A szükséges tartalmak az EN 50575 szabványban vannak rögzítve. Ezek különösen:

• A terméktípus egyedi azonosítószáma; lásd még: Mi a “terméktípus“?
• Gyártó azonosító adatai névvel és címmel – tehát pl. U.I.Lapp GmbH, 70565 Stuttgart …
• Teljesítménynyilatkozat – tehát pl. tűzállósági osztály: Cca-s2-d2-a1

Lásd még: Hogyan ismerem fel, hogy egy Lapp termék építési termék?

A teljesítménynyilatkozat előfeltétel a CE jelöléshez.

Azok a kábelek és vezetékek, amelyeket a Lapp Kabel építési termékként forgalmaz, cikk- (rendelési) számmal együtt fel vannak sorolva a https://lapphungaria.lappgroup.com/cpr oldalon – minden esetben a gyártó teljesítménynyilatkozatára (DoP) linkelve. Magához a termékhez tartozik egy CE jelölés kiegészítő adatokat feltüntető címke formájában.

A megrendelési papírokon az érintett pozícióknál/termékeknél utalás történik a https://lapphungaria.lappgroup.com/cpr oldalra és a kereskedő CE folytonosságra vonatkozó kötelességére. Lásd még: Mit jelent az „utócímkézés a CE folytonossághoz“ a Lapp ügyfelek számára?

für CE-Kontinuität“  für d. Lapp Kunden?

Példa: Az igazoltan B2ca tűzállósági osztályú kábel egyben Cca vagy Dca (alacsonyabb) osztályú is?

A gyártó minden további nélkül kiadhat egy megfelelő teljesítménynyilatkozatot?

Nem, a mindenkor megadott tűzállósági osztályt tudni kell megfelelő (vizsgálati) dokumentumokból levezetni.

‘Visszafelé kompatibilitás’ nem lehetséges!

Lapp a B2ca, Cca, Dca, Eca osztályokra összpontosít az EN 50575 alkalmazásában.

Az ilyen osztályú építési termékek (kábelek és vezetékek) használata építményekben a tagállamokban még nincs véglegesen szabályozva. Különböző előírások várhatók.

Lapp arra készül, hogy az ún. együtt-érvényességi időszak végén, 2017. július 1-jén, az építési termékként szóba jövő kábeleket és vezetékeket a hozzátartozó CE jelöléssel hozza forgalomba. Ezek kábelek és vezetékek, mint például ÖLFLEX® CLASSIC 110 H vagy ÖLFLEX® HEAT 125 MC a B2ca és Cca osztályból.

Várható, hogy ezeket az osztályokat elsősorban menekülési útvonalakon használják (lásd DIN VDE V 0250-10 előszabvány ajánlásait is). A Dca és Eca osztályú termékeket más célokra használják. Az Eca osztály tipikus képviselői az ÖLFLEX®CLASSIC 110 és UNITRONIC®LiYY.

A Lapp a készlet-termékeket osztályozza. Ezzel összekapcsolódnak a műszaki vizsgálatok és az adminisztratív eljárások. Maguk a termékek ezáltal nem változnak. A cikkszám változatlan marad. 

Új termékek és új cikkszámok akkor jönnek szóba, ha a kábelek és vezetékek építési termékként történő használata tovább konkretizálódik és az építési hatóságok átveszik a (helyi) szabályzatukba.

A CPR-csomag egy letölthető zip fájl, ami a terméknéven vagy a Lapp cikkszámon keresztül a https://lapphungaria.lappgroup.com/cpr oldalon hívható le. A letölthető fájl elsősorban tartalmazza a teljesítménynyilatkozatot (DoP) és a terméktípushoz rendelést és címkéket.

Igen, ez a lista átmenetileg elérhető a https://lapphungaria.lappgroup.com/cpr oldalon. A cikkek az úgynevezett ‚ CPR-csomaghoz‘ vannak linkelve. Hamarosan katalógusokban egyszerűen lehet majd megtalálni a CPR cikkeket.

Egészen világos esetek vannak a Lapp kínálatban – ehhez tartoznak a szerelési vezetékek. A legjobb példa a DIN VDE 0250-204 szabvány szerinti NYM PVC szerelési vezeték. Általánosságban a DIN VDE 0298-3 (VDE 0298-3):2006-06 szabvány 4. táblázata a fix rögzítésű vezetékekhez az érintett (N)-típusok jó és széles körű áttekintését nyújtja.

Különösen fontosak a LAN kábelek is a strukturált épületkábelezéshez.

Ide tartoznak azok a kábelek és vezetékek, amelyeket nem kizárólag építményekbe való beépítésre szántak, amelyek azonban csekély tűzterjedéssel és csökkentett füst-/gázfejlődéssel úgynevezett tűzálló kábeleknek számítanak. Lapp példák az ÖLFLEX® CLASSIC 100 H, ÖLFLEX® CLASSIC 110 H vagy ÖLFLEX® HEAT 125 MC.

Az építési termékként használható Lapp termékek az EN 50575 szabvány hatálya alá tartoznak. Ilyenek az erősáramú kábelek és vezetékek, vezérlő kábelek, kommunikációs kábelek, optikai kábelek és hibrid kábelek, amelyek kettő vagy több kábel- és vezetéktípus kombinációi.

A szigetelt vezetékek is érintettek (egyerű vezetékek). Az EN 50575 szabvány abban az esetben érvényes, ha a kábelek építési termékként kerülnek a forgalomba abból a célból, hogy tartós jelleggel építményekbe építsék be. Az olyan kábelek, amelyeket egyik vagy mindkét oldalukra helyezett csatlakozódugóval kerülnek forgalomba, nem kerülnek végleges beépítésre. Az EN 50575 előírás kifejezetten kiemeli az úgynevezett biztonsági kábeleket is, tehát az áram- és/vagy jelellátás folyamatosságát biztosító kábeleket és vezetékeket tűz esetén. (Szabvány hivatkozás: DIN 4102-12 szerinti funkciómegtartás)

A ‚tűzálló kábel‘ fogalom nem szerepel az építési termékekről szóló rendeletben és a hozzá tartozó harmonizált műszaki előírások között. Ez általános értelemben egy szakmai kifejezés olyan kábelre, amelyek tűz esetén kevesebb füstöt és mérgező gázokat idéznek elő.

Meghatározó azonban egy átlátható és érthető teljesítménynyilatkozat a főbb jellemzőkről és ezt olyan kábelekre is meg lehet és meg kell tenni, amelyek több füstöt / gázt okoznak és amelyek építési termékként kerülnek a piacra. Lásd még: Milyen kábelek ... érintettek?

305/2011, 2. cikk (1)  (rövidítve):  ...bármely olyan termék vagy készlet, amelyet azért állítottak elő és hoztak forgalomba, hogy építményekbe (magas- és mélyépítményekbe is) vagy építmények részeibe állandó jelleggel beépítsék, és amelynek teljesítménye befolyásolja az építménynek az építményekkel kapcsolatos alapvető követelmények tekintetében nyújtott teljesítményét…

Az I. mellékletben az építményekre vonatkozó alapvető követelmények szerepelnek. Ehhez tartozik a tűzvédelem is.

Ismert építési termékek a beton és acél, szigetelőanyagok, ajtók és a padlóburkolatok. Az áram-, vezérlő és kommunikációs kábelek is idetartoznak. A vizsgálat során mutatkozó tűzállóság meghatározó a tűzállósági osztályba soroláshoz.

CP = Construction Products (építési termékek); R = Regulation (rendelet);

CPR a tagállamokra vonatkozó rendelet (szabályozás) rövidítése. Magyarul az építési termékekre vonatkozó rendeletről beszélünk (németül: Bauprodukten-Verordnung, BauPVO).  Az angol szó szerinti szöveg:

REGULATION (EU) No 305/2011 OF THE EUROPEAN PARLIAMENT AND OF THE COUNCIL of 9 March 2011

laying down harmonised conditions for the marketing of construction products and repealing Council Directive 89/106/EEC

A harmonizált feltételekhez tartozik a technikai akadályok megszüntetése is az építőiparban harmonizált műszaki előírások révén, amelyek alapján az építési termékek teljesítményét értékelik.

Az építési termékek termékterületekre vannak osztva; a rendelet a IV. mellékletben az áram-, vezérlő és kommunikációs kábeleket is felsorolja. Az erre vonatkozó harmonizált műszaki előírásokat egy EU-megbízásnak megfelelően hozták létre és EN 50575 néven áll rendelkezésre.

A 305/2011 rendelet definiálja az ún. gazdasági szereplőket; mindegyikükre különböző kötelezettségek vonatkoznak.

A „gyártó” az a természetes vagy jogi személy, aki az építési terméket gyártja, vagy aki saját nevében vagy védjegye alatt egy ilyen terméket terveztet vagy gyártat és értékesít.

Az „importőr” az Unióban letelepedett természetes vagy jogi személy, aki harmadik országból származó építési terméket hoz forgalomba az uniós piacon.

A „forgalmazó“ az a természetes vagy jogi személy, aki az értékesítési láncban a gyártón vagy az importőrön kívül egy építési terméket a piacon rendelkezésre bocsát.

A Lapp az ÖLFLEX®, UNITRONIC®, ETHERLINE®, HITRONIC® márkák gyártója és további termékeket forgalmaz ‚Lapp‘ néven.

A 305/2011 rendelet 2. cikk 17. pontban rögzített definíció szerint a „forgalomba hozatal“ az építési terméknek az uniós piacon első alkalommal történő forgalmazása; ennek a 2017. július 1-je előtt vásárolt/betárolt és utána értékesített/kitárolt raktárkészletekre vonatkozóan van jelentősége. Lásd még: Mit jelent az „utócímkézés“?

2017. július 1-jétől az EN 50575 szabványt kell alkalmazni, ha úgynevezett gazdasági szereplők kábeleket és vezetékeket (K&L) hoznak forgalomba építési termékként. Lásd még: Mit jelent a „forgalomba hozatal“?

Legalább az alábbi dokumentumokat kell jól ismerni:

1.
305/2011/EU – ez minden építési termékre vonatkozik; itt röviden: 305/2011.

Construction Product Regulation (CPR) …harmonised conditions for the marketing of construction products

Építési termékekről szóló rendelet (BauPVO) ... építési termékek forgalmazására vonatkozó harmonizált feltételek

2.
EN 50575:2014 + A1:2016 – ez a kábelekre és vezetékekre (K&L) vonatkozik; itt röviden: EN 50575

Harmonised standard: Power, control and communication cables – Cables for general applications in construction works subject to reaction to fire requirements.

Harmonizált szabvány: Erősáramú kábelek és vezetékek, vezérlő és kommunikációs kábelek - kábelek és vezetékek általános használatra építményekben a tűzállósági követelményekre vonatkozóan.

DIN szabványként:  DIN EN 50575 (VDE 0482-575):2017-02

Németül: K&L ‚Kabel und Leitungen‘; angolul egyszerűen ‚Cables‘.

A GYIK-ben a rövidítés összefoglalóan az EN 50575 szabványban felsorolt építőiparban villamosenergia-ellátáshoz, valamint vezérlési és kommunikációs célokra használt kábelere és vezetékekre ‚K&L‘ vonatkozik.

A kábelek és vezetékek (K&L) használata építményekben gyakorlatilag egyidős magával a villamos energia átvitelével. A kábelek és vezetékek építési termékként való besorolása azonban az Európai Unió 2013 júliusában hatályba lépő 305/2011 számú rendeletével (CPR) és a 2014 szeptemberében közzétett EN 50575 harmonizált szabvánnyal került végérvényesen elfogadásra.

Az egyes építési termékek, kábelek és vezetékek teljesítmény osztályokba sorolásának szabályai, a termékek jelölése és a hozzátartozó dokumentáció gyakran nem eléggé ismert. A Lapp Kabel hozzá kíván járulni ehhez, ami a gyártókat, a forgalmazókat és a felhasználókat egyaránt érinti. 

Ez a GYIK egy harmonizált szabvány, nevezetesen az EN 50575:2014+ A1:2016 szabvány hatálya alá tartozó kábelekre és vezetékekre vonatkozik.

U.I. Lapp GmbH, termék menedzsment, 2017

L’utilisation de câbles dans les travaux de construction est pratiquement aussi vieille que la transmission de puissance électrique elle-même. Cependant, la classification des câbles comme produit de construction n’a pris de l’élan qu’après l’implémentation du RPC (EU) n° 305/2011 en juillet 2013 et après la publication de la norme européenne EN 50575 en septembre 2014.

Il y a souvent une connaissance insuffisante en ce qui concerne les règles pour la classification de la performance des câbles de construction respectives, du marquage des produits et de la documentation connexe. Avec cette FAQ, Lapp Kabel vise à aider les fabricants, les distributeurs et les utilisateurs.

Cette FAQ se réfère aux câbles dans le cadre de l’application d’une norme standardisée, à savoir la norme EN 50575:2014 + A1:2016

U.I. Lapp GmbH, Gestion des Produits, mars 2017

Der  Download  enthält auch ein  Vertragsformular zur  CE-Kennzeichnungspflicht. Das  Formular richtet sich vorrangig an Händler von Lapp Kabel – Bauprodukten . Ziel ist die  geforderte  Durchgängigkeit der CE-Kennzeichnung in der Handelskette. Der Vertrag soll die für  inhaltlich  u. formal  richtige  Kennzeichnungen  notwendige  Zusammenarbeit von Hersteller (Lapp Kabel) und  Händler  regeln.  Die Vertragspartner  beugen damit auch  Ansprüchen Dritter vor.

Ein gültiger Vertrag ist dem Weiterverkauf von Lapp Kabel-Bauprodukten vorausgesetzt. Der Vertrag ist gültig zusammen

mit  der Bauproduktenverordnung (EU) Nr. 305/2011.

Dieses Vorgehen wird von führenden Verbänden, wie  z.B. VEG, ZVEI empfohlen.

Ein wichtiger  Nutzen für Händler und Kunden besteht auch  in der  Registrierung  der Adress- und Namensangaben . Lapp Kabel kann damit direkter zu neuen Bauprodukten oder bevorstehenden Änderungen informieren.

Der  Download enthält auch ein Vertragsformular zur CE-Kennzeichnungspflicht. Das Formular richtet sich vorrangig an Händler von LAPP – Bauprodukten. Ziel ist die geforderte Durchgängigkeit der CE-Kennzeichnung in der Handelskette. Der Vertrag soll die für inhaltlich u. formal richtige Kennzeichnungen notwendige  Zusammenarbeit von Hersteller (LAPP) und  Händler regeln. Die Vertragspartner beugen damit auch Ansprüchen Dritter vor.

Ein gültiger Vertrag ist dem Weiterverkauf von LAPP-Bauprodukten vorausgesetzt. Der Vertrag ist gültig zusammen mit der Bauproduktenverordnung (EU) Nr. 305/2011.

Dieses Vorgehen wird von führenden Verbänden, wie z.B. VEG, ZVEI empfohlen.

Ein wichtiger Nutzen für Händler und Kunden besteht auch in der Registrierung der Adress- und Namensangaben. LAPP kann damit direkter zu neuen Bauprodukten oder bevorstehenden Änderungen informieren.

Essential characteristics are specified in EN 50575, Annex ZZ. They are required to fulfil 305/2011, Annex I – Basic requirements for construction works.

Performance with regard to the essential characteristics is confirmed/declared in the DoP. In particular they include:

1.Reaction-to-fire in accordance with EN 13501-6, classification using data from reaction-to-fire tests on electrical cables
2.Release of dangerous substances
2a.) Construction products come under the REACH Regulation 1907/2006, which applies to chemical substances in the EU. 

This refers to REACH, Annex XVII (dangerous substances), REACH, Annex XIV (substances subject to authorisation) and REACH, SVHC (candidates to be included in Annex XIV) in particular, which may also be named in the DoP if applicable.

2b.) EN 50575, 4.2 mentions the importance of additional national regulations in the EU regarding cables as construction products and the current lack of harmonised European testing procedures.

In Lapp Kabel's DoPs, this is therefore also usually indicated under 2.  'NPD' (no performance determined).

No article-/ordernumbers are listed in the Declaration of Performance, but it does include the unique identification-code of the product type selected by Lapp Kabel. See also: What is a "product type"?

The sum of the article-/ordernumbers assigned to the product type is generally not congruent with the article numbers which are listed on the corresponding page of the Lapp Kabel catalogue.

Example: The Lapp Kabel product ÖLFLEX® CLASSIC 100 H is in the main catalogue 2016/17 with 26 article-/ordernumbers.

The product type OELFLEX_CLASSIC_100_H-1 relates to 21 articles.

The article table annex of the relevant Technical Specification is crucial in deciding which articles of a Lapp (catalogue) product are classified in accordance with CPR.

Example: The Lapp Kabel specification WN1024300 obtained an article table annex (new) WN1024300-1_CPR

1.) In general – no. If a construction product is covered by a harmonised standard (in this instance EN 50575), the manufacturer shall draw up a Declaration of Performance for the product before it is placed on the market.

This also applies in (exceptional) cases where the manufacturer does not need to declare performance because there are no regulations relating to this in the member state (target market) concerned.  Option:  'no performance determined' (NPD).

2.) But:  305/2011, Article 5 mentions derogations for construction products covered by a harmonised standard, namely:

a.Custom-made products manufactured in a non-series process
b.The construction product is manufactured on the construction site
c.The renovation of construction works (in a non-industrial process)

The abbreviation is defined in 305/2011:

"NPD" (No Performance Determined) for the listed essential characteristics for which no performance is declared.

See also: 12.23 "What are essential characteristics?"

There are two main scenarios for this:

1.) In cases where Lapp Kabel as a distributor places spec.-identical products (example: <HAR> single core) from different manufacturers on the market under a common Lapp article-/ordernumber, there will (inevitably) be multiple DoPs.

As a distributor, Lapp Kabel ensures that the declared performances (Reaction-to-fire and dangerous substances) are consistent.

The Lapp article number appears in the article list multiple times.

2.) See also: 12.20 Are lower classes 'automatically' included?
Additional classes mean additional DoPs.

The Lapp article number appears in the article list multiple times.

1.) and 2.) are not normal cases.

The Declarations of Performance are available to download at http://www.lappkabel.de/cpr.

See also: 12.17 "What is the CPR package?"

In general: From REGULATION (EC) No. 765/2008, Article 30:
The CE-marking shall be the only marking which attests the conformity of the product with the applicable requirements of the relevant Community harmonisation legislation providing for its affixing.

Common example: DIRECTIVE 2014/35/EU (Low Voltage Directive) often applies to cables.

As a manufacturer, Lapp Kabel draws up an EU Declaration of Conformity. The CE-mark is usually placed on the product ID label, which is affixed to the product surface or the packaging.

The CE-mark does not contain any additional information.

See for comparison: 12.30 'CE-marking of construction products...'

CE-marking of construction products goes beyond the basic principles of Regulation (EC) No. 765/2008.
If cables are (additionally) marketed as construction products in accordance with 305/2011, additional information also needs to be affixed.

Additional information includes e.g. performance class, reference number of the Declaration of Performance etc.

305/2011, Article 8, 2. – The CE-marking shall be affixed to those construction products for which the manufacturer has drawn up a Declaration of Performance.

305/2011, Article 9, 1. – The CE-marking shall be affixed visibly, legibly and indelibly to the construction product or to a label attached to it.

Where this is not possible or not warranted on account of the nature of the product, it shall be affixed to the packaging or to the accompanying documents.

Lapp Kabel affixes additional information to the construction product/packaging with an additional label.

305/2011, Article 9, 3. – The CE-marking shall be affixed before the construction product is placed on the market.
305/2011, Article 11, 1. – It is the obligation of the manufacturer to affix the CE-marking or have it affixed.
305/2011, Article 14, 2 – Before making a construction product available on the market distributors shall ensure that the product, where required, bears the CE-marking.

The CE marking is compulsory for products that meet the requirements. Vice versa, affixing the CE marking is prohibited if requirements are not met.

The 'unique identification code of the product type' is stated in the Declaration of Performance.

It also appears with the CE- marking/label.  305/2011, Article 2, 9 provides a definition that is rather difficult to read.

An example explains it better:

The Lapp Kabel products 'ÖLFLEX®CLASSIC 100 450/750V' and 'ÖLFLEX®CLASSIC 100 YELLOW' are grouped under one product type with the identification code 'OELFLEX_CLASSIC_100-1'.

This identification code is unique and is stated in both the corresponding (unique) Declaration of Performance and on the labels (CE-marking) affixed to the individual packagings.

The Declaration of Performance describes the Reaction to fire with 'Eca'.

The products 'ÖLFLEX®CLASSIC 100 450/750V' and 'ÖLFLEX®CLASSIC 100 YELLOW' have been defined by Lapp Kabel as a family because not only are the essential characteristics and the performance the same, but also the design of the cables and conductors.

Nominal voltage and essential materials are also the same.

On www.lappkabel.de/cpr, the article-/ordernumbers of 'ÖLFLEX®CLASSIC 100 450/750V' and 'ÖLFLEX®CLASSIC 100 YELLOW' are assigned to the product type identification code.

Cables as construction products within the scope of application of EN 50575 vary within a wide range.
Voltage range, cross-section, class of conductor and number of cores are important influencing variables.  There are also many others.

The classification of the reaction-to-fire is based on representative test results.

For a high semblance of reality, there are technical (e.g. EXAP rules) and organisational rules imposed by those defining the standards.

The organisational rules include the stipulation that for relevant classifications (B2 – E) of the reaction-to-fire an (external) appointed product certification body

or an appointed test laboratory determines the product type based on a type test for the respective product type.

305/2011, Article 36 gives the manufacturer the option of superseding this type test with the (verifiably applicable) test results of another manufacturer.

In practice, however, the renewed type test will be the easier method, especially for classes Eca and Dca.

The bottom line is that controlled defining of product types is important for both the validity of the declared performance and for limiting (testing) expense.

This refers to the CE-marking in accordance with the CPR, which includes the CE mark itself and additional information.

This CE-marking is generally affixed to a label on the product.

Lapp is often the manufacturer in a legal sense. This raises an important question:

Under which conditions is it permitted for a manufacturer to retrospectively qualify (DoP and CE marking) their stored goods as construction products to be placed on the market after 30 June 2017?

A key factor is the different forms of Factory Production Control conducted by the manufacturer in accordance with EN 50575. This is the so-called system 1+ for classes B2ca and Cca and the system 3 for classes Dca and Eca  

System 1+ involves the initial inspection and ongoing monitoring of the FPC by an appointed product certification body (DIN EN 50575, Table ZZ.3.1).

Retrospective labelling of productions younger than the last monitoring is permitted.

System 3 is not subject to ongoing monitoring.

If a type test is successfully carried out by an appointed test laboratory (DIN EN 50575, Table ZZ.3.2), the corresponding cable types –irrespective of production date – can be retrospectively labelled.

In both cases it is assumed that in the meantime there have been no changes made to the product and production process which would affect the declared performance (reaction-to-fire). This is usually the case.

This refers to the CE-marking in accordance with the CPR, which includes the CE-mark itself and additional information.

This CE-marking is generally affixed to a label on the product.

(Old) goods in the distributor's warehouse before the deadline of 1 July 2017:
Goods sold by the manufacturer to the distributor prior to the deadline (1 July 2017) not labelled according to CPR, are not subject to the obligations of 305/2011 and additional regulations in case of resale and are not obligated to have construction products CE-marking. This is due to the fact that this resale is not placement on the market in the sense of 305/2011, Art. 2, 17.

This has the practical effect that distributors can continue to sell (old) warehouse goods (cables) to be used as construction products even after 30 June 2017.

This refers to the CE-marking in accordance with the CPR, which includes the CE-mark itself and additional information.

This CE-marking is generally affixed to a label on the product.

Retrospective labelling of goods in the supply and distribution chain to fulfil the CE-marking obligation:
In the case of cables, the units/(lengths) that are placed on the market by the manufacturer are often fragmented in the supply and distribution chain, i.e. they are resold in smaller units (lengths).

In accordance with the above obligations, the manufacturer must ensure that the distributor can affix the CE-marking to the fragmented goods.

The distributor is required to implement this. 305/2011, 14, 2

The CPR package at http://www.lappkabel.de/cpr contains Lapp Kabel label templates in 3 different dimensions.

See also: 12.17 "What is the CPR package?"

The QR code encodes the URL www.lappkabel.de/cpr.
The website can be viewed in both German (DE) and English (EN).

For many ranges of the catalogue products affected, Lapp Kabel undertakes the legal obligation of the 'manufacturer' – see also:  12.6 "Lapp Kabel as an economic operator".

The schedule is determined by the technical tests at the (external) appointed bodies/laboratories.

The time expenditure is very different for individual articles/dimensions or dimensional ranges.

The small diameters of type LiXX require considerably more time than a single core 05V-K, for example.

The classes Dca and Eca, which can be retrospectively labelled within larger time limits, are less critical than the higher-value classes B2ca and Cca, which are to be classified as early as possible.

The activities in the months of March/April 2017 will play a major role with regard to the result on 1 July 2017.

305/2011, Art. 7, 4 is clear: "The declaration of performance shall be supplied in the language or languages required by the Member State where the product is made available."
These are, in addition to German and English, 25 other languages, not including the regional languages of Spain.

If you would like to find out more about this for yourself, we recommend you visit:
https://www.dibt.de/en/Departments/Section_P3.html

Lapp Kabel will be happy to assist you via e-mail at info@lappkabel.de or you can contact your local sales office by phone.
In the revised technical Annex T14 of the Lapp Kabel main catalogue, there is an overview of cables as construction products.

The download includes  a contract form concerning  the CE-marking obligation. The form aims at distributors of Lapp Kabel construction products in first line. Target is  the required continuity of the CE-marking  in the supply  and distribution chain.

The contract shall regulate the necessary cooperation between  manufacturer (Lapp Kabel) and distributor for  markings  correct in form and content. With it  the contractual  partners also take precautions against third-party claims.

For the resale of Lapp Kabel construction products  a valid  contract is assumed. The contract is valid together with the  construction product regulation (EU) Nr. 305/ 2011.

This proceeding  is recommended by leading associations, such as  e.g. VEG, ZVEI.

An important benefit  for  distributors and customers  is given through the  registration of  name and address data.

With it Lapp Kabel can  inform more directly  about new construction products or  upcoming changes.

A letöltés a CE-jelölési kötelezettségre vonatkozó szerződés-nyomtatványt is tartalmaz. A nyomtatvány elsősorban a Lapp építési termékek értékesítőinek szól. A cél a CE-jelölés megkövetelt folytonossága a kereskedelmi láncban. A szerződés a tartalmilag és formailag megfelelő jelölésekhez szükséges együttműködést hivatott szabályozni a gyártó (Lapp) és a kereskedők között. A szerződő felek ezzel megakadályozzák harmadik felek igényeit is.

Egy érvényes szerződés feltétele a Lapp építési termékek viszonteladásának. A szerződés az építési termékek forgalmazásáról szóló 305/2011/EU rendelettel együtt érvényes.

Ezt az eljárást vezető egyesületek, mint például VEG, ZVEI ajánlják.

Fontos előny a kereskedők és vásárlók részére a cím- és névadatok regisztrálása. Lapp ily módon közvetlen tájékoztatást tud nyújtani az új építési termékekről vagy a közelgő változásokról.

Ne, bohužel toto není možné. Naše Obchodní podmínky internetového obchodu umožňují nákup materiálů pouze fyzickým a právnickým osobám.

Bitte teilen Sie uns per e-Mail mit, wer der neue e-shop Administrator Ihrer Firma sein soll. Wir ändern die Einstellung sofort.

e-shop(at)lappaustria.at

Wir überprüfen intern Ihre Anforderung für Änderungen der Stammsätze manuell. Wir sind dabei sehr schnell, können Ihnen während der Bearbeitung aber leider keinen Zugriff gewähren.

Entweder haben Sie sich als erster e-shop User für Ihr Unternehmen registriert oder Sie wurden bei der Neukundenanlage für diese Funktion von Ihrem Unternehmen angegeben.

Nein, natürlich nicht. Jeder User kann sein Passwort auch selbst unter MY LAPP/Persönliche Daten ändern.

Nein, die Auftragsbestätigung erhält üblicherweise nur der User, der sich eingeloggt und bestellt hat. Bei einigen Kunden haben wir allerdings auf Wunsch, einen fixen Ansprechpartner als AB-Empfänger definiert.

Bitte rufen Sie uns unter +43 732 781272 444 an oder schreiben Sie uns eine Mail an sales(at)lappaustria.at. Unser Customer Service steht Ihnen gerne zur Verfügung.

Ja, das können Sie. Wählen Sie dafür im Warenkorb bei „Menge“ das Feld „anderer Wert“ und geben dann im Feld darunter Ihre gewünschte Länge ein. Bestimmte Artikel können aus technischen Gründen allerdings nur in Regellängen bestellt werden.

Diese Möglichkeit besteht nicht über den e-shop. Bei Expresslieferungen bestellen Sie bitte direkt bei unserem Customer Service unter sales@lappaustria.at oder rufen Sie uns an +43 732 78 12 72 444.

Diese Möglichkeit besteht nicht über den e-shop . Diese Einstellung kann nur bei Bestellungen direkt über unseren Customer Service aktiviert werden. Bitte wenden Sie sich an sales(at)lappaustria.at oder kontaktieren Sie uns telefonisch unter +43 732 78 12 72 444.

Wenn Sie angemeldet sind, können Sie im Warenkorb in das Feld „Ihr Zeichen“ Ihre Bestellnummer oder Kommission eingeben.

Sie können Ihre Bestellung elektronisch im csv-Format in den e-shop laden. Die genaue Formatierung und Vorgehensweise ist unter dem Menüpunkt „Hilfe / CSV Im-/Export“ beschrieben.

Ja! Wenn Sie Interesse an einer Anbindung haben, melden Sie sich bitte unter sales(at)lappaustria.at. Weitere Informationen zu diesem Thema finden Sie hier.

Ihre Mailadresse ist bei mehreren Kundennummern hinterlegt und der e-shop weiß bei Ihrer Anmeldung nicht, für welche Kundennummer Sie sich anmelden möchten. Bitte schreiben Sie uns eine kurze Mail an e-shop(at)lappaustria.at. Sie bekommen schnell eine Lösung präsentiert.

Bitte klicken Sie auf den „Passwort vergessen“-Button im Anmeldemenü. Das neue Passwort wird an Ihre E-Mail-Adresse gesendet.

Unser Customer Service Team steht Ihnen für alle Fragen zur Verfügung. Ihren persönlichen Ansprechpartner finden Sie in der Auftragsbestätigung rechts oben.

Email: sales@lappaustria.at 

Telefon. +43 732 78 12 72 444

Sobald Sie angemeldet sind, können Sie im Warenkorb unter dem Punkt Angebot Ihre individuellen Preise einsehen. Hier sind alle Zu- und Abschläge aufgelistet (Bsp.: Kupferzu-/abschlag, Rabatte, Mindestwertzuschlag, Schnittkosten etc.)

Ja natürlich! Sie können im Adressbereich ganz einfach Ihre gewünschte Lieferadresse eingeben und für spätere Verwendung speichern.

Leider besteht diese Möglichkeit nicht über den e-shop. Warenlieferungen über den e-shop erfolgen nur für Österreich bzw. Ungarn.

Bitte bestellen Sie Auslandslieferungen direkt bei unserem Customer Service unter:

Email:  sales@lappaustria.at

Telefon:  +43 732 78 12 72 444

Ja, sofern Sie angemeldet sind, können Sie unter dem Menüpunkt „Auftragsverwaltung“ den Status Ihrer Bestellung einsehen und werden direkt zum Logistikdienstleister weitergeleitet.

Eine Änderung oder Stornierung direkt im e-shop ist nicht möglich. Bitte setzen Sie sich so schnell wie möglich mit unserem Customer Service in Verbindung.

Email:  sales@lappaustria.at

Telefon:   +43 732 78 12 72 444

Ja, natürlich. Die aktuelle Kupfernotierung finden Sie im Warenkorb oben rechts bzw. unter folgendem Servicelink.

Sie sehen die Verfügbarkeit im Warenkorb als Ampelanzeige am rechten Rand der Artikelzeile. Die Verfügbarkeit wird direkt aus unserem Warenwirtschaftssystem gezogen und ist immer brandaktuell!

Im Vorfeld Ihrer Bestellung können Sie auch über unseren online-Katalog Verfügbarkeiten einsehen.

Datenblätter stehen in unserem online-Katalog zum Download zur Verfügung.  Neben der Artikelnummer finden Sie den „Info"-Icon zum Datenblatt.  

Wenn Sie sich bereits im Warenkorb befinden, klicken Sie einfach auf die Artikelnummer und Sie werden in den online Katalog weitergeleitet.

Soubor dokumentů ke stažení obsahuje také formulář smlouvy pro povinné označování CE. Formulář je určen především prodejcům stavebních výrobků skupiny Lapp. Cílem je požadovaná kontinuita označení CE v dodavatelském řetězci.

Smlouva upravuje nezbytnou spolupráci mezi výrobcem (Lapp) a distributorem pro obsahově a formálně správné označování. Smluvní partneři tak rovněž předchází nárokům třetích stran.

Pro další prodej stavebních výrobků skupiny Lapp je nutná platná smlouva. Smlouva platí společně s Nařízením o stavebních výrobcích (EU) č. 305/2011.

Tento postup doporučují významná průmyslová sdružení, jako např. VEG, ZVEI.

Důležitou výhodou pro distributory a zákazníky je i registrace adres a jmen. Skupina Lapp tak může přímo informovat o nových stavebních výrobcích nebo nadcházejících změnách.

Article 2, 17 of 305/2011 defines "placing on the market" as the first making available of a construction product on the Union market; this is relevant to stocks purchased/stored before 1 July 2017 and sold/outsourced afterwards. See also: What does "retrospective labelling" mean?

From 1 July 2017, EN 50575 must be applied whenever "economic operators" place cables on the market as a construction product. See also: What does "placing on the market" mean?

It is important to have a good knowledge of the following documents as a minimum requirement:

1.305/2011/EU – this applies to all construction products; abbreviated: 305/2011
Construction Product Regulation (CPR) – harmonised conditions for the marketing of construction products

In German: "Bauprodukten-Verordnung (BauPVO) – harmonisierter Bedingungen für die Vermarktung von Bauprodukten"

2.EN 50575:2014 + A1:2016 – this applies to cables; abbreviated: EN 50575
Harmonised standard: Power, control and communication cables – cables for general applications in construction works subject to reaction to fire requirements.

In German: "Harmonisierte Norm: Starkstromkabel und -leitungen, Steuer- und Kommunikationskabel – Kabel und Leitungen für allgemeine Anwendungen in Bauwerken in Bezug auf die Anforderungen an das Brandverhalten."

As a DIN standard:  DIN EN 50575 (VDE 0482-575):2017-02

> SE EN KORT INSTRUKTIONSFILM

Udforsk produktgrupperne via menuen eller brug søgefunktionen øverst til højre for at finde det, du har brug for. Søg på artikelnr. eller produktnavn. Chatfunktionen følger med på hver side, og kundeservice sidder klar til at besvare dine spørgsmål og guide dig gennem vores produktsortiment.

> SE KORT INSTRUKTIONSFILM

Leveringstiden for de forskellige produkter vises med grøn, gul eller rød prik ud for produktet. Du behøver ikke være logget ind i shoppen for at se dette.

Grøn:  På lager i Sverige = 1-2 hverdages leveringstid.
Gul:    På lager i Tyskland = ca. 8 hverdages leveringstid.
Rød:   Bestillingsvare eller ikke på lager p.t. Kontakt gerne vores kundeservice på chatten eller via mail: kundeservice.dk(at)lappgroup.com eller på tlf.: 4395 0000 for at få mere information.

Leveringstid på Fleximark produkter er dog misvisende. LAPP Miltronic bor lige ved siden af Fleximark i Sverige, så de henter tingene på Fleximarks lager. Leveringstid for disse produkter er derfor normalt 2-3 dage.

> SE KORT INSTRUKTIONSFILM

Du kan på enkelt vis lægge flere flere produkter i kundevognen. Der kan du også ændre antal og længden på dine kabler. 

> SE KORT INSTRUKTIONSFILM

Hvis du er logget ind som kunde, kan du gemme indholdet i din kundevogn til fremtidige indkøb. Anvend funktionen "Gem som ordreskabelon" ("Spara som ordermall").

Du kan både gemme indholdet i din kundevogn med henblik på at gennemføre ordren på et senere tidspunkt, eller du kan benytte ordreskabelonen til hurtigere ordreafgivelse i fremtiden. Du kan flytte indholdet i din ordreskabelon over i din kundevogn når som helst. Du kan også anvende ordreskabeloner, som er gemt af andre af dine kolleger, som har adgang til webshoppen.

> SE KORT INSTRUKTIONSFILM

I det 3. trin, der hedder "Prisinformation" på vej gennem kassen, ser du detaljeret information om, hvordan din pris er beregnet. Dine rabatter kobles automatisk på her, og det er her, du også kan se kobbertillæg og PVC afgift.

Har du modtaget en rabatkode via en af vores kampagner, så er det i dette trin, at du skal angive det. Her kan du også ændre og udskrive indholdet af din kundevogn.

> SE KORT INSTRUKTIONSFILM

Du kan se status på din ordre og hele din ordrehistorik under "Mina sidor > Orderhistorik".
Der ser du også alle dine tidligere ordrer, også selvom de er lagt via vores kundeservice.

Du kan købe lige så mange, du vil, men du kan højst lægge 100 forskellige produkter (ordrerækker) i en bestilling på webshoppen.

Alle data fra kundevognen slettes automatisk efter fire timer. Derfor anbefaler vi, at du afslutter din ordre inden for dette tidsrum. Du kan også gemme din kundevogn som en ordreskabelon, hvis du ønsker at afslutte din bestilling efter de fire time. Dette gøres via "Mina Sidor > Ordermallar".

Administrator - eller admin - er normalt den første person i jeres virksomhed, som har oprettet et login på webshoppen.

Send os en mail på kundeservice.dk(at)lappgroup.com og fortæl, hvem den nye Administrator skal være. Vi kan herefter ændre det direkte i systemet.

Nej, absolut ikke. Hver bruger har sit eget personlige password, som kan ændres under "Mina Sidor > Mina uppgifter".

Nej, ordrebekræftelsen sendes helt normalt til den mailadresse, som vi har registreret i vores system til at skulle modtage alle virksomhedens ordrebekræftelser.

Det kan tage lidt tid for os at få registreret dit ønske om ændringer i brugerhåndteringen.
Vi sætter pris på din tålmodighed!

Send venligst mail til os på kundeservice.dk(at)lappgroup.com, så besvarer vi hurtigst muligt dine spørgsmål.

Kontakt vores kundeservice på kundeservice.dk(at)lappgroup.com og læg din ordre der, eller gør følgende:

Løsning A
1. Log ud
2. Rens din cache og opdater browseren med kommando Ctrl+F5
3. Log ind
4. Gå til Kundvognen og fortsæt med din bestilling.

Løsning B
1. Gem din Kundevogn som Ordreskabelon (Mina Sidor > Ordermallar)
2. Log ud
3. Anvend inkognito setup ved hjælp af kommando Ctrl+Shift+N for at slette webhistorikken 
4. Log ind
5. Gå til "Mina Sidor – Ordermallar"
6. Gør den seneste ordreskabelon til en Aktiv kundevogn
7. Fortsæt med din bestilling.

Løsning C
Kontakt vores support på eshop.se.mse(at)lapp.com.

Hvis du får denne fejlmeddelelse, som siger, at brugeren ikke er unik, så betyder det, at din mailadresse er oprettet to steder i vores system.

Kontakt vores kundeservice på kundeservice.dk(at)lappgroup.com og bed om at få dit kontaktnummer, som bliver dit nye brugernavn i stedet for din mailadresse.

Forsendelser fra Sverige kan spores på Bring.dk ved at du taster LAPPs ordrenummer i søgefeltet.

Forsendelser fra Tyskland kan desværre ikke spores af dig selv p.t., men vi arbejder på det!
Ring til kundeservice på 4395 0000 for oplysninger om, hvor din forsendelse er.

Ja. LAPP har valgt at synliggøre standardlængder for kabler, og de vises i en drop-down menu.
ENTER-funktionen bruges til at danne et nyt tomt felt, hvor du kan taste næste varenummer, i stedet for at ENTER bringer dig til "Antal"-feltet.

Det øverste felt er af hensyn til mobiltelefoner/tablets.
På PC kan du bruge begge felter. Nederste felt virker med ENTER til at komme til nyt felt med varenummer.

Ordrebekræftelser sendes ud automatisk to gange i døgnet - først på eftermiddagen og igen om aftenen.

Det er det ikke. Du skal ind i internetbrowseren på din mobiltelefon / tablet.
Både hjemmeside og webshop er responsive, så de tilretter sig størrelsen på din skærm.

Når du står i webshoppen uden at være logget ind, er det de svenske bruttopriser, du ser.
For at se dine egne priser efter rabat, så skal du være logget ind.

Priser incl. kobbertillæg og PVC afgift ser du i trin 3 på vej gennem kassen.

Når du taster din ordre på KABEL, så er det første felt mængde (antal) og det næste felt længde (antal meter).

1 x 20  =  1 stk. kabel a 20 meter
20 x 1  =  20 stk. kabler a 1 meter

Husk at tjekke i trin 3 "Prisinformation", at du har tastet korrekt, inden du klikker på "Slutför Ordre".

Under den farvede markering for leveringstid på den enkelte vare har du for kabler mulighed for at angive, om der er noget specielt, der skal tages hensyn til i forhold til din kabellevering. Dette skrives i det lille felt med en taleboble "Kabelleverans".

F.eks.hvis du ønsker kablet leveret på tromle i stedet for ring, eller hvis du skal have varmebehandlede tromler til oversøisk transport.

Se vores salgs- og leveringsbetingelser under Teknisk Center for evt. tillæg i denne forbindelse.

Når du går ind i webshoppen via Produkter i hovedmenuen og står på en produktside, så er der ud for hvert enkelt varenr. et lille "i", hvilket indikerer, at her kan du finde yderligere information.

Her finder du datablad på engelsk samt diverse certifikater m.v., som er gældende for dette produkt.

Vores webshop tilbyder naturligvis muligheder for CSV import/eksport. For at eksportere din seneste ordre i tabelformal eller importere din egen ordreskabelon i vores webshop, så logger du på shoppen som sædvanligt og går til "Mina sidor". I menuen i venstre kolonne finder du link til ordreskabeloner (ordermallar).

1. Eksporter din ordre til dit eget system

Hvis du ønsker at eksportere din seneste ordre, så er det hensigtsmæssigt først at gemme den som en skabelon (ordermall) allerede i Kundevognen (trin 1). "Spare som ordermall". Du kan også skabe en ny skabelon direkte i webshoppen under "Mina sidor" > "Ordermallar".

Bagefter kan du eksportere alle de skabeloner, du har gemt under "Mina Sidor > Ordermallar". Skabelonerne eksporteres som CSV-filer. Klik på den tredje af de fire ikoner, som vises ved hver skabelon. Det var det!

2. Importer din egen ordreskabelon, som du ønsker at bestille i webshoppen

Lad os sige, at du ønsker at betille følgende produkter:
• 250 m. ÖLFLEX® CLASSIC, artikelnummer 1119303
• 1000 m. NSSHÖU-J i 100-meters længder, artikelnummer 16005263
• 25 stk. SKINTOP® ST, artikelnummer 53015080

I CSV-filen kommer det til at se således ud:
Din skabelons navn; Position (i intervaller på 10, hvor 10 er den første ordrelinje, 20 er anden ordrelinje osv.); Artikelnummer - Total mængde - Enhed (ST=stk., M=meter) - Længde (for kabel pr. ønsket længde).

Korrekt indtastet data:
”Din skabelons navn”;
10; 1119303; 250; M; 250
20; 16005263; 1000; M; 100
30; 53015080; 25; ST;

Tilpas din eksisterende skabelon eller lav en ny skabelon i Excel (eller et andet lignende program) og følge disse instruktioner. Gem filen som ".csv"-fil. Du kan også eksportere en eksisterende skabelon fra webshoppen, udfylde med nye produkter og importere den som en ny skabelon. Du kan altid kontakte os på kundeservice.se@lappgroup.com, så kan vi hjælpe dig med at lave skabelonen.

Herefter importerer du filen ved hjælp af knappen ”Importera ordermall”.

Administrator har følgende beføjelser:

-  Ændre alle brugeres personoplysninger (dog ikke password)
-  Ændre beføjelser for alle brugere:
      - Se / ikke se priser
      - Afgive ordre eller ej
      - Se alle skabeloner - også dem oprettet af kolleger (Hämtar alla kundvagnar)

Ingen problem!

Tilføj artiklen i kundevognen. Gå til feltet med kabellængde i kundevognen og klik på pilen, som peger nedad. Vælg anden værdi "annan värde" og skriv din ønskede længde. Tryk Enter.

Husk også at udfylde antallet af den pågældende længde hvis mere end 1.

Ønsker du kablet rullet på tromle, så skriv "Trumma" i kommentarfeltet, so findes under hver ordrelinie i Trin 1 i kundevognen. Der er tillæg for tromle, og vi henviser til vores salgsbetingelser.

Im Bestellschritt "Angebot" können Sie Ihren persönlichen Gutscheincode einlösen. Gutscheine sind nicht mit anderen Rabatten oder Aktionen kombinierbar.

Sobald Sie angemeldet sind, können Sie im Warenkorb unter dem Punkt Angebot Ihre individuellen Preise einsehen. Hier sind alle Zu- und Abschläge aufgelistet (Bsp.: Kupferzu-/abschlag, Rabatte, Mindestwertzuschlag, Schnittkosten etc.)

Du kan lægge op til 100 artikelnumre direkte i kundevognen i webshoppen. Stå i Kundevognen og klik på knappen med tre streger til højre for feltet, hvor du taster artikelnummer. Angiv artikelnumrene jf. følgende opskrift (adskil værdier med semikolon):

For kabel: Artikelnummer;mængde;kabellængde;YYYYMMDD (leveringsdato)
For øvrige produkter: Artikelnummer;mængde;YYYYMMDD (leveringsdato)

Klik på Enter for at angive næste artikel (ordrelinje).

Eksempler på alle formater:
0010004;10;50;20190220 - Ti stk. 50-meters længder af kabel 0010004 til levering den 20. februar 2019
83090831;1;30 - En 30-meters længde af kabel 83090831
53111000;65 - 65 forskruninger
00104023 - Kabel 00104023 (alt andet justeres efterfølgende i kundevognen i trin 1)

OBS! Artikelnummer er obligatorisk, øvrige værdier er valgfrie - de tilrettes i trin 1 efterfølgende.
Klik på knappen "Fortsätt" for at importere.

Tips til dig som arbejder i et indkøbssystem:

Alternativ 1 - masseimport af artikler
1. Åben din ordre i Excel, kopier hele kolonnen med artikelnumre (LAPPs) på de produkter, du vil bestille.
2. Sæt ind i i feltet, klik "Fortsätt"
3. Juster antal og længder direkte i kundevognen og fortsæt som sædvanlig med din ordre.

Alternativ 2 - masseimporter artikler med mængde, længde og ønsket leveringsdato
1. Åben din ordre i Excel. Behold kun kolonner med artikelnr., antal, længde, leveringsdato.
2. Gem som CSV-fil (kommasepareret) - din originale ordre forbliver uændret.
3. Gå til den nye .csv-fil, højreklik o gåben med Notepad el. lign.
4. Marker alt med Ctrl+A, kopier med Ctrl+C.
5. Log ind på webshoppen og gå til Kundevognen.
6. Klik på "Masseimporter"-ikonet. Knap nr. 2 ved artikelnr.feltet. Indsæt alt med Ctrl+V og klik "Fortsätt".

Så er det klart!
Nu findes alle artikler i kundevognen, og du kan fortsætte som sædvanligt med din ordre. Gem den gerne som ordreskabelon (ordermall) for at kunne lægge lignende ordrer hurtigt og nemt i fremtiden.

Giv dine ordrer navn/rektivisitionsnr. for en enklere ordrehåndtering! Hvis du giver dine ordrer navne/rekvisitionsnumre, så kan både du - og dine  kolleger - finde alle ordrer hurtigt og enkelt. Navngiv ordren direkte i trin 1 i Kundevognen under "Din orderreferens".

Du ser også ordrenavnet senere i trinnet "Prisinformation", ligesom det vi fremgå af din ordrebekræftelse og faktura.

Under "Ordrehistorik" kan du finde alle dine ordrer hos LAPP - uanset om det er lagt på webshop, telefon eller via mail.

Produktets vægt finder du i produkttabellerne (Gå i Produkter/Webshop på den svenske side eller Produkter/Online katalog på den danske side).

Du kan også finde vægten i dokumentet Produktinformation, som kan downloades fra den enkelte produktside.

Toldnummeret (HS-koden) findes i Kundevognens trin 3  "Prisinformation".

For at få den bedste oplevelse og det bedste ud af funktionerne på lappgroup.dk og lapp.se anbefaler vi, at du accepterer alle cookies.

Det gør du enten ved at klikke på "Accepter alle cookies" i den pop-up, der kommer på din skærm, første gang du besøger enten lappgroup.dk eller lapp.se. Eller du kan klikke "Tillad alle" i "cookie indstillinger" nederst på webside i footeren.

Her kan du ændre dine indstillinger, hvis du ikke vil acceptere alle cookies. Vælg den indstilling, du ønsker, ved at akivtere knappen ud for de respektive info-tekster:

Blå knap = cookie er accepteret.
Grå knap = cookie er ikke accepteret.

JA! Nu kan du downloade dine ordrefiler som PDF, når du er logget ind på lapp.se.

Gør sådan her:

• Log ind på lapp.se
• Gå til Mina Sidoe > Orderhistorik
• Kilk på den ordre, du er interesseret i, og se alle filer relateret til denne ordre direkte under ordrenummeret.

Kabler, der er godkendt til det nordamerikanske marked, er ofte baseret på det amerikanske mål: fod. Derfor ser ud ind imellem længder som 76, 152, 305 og 610 meter i webshoppen.

Ja. Når du lægger ordren direke i kundevognen, kan du i Trin 2 vælge en "Alternativ leveringsadresse". Der angiver du adressen og angiver evt. mærker til varen under "Godsmärke".

Du skal stå i den svenske webshop for at kunne ændre personlige oplysninger. Dette gør du under "Mina sidor / Användaruppgifter".

• Du kan ændre dit password: Angiv dit nuværende password "lösenord" og tast herefter dit nye (2 gange). Tips! Læs mere om passwordsikkerhed under "?" på samme side.
• Du kan ændre personlige oplysninger som f.eks. havn, efternavn, stilling, afdeling, telefonnummer og email adresse og herefter klikke på Send "Skicka in". Vores Sales Support vil herefter godkende dine ændringer og de gemmes i systemet.
  OBS! Ønsker du at ændre dine virksomhedsoplysninger, som du ser længst nede på "Mina Sidor / Användaruppgifter"? Så kontakt os på kundeservice.dk(at)lappgroup.com.
• Vil du ændre din leveringsadresse? Dette gør du i Trin 2 i Kundevognen under "Alternativ leveransadress". Hop over "Godsmärke", hvis du ved, at du også kommer til at benytte den nye adresse i fremtiden. Husk at krydse af i ruden "Spara adressen för senare använding", hvis du skal bruge den igen. Du behøver ikke lægge en ordre for at kunne gennem den nye leveringsadresse. Den adresse, der anvendes mest, vil altid vises først i Trin 2 "Adresse" i kundevognen.

Unter MY LAPP > e-Shop Registrierung können Sie sich jederzeit für unseren e-Shop registrieren.

Der Kupferzuschlag wird anhand des Kupferdurchschnittspreises des Vormonats berechnet. Den jeweiligen Wert für den aktuellen Monat entnehmen Sie bitte unserer Website unter dem Menüpunkt Service > Metallnotierungen. Hier finden Sie ebenfalls ein konkretes Rechenbeispiel. Ab dem 01.05.2021 handelt es sich bei den dargestellten Preisen (sofern anwendbar) um Vollmetallpreise. Weitere Zu- und Abschläge sind möglich. Ihren endgültigen Preis finden Sie im Angebot.

Sie haben die Möglichkeit Ihr Angebot mit oder ohne Detailpreisen auszudrucken. Klicken Sie hierfür im dritten Schritt "Angebot" auf "Angebot ausdrucken".

Unter MY LAPP > e-Shop Registrierung können Sie Ihre Mailadresse für den e-Shop registrieren. Hier gelangen Sie zur Registrierung.

Die LAPP-ID bietet Ihnen zukünftig eine Vielzahl an Verbesserungen:

Schutz für Ihre Kundendaten

Voraussetzung für einen sicheren Umgang mit Daten, wie auch in der DSGVO gefordert wird, ist in der digitalen wie in der realen Welt -, dass der Nutzer sich authentifizieren. Nur wenn die Identität einer Person eindeutig festgestellt ist und ihre damit verbundenen Rollen und Zugriffe auf Daten über ein Berechtigungs- Management definiert sind, können Nutzerdaten erfolgreich geschützt werden. 

Mit dem Einsatz der globalen LAPP-ID stellen wir diese Datensicherheit sicher.

Verbesserte Registrierung und Anmeldung

Das Anmelden im LAPP e-Shop wird ab heute sicherer und einfacher.

Zukunftssicherheit für weitere Anbindungen

Wir sind vorbereitet für jegliche Erweiterungen und Anbindungen an unsere digitalen Systeme. Das heißt Sie als Kunde haben 1 Kundenkonto aber Zugriff auf viele kommende Services.

Weitere Informationen zu unserer neuen LAPP-ID erhalten Sie hier.

Die LAPP-ID ist Ihr persönlicher Schlüssel zur LAPP Online Welt. Dafür möchten wir Sie gerne direkt über Ihre persönliche E-Mail Adresse ansprechen.  
Wenn Sie Rechnungen oder Auftragsbestätigungen auf eine Sammel E-Mail-Adresse erhalten wollen, so können Sie dies gerne hier anfordern. 

Ab sofort können Sie sich mit Ihrer persönlichen E-Mail Adresse (LAPP-ID) anmelden. Hinter der LAPP-ID sind alle Firmen hinterlegt, für die Sie einkaufen können. Mit einem Klick können Sie bei der Anmeldung die gewünschte Firma auswählen. 

Wenn Sie diese Fehlermeldung erhalten, ist Ihre e-Mail Adresse nicht in unserem System hinterlegt. Hier können Sie Ihre e-Mail Adresse für den e-Shop registrieren.

Ihr bisheriges Passwort kann durch die Umstellung auf die globale LAPP-ID nicht mehr verwendet werden. Vergeben Sie sich ein neues Passwort indem Sie mit Ihrer E-Mail Adresse das Passwort zurücksetzen. 

Wenn Sie sich bisher nicht mit Ihrer persönlichen, sondern mit einer Sammel E-Mail Adresse  (einkauf@, info@ etc.) angemeldet haben, sollten Sie ab sofort zur Benutzung des e-Shops Ihre persönliche E-Mail Adresse verwenden. Sammeladressen können für Auftragsbestätigungen oder Rechnungen hinterlegt werden. Dies können Sie gerne hier anfordern.

Ihr altes Passwort kann mit der Umstellung auf die LAPP-ID nicht mehr verwendet werden.

Bitte nutzen Sie für die Anmeldung Ihre persönliche E-Mail Adresse und vergeben Sie ein neues Passwort.

Die LAPP-ID dient zur eindeutigen persönlichen Identifikation. Diese besteht aus Ihrer E-Mail Adresse und Ihrem persönlichen Passwort. 

Um ein neues Passwort zu erstellen müssen Sie folgende Passwortregeln beachten:

• Mindestens 8 Zeichen
• Keine 2 gleiche Zeichen in Folge
• Verwenden Sie Kleinbuchstaben, Großbuchstaben sowie Ziffern
• Erlaubte Sonderzeichen:!@#$%^&*
• Username sowie teile der E-Mail Adresse dürfen nicht im Passwort vorkommen 
• Bitte verwenden Sie bei der Vergabe eines neuen Passwortes keine Inhalte von Ihrem alten Passwort

Über die Anmeldemaske können Sie einfach und schnell Ihr Passwort über die "Passwort vergessen" Funktion zurücksetzen und ein neues Vergeben.

NY KUNDE

1. Velkommen som ny kunde hos LAPP Danmark

For at få adgang til webshoppen gør da følgende:

• Gå til lapp.se - Registrera - vælg "Ny kund".
• Udfyld formularen (vigtigt med CVR nr. - "Organisationsnummer" - og din email adresse).
• Vælg selv dit password og klik på "Registrera".
• Det kan være et du skal skrive en Captcha-kode, efter at du har udfyldt formularen. Følg systemet instruktioner og klik på "Registrera".

Du modtager nu 2 mails fra os. I den første mail bekræfter du din mailadresse. I den anden modtager du mere information om lapp.se, hvor LAPP Danmarks webshop ligger.

Vi opretter dig nu som kunde, laver en kreditkontrol, opretter dig som kontaktperson og kobler dig sammen med dit LAPP-id.

Du modtager en mail fra os, når du har adgang til webshoppen.

Har du spørgsmål, er du velkommen til at maile til os på kundeservice.dk(at)lappgroup.com.

EKSISTERENDE KUNDE

2. Eksisterende kunde (virksomhed). Er du eksisterende kontaktperson - og har du haft adgang til webshoppen og handlet på den tidligere - indtil den 2. marts - så er dette til dig:

Nulstil dit password ifølge instruktionerne her.

Modtager du ikke mail med link til at nulstille - gå til punkt 3.

3. Eksisterende kunde (virksomhed), eksisterende kontaktperson, har haft adgang til webshoppen, men kan ikke resette passwordet som beskrevet i punkt 2:

Dette skyldes sandsynligvis, at du ikke var med på den liste, der blev importeret over aktive kundekonti, eller at du har fået adgang til det gamle webshop system i perioden 2.-17. marts 2021.

Gør følgende:

• Gå til lapp.se - Registrera - vælg "Befindtlig kund"  (eksisterende kunde).
• Udfyld dine personlige oplysninger, virksomhedens navn og kundenummer og klik "Registrera".
• Du vælger selv dit password.
• Det kan være et du skal skrive en Captcha-kode, efter at du har udfyldt formularen. Følg systemet instruktioner og klik på "Registrera".

Du modtager 2 mails fra os. I den første mail bekræfter du din mailadresse. I den anden modtager du mere information om lapp.se, som LAPP Danmark er en del af.

Du modtager mail fra os, når du kan logge på webshoppen. Hvis du stadig ikke kan logge på, så kontakt os på kundeservice.dk(at)lappgroup.com.

Kan du ikke huske dit kundenummer, så kontakt os på samme mail.

4. Eksistende kunde (virksomhed), eksisterende kontaktperson. Du ved ikke, om du tidligere har haft adgang til webshoppen på lapp.se.

Gør som i punkt 3.

Du modtager en mail, når din adgang er aktiveret.

5. Eksistende kunde (virksomhed). Du ved ikke, om du er oprettet som kontaktperson hos os, eller om du tidligere har haft adgang til webshoppen på lapp.se.

Gør som i punkt 3.

Du modtager en mail, når din adgang er aktiveret.